# Hipster Pixel
> Colourful pixels on the latest tech
Hipster Pixel covers the latest tech news, in-depth product reviews, gadgets, gaming and culture — all with a hands-on, colourful perspective.. Reviews follow a transparent scoring methodology with full disclosure of how each product was obtained (purchased, loaned, or provided).
## Recent Posts
### [Logitech Introduces Rally AI Camera Series](https://hipsterpixel.co/2026/01/23/logitech-introduces-rally-ai-camera-series/)
> Intelligent Video Solutions for the Modern Hybrid Workplace
As organizations worldwide embrace the return-to-office trend, creating an exceptional back-to-work experience has become a top priority. With more workers returning to physical offices, companies are seeking to optimize their real estate investments while ensuring seamless collaboration between in-person and remote team members. Logitech addresses these needs with the announcement of two new intelligent camera systems designed specifically for the modern workplace.
On January 22, 2026, Logitech unveiled the Rally AI Camera and Rally AI Camera Pro, marking a significant upgrade from the original Rally camera launched in 2018. Both products embody Logitech's core design principles: **simple, smart, and sustainable**—bringing AI-powered video capabilities to meeting rooms and open collaboration spaces.
## Rally AI Camera Pro: Power for Large, Complex Spaces
The Rally AI Camera Pro ($2,999 USD) represents Logitech's flagship offering for larger conference rooms and complex meeting environments. What sets this camera apart is its innovative dual-camera system—the second camera at the base isn't merely an aiming assistant for the main lens but actively contributes to the video feed, delivering unprecedented coverage and clarity.
The motorized PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) camera features a 90° lens that can physically rotate up to 180° in each direction, providing approximately 262° of horizontal room coverage and 192° vertical coverage. Combined with a 15x hybrid zoom (5x optical × 3x digital) and an 8MP sensor, the Pro captures interactions with remarkable detail even across large spaces. The digital PTZ camera complements this with a 115° low-distortion lens, a 1-inch sensor with 20MP resolution, and 4x HD digital zoom—ideal for capturing participants at close to medium distances with high fidelity.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/rally-ai-pro-camera-up-close.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/rally-ai-camera-pro-up-there.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/rally-camera-pro-white.jpg" >}}
Unlike previous models that required a large base plate exceeding 6 inches, the Rally AI Camera Pro features a redesigned base that enables versatile mounting options including wall mounting, ceiling installation, and above-display placement. This flexibility makes it suitable for multi-camera setups, which both Microsoft Teams and Zoom now support with up to four cameras.
## Rally AI Camera: Discreet Design, Powerful Performance
The Rally AI Camera ($2,499 USD) offers a pure digital PTZ solution designed for rooms where video technology should blend into the background. Featuring a single lens with a 115.7° diagonal field of view, a 1-inch 20MP imaging sensor, and 4x HD digital zoom, this camera delivers 4K video at 30fps with exceptional clarity.
What truly distinguishes the Rally AI Camera is its emphasis on discretion. An optional in-wall mount allows the camera to sit flush within the wall, while an elegant fabric cover provides a refined aesthetic that complements professional environments. The compact dimensions—just 91mm high, 224mm wide, and 101mm deep—ensure the camera maintains a subtle presence while delivering powerful video capabilities.
## Intelligent Video Powered by RightSight 2
Both cameras leverage Logitech's AI-based RightSight 2 technology, which uses on-device computer vision to understand where people are positioned and track their movements in real time. This enables several intelligent view modes:
- **Grid View:** Automatically creates individual frames for each detected participant, similar to a virtual meeting grid layout
- **Group View:** Frames everyone in the room together for a comprehensive view
- **Speaker View:** Identifies the active speaker and automatically zooms to focus on them
- **Presenter View:** (Available post-launch on Pro model) Follows presenters as they move around the room
- **Camera Zone:** Defines specific areas for autoframing, eliminating distractions from passersby
Privacy is also addressed thoughtfully—both cameras physically turn downward when not in use, providing peace of mind, and include a privacy shutter.
## Flexible Connectivity and Integration
The Rally AI Camera series offers multiple connectivity options to suit different deployment scenarios. Both cameras can connect via USB or a single Cat cable, with Power over Ethernet (PoE) support allowing them to be powered through an RJ45 connection. For installations where the computer is located away from the camera, Camera Extension Kits convert the connection to RJ45 and use a secondary box near the computer to convert back to USB.
The cameras integrate seamlessly with existing Rally audio systems or can be paired with professional audio solutions from Logitech's partners. Remote management is handled through Logitech Sync, accessible via Ethernet or Wi-Fi, enabling IT teams to configure, manage, and deploy updates across their entire fleet.
## Smart Workspace Automation
Beyond video, both cameras contribute to smarter workspace management. Built-in occupancy detection can automatically reserve meeting rooms when people are detected, even if no meeting was scheduled. Conversely, ghost meetings—where a room was booked but nobody shows up—can be automatically released, making the space available for others. This occupancy data also provides valuable insights for space planning and real estate optimization.
## Designed for Sustainability
True to Logitech's commitment to environmental responsibility, both cameras are manufactured with low-carbon aluminum and ship in FSC-certified packaging, minimizing their environmental footprint while maintaining premium build quality.
## Product Comparison
| Feature | Rally AI Camera | Rally AI Camera Pro |
|---------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Price | $2,499 USD | $2,999 USD |
| Shipping | Summer 2026 | Spring 2026 |
| Camera Type | Digital PTZ | Dual-camera (Motorized PTZ + Digital PTZ) |
| Primary Sensor | 20MP, 1-inch | 8MP (PTZ) + 20MP, 1-inch (Digital) |
| Zoom | 4x HD digital | 15x hybrid (5x optical × 3x digital) |
| Field of View | 115.7° diagonal | 90° (PTZ) / 115.7° (Digital) |
| Room Coverage | Fixed position | 262° horizontal, 192° vertical |
| Dimensions (H×W×D) | 91 × 224 × 101 mm | 231 × 224 × 101–146 mm |
| In-Wall Mount | Yes (optional) | No |
| Presenter View | No | Yes (post-launch) |
## Availability
The Rally AI Camera Pro will begin shipping in Spring 2026, while the Rally AI Camera follows in Summer 2026, with availability varying by region. Both products can be ordered through logitech.com.
---
### [Logitech MX Master 4, First Haptic Mouse [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/12/21/logitech-mx-master-4-first-haptic-mouse-review/)
> Fourth generation with a new design, a brand new haptic engine and more features, the MX Master 4 is firing on all cylinders!
In what seemed like an eternity in the world of tech, the MX Master finally got a new generation of their leading mouse model. The [MX Master 3](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/02/22/logitech-mx-master-3-the-king-is-back-baby-review/) received multiple upgrades, and [Mac versions](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/02/17/logitech-mx-master-3s-for-mac-review/) were released, so we did get new mice, but nothing like the kind of evolution the new MX Master 4 brings to the table.
The new [MX Master 4](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FC5SJNQX) has new material on the outside shell, a new haptic engine, better encrypted connectivity, and shortcuts to make your life easier! All that is powered by the Logi Options+ and Logi Tune software for advanced customization.
## Design
The overall shape of the MX Master 4 is now slightly shorter in height, but its relative footprint has not changed much. The one thing that you will notice is the switch from the old rubberized texture back to a hard shell plastic with a microprint etched to give it texture.
Long-time users of the MX Master series will know that over time, finger oils eventually stain the rubber texture and make your mouse look dirty or old. The switch to the new textured plastic will help keep it clean, and the new texture will ensure the sheen is not as apparent as it is on a PBT keycap on a keyboard after years of friction.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-145.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-150.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-151.jpg" >}}
The two main buttons now have a transparent edge that gives the mouse a distinctive look at first sight. You also have the same great button options that you know and love, like the back and forward buttons, the thumb button that now launches the Ring shortcuts, and the classic button to turn the clicky wheel into a free-motion wheel for extreme scrolling speeds!
## Features
- New customizable haptic feedback engine
- 90% less click noise
- 70 days battery life
- 3 hours usage from 1 minute charging
- Natural shape
- Logi Bolt in USB-C (finally!)
## Performance
The first thing I wanted to experience is the new ergonomics of the MX Master 4. Logitech reshaped the mouse, and since I've been an avid user since the very first generation, I care deeply about the shape of the mouse. Having had both my carpal tunnels opened up, ergonomics and comfort are very important to me.
I used to be able to rest my hand on the mouse, and this new generation has changed the height. I still need to get used to it after one week of use. I don't feel discomfort or pain; however, I can't rest my hand in the same position I used for the last 10 years. I will still need some time to adjust.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-152.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-153.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-4-mouse-review-146.jpg" >}}
This mouse comes with the Logi Bolt, the encrypted Bluetooth dongle that Logitech has been offering in select wireless products, but this is the very first time this dongle comes with a USB-C connector! I'm very happy because I'll be able to ditch the small dock I've been using for the USB-A dongle. I should be able to rely only on my Studio Display ports from now on! This is a welcome change for anyone with modern Macs or Windows machines.
The tracking is still excellent with its 8K resolution, and it can also work on glass as before. The biggest change now sits in the new haptic engine that allows you to receive a little jolt when certain actions are taken.
The location of the haptic engine is near your thumb, and you can customize the levels of buzzing in the Options+ software. The thumb button now opens the Ring Action menu, again fully customizable, where you can quickly access features you use often. The haptic engine will also be triggered when things happen after clicking them or if you use the far thumb button to move between desktops or windows.
## Conclusion
After using the [MX Master 4](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FC5SJNQX) exclusively for about a week, I can say with confidence that this is once again an amazing mouse. I still need to get used to the new shape, as 10 years of using the previous design has shaped my comfort preferences. The new texture is very promising, and the haptic engine is a fun way to receive feedback. Don't worry—you can also disable it completely.
The battery will be impacted if you love strong haptic feedback, but the battery-saving mode stops all haptic feedback when you reach 10% battery life. You will definitely need to play around with the settings to find your perfect balance.
The addition of the USB-C Logi Bolt, the new texture, and action rings is what sets this apart from other mice on the market, even MX Master 3-generation mice! At the same price of $119, you have a much more refined experience, and I strongly recommend you look at this mouse for your desk!
---
### [Logitech Zone Wireless 2 ES Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/12/20/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review/)
> Small, light but surprisingly powerful headset, the Zone Wireless 2 ES is packing quite a punch in a small package!
The [Zone Wireless 2 ES](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FSQB93QY) is an interesting product because it's an on-ear headset that offers noise cancelling. You heard this right—they do not go around your ears like the [Sennheiser Momentum 3](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/18/sennheiser-momentum-3-perfect-marriage-of-quality-and-noise-cancellation-review/); they rest on your ears and offer adaptive hybrid ANC. This is not something you see every day, and I'm very curious how effective they are!
On top of that unique feature, they have a particular design that makes them comfortable for all-day wear and even offer 25 hours of talk time on a single charge!
## Design
The Zone Wireless 2 ES comes with a special band just under the headband that redistributes the weight of the headphones around your head. Most heads are not perfectly round, so there are always pressure points where all the weight is concentrated. It's very easy to feel the weight over a long period when wearing headsets.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-157.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-158.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-159.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-160.jpg" >}}
The cups themselves are made of very squishy foam that adapts to your ear perfectly. Even with large ears like mine, which are far from being flat, I feel the cups resting very well on my ears.
The mic swivels to easily mute your microphone by simply raising the microphone and the right cup. On the right cup, you have a single button to switch between the different audio modes. On the left cup, you have the volume, ON/OFF/Pairing button, and the action button. Everything seems to be well placed.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-161.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-162.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Adaptive hybrid ANC
- Intelligent noise-canceling mics
- Custom-designed, 1.57 in (40 mm) speaker drivers
- Switch easily between devices
- Weight distribution headset design
- 270° rotatable mic boom
- Replaceable parts
## Performance
I'm used to large headsets similar to the [Sony MDR-7506](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B000AJIF4E) or the [Sennheiser Momentum](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B6GHW1SX), so smaller headsets usually don't satisfy me. I wanted to give the Zone Wireless 2 ES a chance because it seemed to pack a punch for such a small form factor.
The first thing I must say is that, once again, Logitech put in a lot of effort into the fit and finish of the product. From the headband to the cup material and the seams, it's very Apple-esque and a joy to inspect up close!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-163.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-164.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-165.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-review-166.jpg" >}}
## Audio and ANC
The wear is interesting and intriguing. I've used memory foam, light foam, and many other types of foam in the past, but none that promised to seal my ear enough to actually offer active noise cancelling. The foam on the ZW2ES is doing a great job isolating the sound, and when I activate the ANC or the transparency mode, both work great!
The transparency mode is very natural sounding and has nothing to envy from the various Apple devices. As for the ANC, when set to the highest level, it works well for voice and sustained noise like a fan directly pointed at you. It's not as good as the ANC of AirPods Pro 2, probably mainly due to their passive noise cancelling blocking the sound from entering your ears. It's by no means bad. I would say it does about 85% of the job of the AirPods Pro 2. Quite impressive for small on-ear cups!
When playing music, you can definitely hear the custom driver delivering quite good sound quality. I've listened to rich classic rock with bass like [Into the Mystic by Van Morrison](https://open.spotify.com/track/3lh3iiiJeiBXHSZw6u0kh6?si=3fbbc2b3c482498f), and you can definitely enjoy the lows and highs in that song. When playing something a bit more recent like [Virtual Insanity by Jamiroquai](https://open.spotify.com/track/24SUWisv2lYQiB3bVpE1sn?si=32fa5731e48644f4), you definitely hear the kick drum loud and clear. No distortion and just great sound!
### Microphone
I tested the microphone in bad situations, meaning with music playing and even a fan directly in front of my face only 10 inches away. Even in that extremely harsh situation, the microphone was able to cancel out the noise, and I could hear myself back on the recording with minimal distortion. For situations where family members are around or if there are constructions nearby, you would have zero issues being heard on your Zoom meetings!
## Conclusion
Surprisingly for the size, the [Zone Wireless 2 ES](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FSQB93QY) are packing quite a punch! They are comfortable, light, and have great drivers! Music is very pleasing to listen to on these, and for large ears like mine, the earcups are very comfortable and do a good job cancelling noise. The microphones are great even in super harsh conditions where competing noise is trying to overtake them!
I've only had them for a week, but I have no troubles with the battery life, still being over 40% after well over 15 hours of listening and meetings. With large heads, they do a good job of distributing the weight appropriately with their comfort band.
I'm impressed, and I strongly recommend them for office work, coffee shop situations, or even around the home when working from home!
---
### [Studio Neat Walnut Pen Tray [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/10/01/studio-neat-walnut-pen-tray-review/)
> Studio Neat had excellent cork packaging with the Mark One, and now it's transformed into a Walnut Pen Tray!
I mentioned the [Pen Tray](https://www.studioneat.com/products/pentray?variant=45026512077077&ref=DQqLP) in the [Mark Three review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/01/01/studio-neat-mark-three-evolution-of-excellence-review/); however, I think it warrants its own mini-review. After all, it's such a nice product!
## Design
The Pen Tray comes in either Single or Dual design, where, as the name implies, you can rest your Mark One and/or your Mark Three. There's not much to say except that it's such a nice piece of wood!
When I got the [Mark One](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/07/12/mark-one-next-level-pen-by-studio-neat-review/), I really loved the formed cork casing and used it as a pen tray on my desk for a long time. Actually, I used it until I got the Pen Tray Dual in Walnut!
## Features
- Available for single or dual pens
- Available in walnut or maple
## Build Quality
It's a piece of hardwood, perfectly shaped, and it accepts both my Mark One and my Mark Three perfectly! There's not much to say here except that it's the perfect companion for your Studio Neat pens!
## Conclusion
If you already have one or two of Studio Neat's pens, the [Pen Tray](https://www.studioneat.com/products/pentray?variant=45026512077077&ref=DQqLP) is the perfect desk accessory that will make sure you don't lose your pen if it rolls away. It's also perfect for always knowing where your pen is, as it's always resting where it should be.
Very much recommended for everyone! It's rare that a product has a rating of 100% in our reviews!
---
### [Logitech Zone Wireless 2 ES and Zone Wired 2: Office Headsets Built for the Distraction Era](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/09/24/logitech-zone-wireless-2-es-and-zone-wired-2-office-headsets-built-for-the-distraction-era/)
> Logitech Zone Wireless 2 ES and Zone Wired 2 headsets feature adaptive ANC, AI mics, Teams/Zoom certification. $129-179. November 2025 launch.
Logitech announced two new business headsets today designed to combat the 275 daily interruptions office workers face, according to the Microsoft Work Trend Index. The Zone Wireless 2 ES and Zone Wired 2 for Business bring adaptive noise cancellation and AI-powered microphones to tackle both sides of the open office noise problem.
## Adaptive ANC That Actually Adapts
The standout feature is the hybrid active noise cancellation that automatically adjusts between high, low, and transparency modes based on your environment. Move from a quiet meeting room to a bustling cafeteria, and the headset switches modes without manual intervention. This isn't just marketing speak—the system uses real-time environmental analysis to optimize noise reduction.
Custom-engineered 40mm speaker drivers handle the audio output, while dual AI-powered microphones focus on isolating the wearer's voice from background noise. The AI processing specifically targets common office sounds like keyboard clatter and nearby conversations.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wireless-2-es-business.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wireless-2-es-business-2.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wireless-2-es-business-3.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wireless-2-es-business-4.jpg" >}}
## Certification Without Complications
Both headsets are certified for Microsoft Teams, Zoom, and Google Meet. The wireless model supports native Bluetooth for Teams and Meet, meaning you can connect without the USB dongle and free up a port. When you do use the dongle, smart enumeration automatically tells your system when the headset is powered off, preventing those awkward "can you hear me?" moments when your audio defaults to the wrong device.
## Gaming Comfort Meets Office Endurance
Borrowing from gaming headset design, both models use an adjustable headstrap that distributes weight evenly across the head—crucial for all-day wear. The earcups rotate and adjust vertically, while the microphone boom swivels 180 degrees for left or right positioning.
Battery life on the wireless model hits practical benchmarks: 20 hours talk time with ANC on (25 with it off), and 25 hours of music playback with ANC (48 hours without). A 5-minute charge provides an hour of use, and the USB-C cable converts it to wired mode when needed.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wired2-headset-graphite.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wired2-headset-graphite-2.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wired2-headset-graphite-3.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/zone-wired2-headset-graphite-4.jpg" >}}
## IT Management and Sustainability
Logitech Sync enables remote management, including silent firmware updates pushed when devices are idle. This eliminates help desk tickets for routine updates.
On the sustainability front, the headsets use minimum 30% post-consumer recycled plastic, 100% recycled rare earth metals in magnets, and 100% recycled cobalt in batteries. Key components—headstrap, ear cushions, and batteries—are user-replaceable, with Logitech committing to multi-year parts availability after product end-of-life.
## Pricing and Availability
The [Zone Wireless 2 ES](https://www.logitech.com/en-ca/products/headsets/zone-wireless-2-es-business.981-001492.html) launches in November at $159 (Bluetooth only) or $179 (with USB receiver). The [Zone Wired 2](https://www.logitech.com/en-ca/products/headsets/zone-wired-2-business.981-001608.html) follows in December at $129, offering the same features minus the battery and wireless components—a practical option for businesses buying in bulk.
Both models come in graphite, off-white, and rose colorways, with audio and ANC settings customizable through the Logi Tune app.
---
### [Blink Sync Module XR [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/09/17/blink-sync-module-xr-review/)
> The Blink Sync Module XR allows you to keep control of your clips, and even save on subscriptions!
After setting up your first [Blink Outdoor 4 camera](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/09/17/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review/), you might wonder if there is a way to gather all your clips locally for a longer period of time. You might also want to download a bunch of them at once, or even maybe archive them for posterity.
This is where the [Blink Sync Module XR](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B196YY5D) comes in!
## Design
Out of the box, this little device packs quite a punch for the unobtrusive look it wears. The squircle box has two LEDs and a microSD card slot. Therefore the obvious conclusion is that it is used to save all your media locally. This is true. But it can do much more.
## Features
- Save video clips to microSD
- Increase range to 400ft
- Faster detections
- Up to 10 devices paired
## Performance
Swapping the included Sync Module 2 to the XR is a piece of cake. In a few clicks you will be hosting all of your cameras with the XR. It's not even complicated to do!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-10.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-11.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-12.jpg" >}}
### Long Range Capture
After that, a few new great options open up to you. You can place your Blink Outdoor 4 cameras in remote areas of your property and still be able to sync the recording to your microSD card or cloud.
For example, at close proximity you still get 1080p videos, if you go to 200ft it goes down to 720p and at 400ft, it's down to 360p. Of course line of sight, materials and obstacles might impact those numbers.
In my home, I have trouble reaching the Wi-Fi from the backyard, so much that I could never set up my Arlo cameras too far as even with the receiver base on the same level it would only work if it was either close to the back door or close to the front door with the camera a few meters away from it.
The Sync Module XR set up in my basement, right next to a concrete wall has no issue recording in 1080p a camera at the opposite corner of my property (on top of my shed)! I don't have a huge lot, 5,000 sqft, but I can very easily place cameras around the perimeter of my home and still keep the Sync Module XR tucked away in the machine room in the basement and benefit from the full resolution!
### Instant Notifications
One of the issues most systems have is that they take a few seconds to let you know of movement, even without proper identification of the type of movement. The Sync Module XR is impressive and I get the notification that it is recording at most 1-2 seconds after it started. I would often open the app and see it was still recording. To react fast, this is a very underappreciated feature! For situations where a lazy postman just leaves a note instead of ringing your door, well, you can run up to him before he turns around!
### Backup and Backups!
Having the microSD card in the Sync Module XR means you can easily offload a great number of clips to your computer without fiddling with the mobile app. Very practical for backup and archiving purposes!
And with the capacity of [up to 256GB](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07P4HBRMV), you can store over 100,000 clips!
If you are subscribed to the Blink Subscriptions, all clips captured will be offloaded to your Sync Module XR every 24h so you always have a copy in the cloud and on your device!
## Conclusion
After testing both sync modules, I must say that I have a strong preference for the [Sync Module XR](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B196YY5D) with the increased range and microSD clip backup. Being able to set up your camera much further on your property, or through multiple walls, is something that I have struggled with with all other security cameras.
The price is affordable at $69 US and you can even reuse a microSD you have lying around. It is a very welcomed addition to your Blink system. It's basically your own little private cloud!
---
### [Blink Outdoor 4 Camera [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/09/17/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review/)
> The Blink Outdoor 4 is a small battery-powered camera that should not be underestimated, even compared to much more expensive cameras!
The small outdoor security camera Amazon has been selling is now a staple of the wider security ecosystem. So much so that I know people with multiple houses where they have cameras on each of their properties and they can keep an eye on them from thousands of kilometers away.
The Blink Outdoor 4 is the latest camera of the series that has the novel feature of being battery powered. Something that allows for an incredible amount of flexibility in terms of installation. If you need to install it further away, there is even the Blink Sync Module XR that allows much better range and even saves all your videos locally! More on this one in another article!
## Design
The Blink Cameras were always small, cute cameras that are not meant to be "in your face"—they don't have lights and they don't have wires. You can install them and even hide them in corners where they can barely be seen. Perfect to catch perps in the action.
The Outdoor 4 comes in black or white and is basically just a square with a lens in the corner. It has a novel snap-on stand in the box if you need to install it on a wall, but you can get multiple different mounts on Amazon for windows, flat surfaces, even make them hold with a snake-like system that reminds me of the [Joby Gorillapod 5K](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/06/23/gorillapod-5k-dslr-bendy-tripod-review/)!
It comes with two [Energizer Lithium batteries](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C4PP8FK) and this is important. This camera once set up with default settings can last months, up to 2 years in ideal conditions and configuration, but just like you, you have to feed it quality or else it's going to last weeks. Make sure you pick up sets of solid batteries like the Energizer Lithium or the [Eneloop Pro High Capacity](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07MRXDBN4). And of course, if you point it to the street and there is movement every few minutes, expect it to last less time than if it's pointing out back where nothing really happens.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-41.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-42.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/blink-outdoor-4-camera-review-43.jpg" >}}
The Blink Outdoor 4 also comes with a Sync Module 2, the device that allows you to sync your 1 or many cameras with the app and the cloud. It's a small device that needs a power source and it cannot save video locally like the [Sync Module XR](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B196YY5D) (sold separately).
## Features
- 1080p full HD resolution
- Infrared night vision
- Enhanced motion detection sends quick alerts
- Dual-zone
- Two-way talk with the Blink app
- Person detection uses smart computer vision (via subscription)
## Performance
The very first impression I got from the unboxing experience is a very positive one. The box is very small, everything is tightly packed. Every single component looks like great design care was given to it.
The installation process is incredibly easy and made for people that are not engineers. It sticks to the point and does not bore you with pages and pages of reading so if you do the setup for a 2nd or 3rd camera it's very fast.
Once you get the Blink Camera and Sync Module set up, you are ready to just leave it as it is. The defaults are already optimized for battery life without negatively impacting the quality. But if you are like me you will jump into every single setting and set your custom detection zones, privacy zones and if you have regular access to the camera, you can even increase the recording quality. You will probably not last the full two years promised, but even if it's only 1 year it's quite impressive to last that long with two simple AA batteries.
### Footage Capture
As you can see from the footage below, the quality is great! It's not 4K like the Arlo 4K camera I reviewed a few years ago, but I had to end up running my Arlo on a wire as the battery would not last more than a few days facing the street.
One of the most useful modes is the infrared mode at night. It is adjustable and you can increase or decrease the amount of infrared light being projected. This allows you to get an even clearer image. Make sure to test it out before assuming it's all set. Play the bad guy for once!
I was curious about what critters are roaming my backyard so I placed the camera on the second step of my balcony and was able to capture a couple little guys :)
Of course, IR capture is never as clear as daylight but it can provide valuable information. Here are a couple of shots taken from different situations.
### Managing Videos
The Blink app is incredibly well done. It's fast and efficient to get access to videos, even if they are hosted online. You can save them to your camera roll, clean up old clips, etc.
The easy Disarmed/Armed toggle is very useful when you have folks over, or if you are spending your day in your yard and passing in front of the camera hundreds of times. For the Arlo camera you had to switch modes, and it was not intuitive. Amazon got this right!
### Gluttony
Even with two nice Lithium batteries you don't have enough power, due to constantly moving elements in the image? Or you are a snowbird and you need to leave your house for 6 months? Don't fuss, Amazon has the thing for you!
If you need your camera attached to your home and have access to an outlet, there is this [optional cable](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CBL74PGS) that turns your wireless camera into a wired camera. No need for batteries anymore!
Or if you want to keep batteries, but need more capacity, Amazon has the [Battery Extension Pack](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B9YN8H5B) that allows you to install 2 more batteries, thus doubling your capacity to offer up to 4 years of use!
For some houses, you already have an ethernet cable going to some corner of the house and I read you might be able to use a PoE (power over ethernet) adapter and run power to the camera. Double check all the voltage, wattage to make sure it works before jumping into this project.
### Subscription or Local
The Blink Subscription allows you to set up one or unlimited cameras and have all of the AI powered detection as well as 60 days clip retention. It is not expensive at all especially if you have two homes to watch over. Going for $3 or $10 per month, or $30 or $100 per year, you gain some very interesting features.
Up to 90-minutes continuous recording. I've seen situations where I would trigger the camera while working in front of it, but then it stopped recording while I was still there doing things. I can see the value in just that single feature!
Auto local storage backup takes all of your clips from the day, even the long ones, and backs them up on the Sync Module XR's microSD card every day. This way, you always have local backups. You also get extended warranty, custom snooze notification options, smart detection and even 10% off new Blink devices!
## Conclusion
The [Blink Outdoor 4 camera](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0B1N7G2R1) did not disappoint! I was expecting it to be interesting with its wireless approach to security cameras, but I was not expecting it to be that easy to use, configure and adjust to your specific situation! Amazon really outdid themselves on this one, and it shows that this little guy is the 4th generation—they removed all the kinks and it's a joy to use.
The configuration of these little guys allows you to set them up exactly how you want them no matter what they are pointing to. And for folks with multiple homes, the fully wireless and cloud connected features make it the perfect companion to keep an eye from afar!
I strongly recommend you look into the Blink ecosystem, especially if you need 2 or more cameras as the accessories and products in the product line make this an incredibly high value! Make sure you shop for when they go on sale—Amazon is always very generous with their sale pricing!
---
### [Nomad Card Wallet Plus [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/08/16/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review/)
> Nomad has done it again, a superior wallet product paired with their Tracking Card, a Find My compatible locator that fits in a card pocket! 🙀
One of the most important things a company can do is differentiate itself from all the other products out there. In the accessory scene, few companies are going as far as Nomad to not only bring out kick-ass wallets, Apple Watch bracelets, and iPhone cases, but they even produce some very cool tech products to go with their wallets!
The Card Wallet Plus is a card wallet that on the surface might seem like a simple card wallet like all the others that have crossed your path. However, Nomad had to customize this wallet with their magic touch, and the "Plus" moniker is there for a reason. It comes with the Tracking Card—a thin, AirTag-like device that can not only help you find your wallet but also fit inside a regular pocket of your wallet!
## Design
The [Card Wallet Plus](https://nomadgoods.com/ca/products/card-wallet-plus-english-tan) takes on a classic card wallet design, as the name implies. It can hold 14 cards, or 10 cards and folded cash, and has an extra card slot on the inside—the same kind of slot found on the [Nomad Bifold wallet](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/01/06/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review/) I reviewed previously.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-02.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-03.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-04.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-05.jpg" >}}
You get the same high-quality fit and finish found on other Nomad wallets. This means very precise stitching, pill-shaped card pockets, and quality edge finishing. In leathermaking, you can either finish your edges with an oily substance like Tokonole and use friction to seal the leather, or you can use edge paint that will form a flexible, rubber-like finish in your chosen color.
As you can see from the pictures, I reviewed the English Tan version using Traditional Leather rather than Horween leather like last time. I'm a huge fan of Horween, but I wanted to try another color.
## Features
- Holds 14 cards at maximum capacity
- Fits 10 cards with room for folded cash
- 5 card slots and one external quick-access slot
- Thermoformed leather shape
- Full grain, sustainably sourced leather
- Wirelessly recharge Tracking Card on any Qi or MagSafe charger
## Performance
The experience of unboxing the Card Wallet Plus is just like every other Nomad product—it's a quality box and a pleasure to open and discover your new wallet! Astute observers will notice that Nomad uses an ok o-keep anti-mold chip to prevent mold from growing on the product.
You see, mold is always a problem with natural leather, as it can very easily start to grow on leather surfaces if the right conditions are present. This sticker in the box prevents mold from growing, ensuring that if the product sits on shelves for 6 or 12 months, it will be clean and mold-free when you open it!
The wallet uses thermoformed leather to ensure everything is perfectly aligned and cut as it should be. I appreciate the pill-shaped card pockets and the fabric on the inside of the wallet. The number of pockets is generous, and the choice of a slip pocket that can accept either cards or cash is practical.
The product is strongly made. I've been using it for weeks filled to the brim, and it's still holding up great! Not surprising, after all—it's a Nomad product!
## Tracking Card
Let's talk about the Tracking Card now. This is something that everyone wants at some point: an AirTag that will fit inside a wallet without being super thick and rounded. I mean, there are solutions to that, like the [M1 Wallet with AirTag](https://legacygoods.co/products/m1-wallet-with-airtag), but you can't escape the size of an AirTag in your wallet.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-32.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-33.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-card-wallet-plus-review-34.jpg" >}}
Unless you are Nomad and you decide to make your own AirTag card basically! The Tracking Card is just that—a Find My compatible tracking device that allows you to know when your wallet goes missing or where it is when stuck between the couch cushions. It is only two credit cards thick and can go for over 5 months without a charge.
Contrary to Tile devices, when the battery runs out, you don't have to replace it; you just put it on a Qi charger or a MagSafe charger and you're good for another 6 months!
It is not an AirTag per se, meaning it does not leverage the U1 chip to locate the device precisely, but you can still send it a beeping signal. I can hear it on the other floor, so even in a large house you can easily hear it and locate it. It has the same features as other Find My devices, like contact sharing information, notifications when left behind, and the ability to share the item with someone else.
## Conclusion
I kind of feel like a broken record at this point. Another Nomad product and another highly recommended item! Their wallets are some of the best out there, and when paired with quality leather and the Tracking Card, it can't be any better!
The only thing I would add is more color options. There are so many amazing Horween leather colors. I'd be stoked to see a navy blue or olive green wallet—heck, even a mixed-color wallet like buck brown and olive green!
The [Tracking Card](https://nomadgoods.com/ca/products/tracking-card) has been hard to get my hands on because it is always out of stock. Being one of the few, if not the only one, that offers this form factor, MagSafe rechargeability, and long-lasting battery, this is to me simply the best wallet tracking card out there! Update: Nomad has released a [Pro version](https://nomadgoods.com/ca/products/tracking-card-pro) that lasts 16 months!
---
### [Logitech Flip Folio: The Revolutionary iPad Keyboard Case That Goes Everywhere You Do](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/06/12/logitech-flip-folio-the-revolutionary-ipad-keyboard-case-that-goes-everywhere-you-do/)
> Logitech Flip Folio is the first iPad keyboard case with magnetic stowaway storage, multi-device pairing, and 2-year battery life. Compatible with iPad Pro and iPad Air models starting at $159.99.
Logitech has just unveiled the Flip Folio, a game-changing keyboard case designed specifically for iPad Pro and iPad Air models that promises to transform how we work and play on the go. This innovative accessory addresses a growing need as two-thirds of professionals now blend work and personal life throughout their day, requiring devices that adapt to any environment—not just traditional desks or meeting rooms.
## Magnetic Innovation Meets Practical Design
What sets the Flip Folio apart from existing iPad keyboard cases is its unique magnetic stowaway feature. The full-size Bluetooth keyboard magnetically snaps to the back of the case when not in use, creating a sleek, portable package that's perfect for tucking under your arm or slipping into a bag. This first-of-its-kind design eliminates the bulk typically associated with keyboard cases while maintaining complete front and back protection for your iPad.
The case's versatility shines through its multi-angle adjustable kickstand, which works seamlessly in both landscape and portrait orientations. There's even dedicated space for your phone, making it a true mobile workstation that adapts to your preferred setup wherever you are.
## Built for the Modern Professional
Connectivity is effortless with multi-device pairing capabilities, allowing users to switch between their iPad, phone, and other Bluetooth-enabled devices with ease. The impressive two-year battery life means you can focus on productivity without constantly worrying about charging your keyboard.
The Flip Folio is compatible with the latest iPad Pro models (11-inch and 13-inch M4) and iPad Air models (11-inch and 13-inch M2 & M3, plus 5th generation), ensuring broad compatibility across Apple's current tablet lineup.
## Sustainable and Stylish Options
Logitech hasn't forgotten about environmental responsibility. The Graphite and Midnight Black models contain a minimum of 37% certified post-consumer recycled plastic, while the aluminum components are produced using low-carbon processes. All packaging comes from FSC-certified sources.
Style-conscious users can choose from five attractive colorways: Graphite and Black (available June 2025), with Pale Grey, Lilac, and Sand following in September 2025.
## Pricing and Availability
The Flip Folio is competitively priced at $159.99 for 11-inch models (641g) and $179.99 for 13-inch versions (1,128g). It's available through major retailers including Amazon, Best Buy, and Logitech.com, making it easily accessible to consumers ready to revolutionize their mobile productivity setup.
---
### [Logitech Expands MX Creative Console Compatibility with Adobe Lightroom, Final Cut Pro, DaVinci Resolve, and Figma](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/04/23/logitech-expands-mx-creative-console-compatibility-with-adobe-lightroom-final-cut-pro-davinci-resolve-and-figma/)
> Logitech extends MX Creative Console functionality with new plugins for Adobe Lightroom, Final Cut Pro, DaVinci Resolve, and Figma, enhancing creative workflows for professionals.
Logitech has announced a significant expansion of its MX Creative Console ecosystem with the addition of new plugins for Adobe Lightroom, Final Cut Pro, DaVinci Resolve, and Figma. This update addresses the most requested integrations from creative professionals, further enhancing the versatility and productivity potential of the MX Creative Console.
"We have heard from the community that the MX Creative Console not only speeds up their workflow, but has increased their productivity and made work easier. Adding these highly requested plugins will unlock the MX Creative Console's potential for a broader range of creative professionals," said Anatoliy Polyanker, general manager of the MX Business Unit at Logitech.
## Streamlined Creative Control
The MX Creative Console's dynamic display keys and customizable dialpad provide intuitive access to essential tools and actions, allowing creative professionals to work more efficiently. With these new integrations, users gain enhanced control over their favorite creative applications through pre-built profiles that make setup quick and seamless.
## Adobe Lightroom – Native Plugin for Cloud-Based Editing
The new Adobe Lightroom plugin represents a significant milestone, marking the first time a native plugin for cloud-based Lightroom for Desktop has been offered. Built in collaboration with Adobe, this integration enables photographers to:
- Quickly rate and flag images for faster processing
- Use the dial for precise crop and straightening adjustments
- Fine-tune brightness, white balance, clarity, and other essential parameters with speed and precision
## Final Cut Pro – Enhanced Video Editing Experience
The expanded Final Cut Pro integration offers video editors more intuitive and faster editing capabilities:
- Navigate and work in the timeline with quick access to frequently used actions
- Instantly access essential editing tools
- Achieve precise color grading via Color Wheels
- Easily perform clip transport and manipulation tasks, including nudge, trim, select next/previous, and delete
## Figma – Optimized Design Workflow
The new Figma plugin brings powerful controls to UI/UX designers:
- Quick access to essential tools and actions for both Figma and FigJam
- Simplified management of assets, text alignments, spacing, and layout adjustments
- Dial-based control for adjusting text size, weight, height, and more
## DaVinci Resolve – Powerful Color Grading and Editing
Video professionals using DaVinci Resolve can now benefit from:
- Precise timeline navigation
- Instant access to cut, trim, and retime functions
- Efficient node management, including adding, removing, editing, and navigating
## Affinity Photo – Professional Image Editing
The update also includes enhanced support for Affinity Photo, giving photographers additional tools for professional image editing with customizable shortcuts.
These new plugins join Logitech's existing lineup of supported applications, which include Adobe Photoshop, Lightroom Classic, Premiere Pro, After Effects, Illustrator, Audition, and Capture One for Mac.
## Availability and Pricing
Users can access these new plugins through the Logi Marketplace via the Logi Options+ app, which is available for free download at logi.com/optionsplus. The MX Creative Console is available in pale grey and graphite for $199.99 on www.logitech.com and at other global retailers.
Each console includes a complimentary three-month Adobe Creative Cloud All Apps membership, providing exceptional value with access to industry-leading creative tools.
For more information about the MX Creative Console and its expanding ecosystem, visit http://logitech.com/mx-creative-console.
In summary, Logitech's latest update to the MX Creative Console brings powerful new integrations that enhance productivity for creative professionals across photography, video editing, and design disciplines. With intuitive controls and customizable workflows, the MX Creative Console continues to evolve as an essential tool for creative workflows.
---
### [Logitech MX Brio, The Ultimate 4K Webcam [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/03/14/logitech-mx-brio-the-ultimate-4k-webcam-review/)
> The Logitech MX Brio webcam delivers exceptional 4K video quality with AI-powered features and premium build quality for professionals and content creators.
In the era of remote work and content creation, having a high-quality webcam has become more crucial than ever. Logitech, known for their premium MX line of products, has entered this space with the MX Brio, promising to deliver professional-grade video quality with innovative AI features. Let's see how this premium webcam stands out in the crowded market of video conferencing tools.
## Design
The [MX Brio](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BFJ4CRKD) represents a significant departure from Logitech's previous webcam designs. Gone are the plastic housings of yesteryear, replaced by a sleek aluminum body that perfectly matches other products in the MX lineup. The webcam features a magnetic privacy shutter that elegantly slides into place, protecting both your privacy and the lens when not in use.
The mounting system has been completely redesigned, offering a sturdy magnetic mount that works on both monitors and laptops. The mount includes a 1/4" thread for tripod compatibility, making it versatile for different setups. The included USB-C cable is braided and detachable, adding to the premium feel of the product.
The front of the camera features subtle LED indicators that show when the camera is active and when AI features are engaged. These lights are visible enough to be useful without being distracting during use. The privacy shutter makes a satisfying click when engaged, adding to the premium feel of the device.
## Features
- 4K HDR video at 30fps, 1080p at 60fps
- AI-powered auto-framing and subject tracking
- Advanced light correction with HDR
- Dual noise-canceling microphones
- Privacy shutter with magnetic attachment
- USB-C connection with detachable cable
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, and ChromeOS
- Integration with Logi Options+ software
- Multiple field of view options (65°, 78°, 90°)
## Performance
The MX Brio's video quality is nothing short of impressive. The 4K sensor captures incredibly detailed images, and the HDR capability ensures excellent performance even in challenging lighting conditions. The auto-framing feature, powered by AI, keeps you centered in the frame even as you move around, though you can easily disable this if you prefer manual control.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-brio-4k-webcam-review-20.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-brio-4k-webcam-review-21.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-brio-4k-webcam-review-22.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-brio-4k-webcam-review-23.jpg" >}}
One of the standout features is the light correction technology. Whether you're backlit by a window or in a dimly lit room, the MX Brio adjusts automatically to maintain proper exposure. The colors are natural and accurate, avoiding the oversaturated look that many webcams produce.
The dual noise-canceling microphones perform admirably, though they won't replace a dedicated USB microphone for professional audio needs. They're more than adequate for video calls and casual content creation, with clear voice pickup and good background noise suppression.
### Software Integration
The Logi Options+ software provides extensive control over the camera's settings. You can adjust the field of view, enable or disable AI features, and fine-tune image parameters like contrast, saturation, and white balance. The software also allows you to create custom presets for different lighting conditions or use cases.
While the camera works perfectly fine without the software, the ability to save preferences and quickly switch between different configurations adds significant value for power users. The AI features can be toggled directly from the software, and updates regularly bring new features and improvements.
### Desk View
The Desk View is not something everyone needs, but when you do want to show your colleagues something you sketched real quick, it becomes immensely useful! Just flip the camera to face down on your desk and automatically it rotates the view and allows you to showcase your creation.
## Real-World Use
In daily use, the MX Brio consistently delivers exceptional video quality. The auto-framing works well in most situations, though it can sometimes be a bit aggressive in its adjustments. The privacy shutter is a welcome feature, especially for those concerned about security.
The multiple field of view options prove particularly useful, allowing you to choose between a wider angle for group shots or a tighter frame for individual calls. The mounting system is secure and the magnetic attachment makes it easy to adjust the angle as needed.
Battery impact on laptops is minimal, though running at 4K resolution does require more processing power. Users with older systems might want to stick to 1080p for the smoothest experience.
## Conclusion
The [Logitech MX Brio](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BFJ4CRKD) represents the pinnacle of webcam technology, offering exceptional video quality and innovative features in a premium package. While the price point might be steep for casual users, professionals who depend on video communication or content creators will find the investment worthwhile.
The combination of excellent hardware, thoughtful design, and useful software features makes the MX Brio a standout product in Logitech's lineup. It's not just a webcam; it's a professional tool that can significantly enhance your virtual presence.
For those who demand the best video quality and are willing to pay for premium features, the MX Brio is an excellent choice. It's available for $199 US ($269 CA) in a sleek graphite finish that matches perfectly with other MX series products.
---
### [Arlo Essential XL 2nd Gen: Battery Life That Actually Lasts [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/03/11/arlo-essential-xl-2nd-gen-battery-life-that-actually-lasts-review/)
> Arlo Essential XL 2nd Gen wireless security camera delivers 16-month battery life, color night vision, and 2K resolution in a versatile, weather-resistant package.
Wireless security cameras promise convenience and flexibility, but too often deliver the headache of frequent recharging. Arlo tackles this pain point head-on with the Essential XL 2nd Gen, boasting an impressive 16-month battery life. But is this extended power enough to make it a must-have for your home security setup? Let's find out.
## Design
The [Essential XL 2nd Gen](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0C686JMXS) maintains Arlo's familiar aesthetic - a clean, modern design that doesn't scream "security camera" like some of its more industrial-looking competitors. Available in white, it blends reasonably well with most home exteriors. The camera is slightly larger than the standard Essential model, which makes sense given the expanded battery capacity.
The integrated spotlight sits above the camera lens, and the entire unit feels solid and well-built. It comes with an adjustable wall mount that provides good flexibility for positioning. The weatherproofing is substantial, with operating temperatures ranging from -4°F to 113°F (-20°C to 45°C), making it suitable for most climate conditions.
One design decision worth noting is the non-removable battery. While this enables the sleek form factor, it means you'll need to take down the entire camera for charging. Not ideal, but the extended battery life makes this less of an issue than with previous generations.
## Features
- Available in 2K (2560x1440) or HD (1080p) resolution
- 4X extended battery life (up to 16 months)
- 130° diagonal field of view
- Integrated spotlight (6200K, 42Lux@1M)
- Color night vision
- Two-way audio with built-in microphone and speaker
- Built-in siren
- PIR motion detection
- 12x digital zoom
- Wi-Fi connectivity (2.4GHz)
- Indoor and outdoor use
- 300-foot range (line of sight)
## Performance
The Essential XL 2nd Gen comes in two flavors: 2K and HD. I tested the 2K model, which delivers impressively clear footage. The 4-megapixel sensor captures enough detail to easily identify visitors or potential intruders. The 130° field of view offers good coverage of entryways without excessive fisheye distortion. You have options to keep the best possible video quality, or strike a balance with quality and battery life.
Night vision is a highlight thanks to the color capabilities and integrated spotlight. When motion is detected in darkness, the spotlight activates automatically, enabling color recording instead of the typical grayscale night vision. This makes a significant difference in identifying details like clothing colors or vehicle makes.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-outdoor-camera-review-545.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-outdoor-camera-review-546.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-outdoor-camera-review-547.jpg" >}}
Motion detection works reliably with the PIR (passive infrared) sensor, which detects body heat rather than just movement in the frame. This reduces false alerts from things like blowing leaves or shadow changes. The detection range is good but not extraordinary - expect reliable alerts within about 20-25 feet of the camera. The two-way audio is clear enough for basic conversations with delivery personnel or visitors. The built-in siren is surprisingly loud for its size and would definitely startle anyone not expecting it.
Connectivity was stable during testing, with the camera maintaining a solid connection to my Wi-Fi router across two rooms without issues. Arlo claims a 300-foot line-of-sight range, though real-world performance will vary based on your home's construction and potential interference.
## Video Quality
In order to last longer, you can update the settings of the camera and strike a better balance to lower a little bit the quality and have the battery last longer. Here is the difference that a balanced setting versus the highest quality setting.
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-daylight-video-quality-balanced.mp4" "Balanced Quality Setting (5.4MB)" >}}
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-daylight-video-quality-best.mp4" "Highest Quality (15MB)" >}}
## Battery Life
The standout feature here is undoubtedly the battery life. Arlo claims up to 16 months between charges, a bold assertion in a category where 3-6 months is typically considered good. Of course, this depends heavily on usage patterns - frequent motion events, live viewing, and using the spotlight will drain the battery faster.
In my testing over several weeks with moderate activity (10-15 motion events daily and occasional live views), the battery level decreased by only about 5%, putting it on track for at least a year of use. This is genuinely impressive and addresses one of the biggest pain points of wireless security cameras. I have also hooked the camera to my tree in front of the home, where it pointed to the street with over 100 vehicule passage per day. After 24h, it only dropped by 3%. Even in this very rough situation, the battery seem to be able to last over a month without being charged!
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-lots-movement.mp4" "High movement position in a tree" >}}
When it does come time to charge, you'll need to remove the camera from its mount and use the included charging cable. It's a minor inconvenience given the infrequency, but worth noting. For those wanting truly maintenance-free operation, Arlo offers a compatible solar panel that can keep the battery topped up indefinitely. This camera is ideal for situation where there are not that many movement in front of it. Point it to the backyard, and it could last over a year easily!
## Nighttime
You have a choice of using either the colour or black and white mode for the Essential XL. Using the colour mode, it will use the spotlight to light the subject. This allows for a much better quality video and it also acts as a deterrent for any unwelcomed visits. Let's compare both video results. It was taken at the same time, during night time in a close to pitch black situation.
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-nighttime-black-and-white.mp4" "Black and White, no Spotlight" >}}
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-nighttime-color.mp4" "Colour mode, with Spotlight" >}}
And here is a daytime video of the same angle to show the difference.
{{< video "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-essential-xl-lots-daytime.mp4" "Daytime Recording" >}}
## App and Subscription
The Arlo app experience is polished and intuitive. Setting up the Essential XL 2nd Gen was straightforward, taking about 10 minutes from unboxing to capturing footage. The app provides clear video previews, easy access to live feeds, and customizable motion detection settings.
One point worth emphasizing is that, unlike some competitors, Arlo doesn't lock all functionality behind a subscription. Without a subscription, you still get motion notifications and live video viewing. However, cloud recording, person/package detection, and interactive notifications require the Arlo Secure plan (a 30-day trial is included).
At $8.33/month for a single camera or $14.58/month for unlimited cameras in the Basic Plan, the subscription pricing is competitive with other major security brands. For most users, the added features will be worth the cost, but it's nice to have basic functionality without the ongoing expense. To benefit from Package, Person, Vehicule, Audio and Animal detection you have to pick the Plus plan, at 20.00$/month for unlimited devices.
The only notable absence in the ecosystem is Apple Home compatibility, which Arlo says is coming but not yet available for the 2nd Gen models. For HomeKit enthusiasts, this might be a dealbreaker, at least temporarily. Once they bring it out, it will not replace the Arlo subscription. I still have my Arlo 4K Camera and it basically adds the camera to your Home but for any cloud recording, person/package detection you do need the Arlo subscription.
You can read my [Arlo Ultra review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/07/08/arlo-ultra-security-camera-review/) to learn more about the other software features.
## Conclusion
The [Arlo Essential XL 2nd Gen](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0C686JMXS) addresses the most significant complaint about wireless security cameras - battery life - with impressive results. The 16-month battery claim holds up in my initial testing, and the overall performance is solid across the board.
The 2K video quality, color night vision, and reliable motion detection make it a compelling option for home security. While the non-removable battery and subscription requirement for advanced features might deter some potential buyers, the convenience of such extended battery life outweighs these drawbacks for most use cases. If you're tired of frequently climbing ladders to recharge security cameras, the Essential XL 2nd Gen offers a welcome reprieve. It's not the cheapest option on the market, but the quality and longevity make it a worthwhile investment for those who value convenience and reliability in their home security solution.
For those choosing between the 2K and HD models, I'd recommend the 2K version if your budget allows. The additional detail is noticeable and valuable for security purposes, though the HD model will still serve most homeowners well while saving a few dollars.
---
### [Nomad Universal Cable Review: One Cable to Rule Them All [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/03/07/nomad-universal-cable-review-one-cable-to-rule-them-all-review/)
> Nomad's Universal Cable combines 240W USB-C PD charging with built-in USB-A and Micro USB adapters in a compact, Kevlar-reinforced package for ultimate versatility.
Cable fatigue is real. We've all been there - a drawer full of various cables, some frayed, some mysterious, and none of them seem to be the one you need at that exact moment. Nomad has taken on this universal tech headache with their aptly named [Universal Cable](https://nomadgoods.com/products/universal-cable), a compact charging solution with a surprisingly clever approach to multi-device compatibility.
## Design
The Universal Cable is compact by design at just 0.3 meters (about a foot), making it ideal for travel or desktop setups where cable clutter is the enemy. What makes this cable unique isn't immediately obvious until you look at the ends - one side features a standard USB-C connector, while the other end houses what Nomad calls the "universal" connector.
This universal end is actually a USB-C connector with built-in adapters for USB-A and Micro USB. These adapters are physically attached to the cable - not separate pieces you're bound to lose - and they swing out when needed. It's one of those "why didn't anyone think of this before?" designs that solves a real problem elegantly.
The cable itself features Nomad's signature double-braided Kevlar outer weave, giving it both a premium feel and serious durability. The metal housings at both ends are electroplated and have a substantial weight to them that screams quality. This isn't one of those flimsy cables that will start fraying after a few months - it feels built to last.
## Features
- 240W USB-C PD capability
- Built-in adapters for USB-A and Micro USB
- Double-braided Kevlar reinforcement
- Electroplated metal connectors
- RF shielding for fast syncing
- 0.3m (1 foot) length
- 2-year warranty
## Performance
The headline feature here is the 240W charging capability, which puts this cable at the bleeding edge of USB-C Power Delivery technology. To put that in perspective, even the most power-hungry MacBook Pro 16" only draws about 140W, so this cable is genuinely future-proofed for years to come. In testing, it handled everything from charging my power-hungry laptop to topping up my iPhone without breaking a sweat. The cable supports the full 5A at 48V that the USB-C PD 3.1 spec allows, making it one of the most capable charging cables on the market right now.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-usb-c-cable-review-532.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-usb-c-cable-review-533.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-usb-c-cable-review-534.jpg" >}}
The built-in adapters work exactly as advertised. Need to charge that old Kindle with Micro USB? Just swing out the adapter and you're good to go. Have a device that still uses USB-A? No problem. It's a brilliantly simple solution to a complex compatibility problem. Data transfer is limited to USB 2.0 speeds, which Nomad explains is a trade-off for the cable's durability and power capabilities. For most users, this won't be an issue since this is primarily designed as a charging cable rather than for heavy data transfer tasks.
## Real-World Use
Where this cable truly shines is in simplifying your everyday carry. I recently took it on a business trip and was able to leave behind three separate cables. The compact 0.3m length was perfect for hotel nightstands where outlets are often inconveniently placed. The build quality is exceptional, as I've come to expect from Nomad. The Kevlar reinforcement and metal connectors feel bombproof. I've had too many cables fail at the connector junction over the years, but the strain relief on this cable is substantial.
The adaptors click satisfyingly into place when extended and retracted. There's none of that cheap plastic feel you get with most cable adaptors - these feel like they're machined as part of the cable itself. The short length might be a limitation for some setups. At 0.3m, it's perfect for travel and desktop charging stations, but it won't reach from a wall outlet to your couch. Then again, that's not what it's designed for - this is a cable that prioritizes versatility and portability over length. There are also 1.5m and 3m version if you need the same flexibility but with a longer total length.
## Conclusion
The [Nomad Universal Cable](https://nomadgoods.com/products/universal-cable) is a brilliant example of solving a common problem through thoughtful design rather than complexity. By integrating adapters directly into the cable and supporting cutting-edge charging speeds, Nomad has created something that feels like it belongs in everyone's tech bag. Is it more expensive than basic charging cables? Absolutely. But when you consider it replaces multiple cables, offers future-proof 240W charging, and is built to outlast most of your devices, the value becomes clear. This isn't a cable you'll replace next year - it's an investment in simplifying your tech life.
For travelers, minimalists, or anyone tired of cable clutter, this compact powerhouse delivers exactly what it promises - one cable to rule them all. And in a world of disposable tech accessories, that's something worth paying for.
It's the cable equivalent of finding out your Swiss Army knife also works as a universal TV remote - unexpectedly useful in ways you didn't know you needed.
---
### [Nomad Universal Cable for Apple Watch [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/03/05/nomad-universal-cable-for-apple-watch-review/)
> Nomad's Universal Cable for Apple Watch combines a 100W USB-C cable with an integrated Apple Watch charger, making it the ultimate all-in-one charging solution for travelers.
Travel accessories are often a compromise between functionality and portability. We've all been there - stuffing multiple charging cables into our bags, only to find them tangled into an impossible knot later. Nomad, known for their premium accessories, has taken on this challenge with what might be the Swiss Army knife of charging cables - the [Universal Cable for Apple Watch](https://nomadgoods.com/products/universal-cable-apple-watch).
## Design
The Universal Cable for Apple Watch is a sleek, no-nonsense product that immediately feels premium in hand. It features Nomad's signature double-braided Kevlar outer weave that gives it a rugged yet refined appearance. At first glance, it looks like a standard high-quality USB-C cable - until you notice the integrated Apple Watch charging puck positioned about halfway down its length.
This isn't just any Apple Watch charger either - it's a fully-functional fast charger compatible with all Apple Watch models from Series 1 through 10, including the Ultra and Ultra 2. The cable has USB-C connectors on both ends, and the end with the extended tip is designed to connect to devices even when they're in cases - a thoughtful detail that shows Nomad's attention to real-world usage.
One of my favorite design elements is the integrated cable tie made from Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR). Unlike the flimsy velcro ties that come with most cables, this one is built to last and won't fray over time. It's a small touch, but it shows Nomad's commitment to creating products that remain functional over their entire lifespan.
## Features
- 100W USB-C PD cable (92W when Apple Watch charging is active)
- Integrated Apple Watch fast charger
- Double-braided Kevlar reinforcement
- Electroplated metal connectors
- Built-in silicone cable tie
- Compatible with all Apple Watch models
- Can charge AirPods Pro 2 or AirPods 4 on the watch puck
## Performance
In daily use, this cable has quickly become my go-to charging solution. The flexibility of having USB-C connectors on both ends means you can plug it into any power source - whether that's a wall adapter, MacBook, iPad, or even your iPhone. This versatility is particularly valuable when traveling, where power options might be limited.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-cable-for-apple-watch-review-538.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-cable-for-apple-watch-review-539.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-universal-cable-for-apple-watch-review-540.jpg" >}}
The Apple Watch fast charger works exactly as advertised, providing rapid charging for compatible models (Series 7 and later). In my testing, it charged my Apple Watch Ultra from 20% to 80% in about 45 minutes - comparable to Apple's own fast charger. What surprised me was discovering that the Apple Watch puck can also charge AirPods Pro 2 and AirPods 4 with ANC. This wasn't immediately obvious to me, but it's a game-changer for simplifying my travel kit. Now I can charge my MacBook, Apple Watch, and AirPods with a single cable - which feels like some kind of accessory sorcery.
The 100W power delivery capability is impressive, though it's worth noting that when the Apple Watch charger is in use, the USB-C end is limited to 92W. Still, that's more than enough to charge even a 16" MacBook Pro, so it's hardly a limitation in practice. If there's one performance drawback, it's that the cable is limited to USB 2.0 data transfer speeds. Nomad explains this was necessary to allow for a longer cable length, and since this is primarily a charging cable rather than a data transfer cable, it's a reasonable compromise.
## Real-World Use
Where this cable truly shines is in travel scenarios. I recently took it on a weekend trip and was able to leave behind three separate cables (MacBook, Watch, and AirPods). The cable tie kept everything neat in my bag, and I appreciated having one less tangle of wires to deal with.
The extended USB-C tip came in handy when connecting to my iPhone, which has a somewhat bulky case. No need to remove the case just to charge - another small detail that makes a big difference in convenience. One thing to keep in mind is that you'll need a power adapter of at least 20W for multi-device charging, which isn't included. I used my existing Nomad 65W charger, and the pairing worked flawlessly.
The build quality is exceptional, as I've come to expect from Nomad. The Kevlar reinforcement and metal connectors feel like they'll outlast most of the devices I'll be charging with it. In a world of disposable accessories, it's refreshing to find something built to last.
## Conclusion
The [Nomad Universal Cable for Apple Watch](https://nomadgoods.com/products/universal-cable-apple-watch) is one of those rare accessories that makes you wonder how you managed without it. It's not just a cable - it's a thoughtfully designed solution to a common problem, executed with premium materials and attention to detail.
Is it priced at a premium compared to basic charging cables? Yes. But when you consider it replaces multiple cables and offers fast charging for all your Apple devices, the value proposition becomes much clearer. For frequent travelers or anyone looking to declutter their desk setup, this cable is worth every penny.
In a market flooded with charging accessories, Nomad has managed to create something genuinely innovative that simplifies the Apple ecosystem experience. It's like the charging cable equivalent of finding out your Swiss Army knife also contains a lightsaber - unexpected, but exactly what you needed all along.
---
### [Studio Neat Mark Three, Evolution of Excellence [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/01/07/studio-neat-mark-three-evolution-of-excellence-review/)
> The Studio Neat Mark Three builds on the success of its predecessors with refined design and enhanced writing experience.
Studio Neat continues their pursuit of writing perfection with the [Mark Three](https://www.studioneat.com/products/markthree?ref=DQqLP), building upon the successful foundation of the [Mark One](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/07/12/mark-one-next-level-pen-by-studio-neat-review/) while introducing thoughtful refinements. As a companion to their existing ecosystem of premium desktop accessories, the Mark Three demonstrates the company's commitment to continuous improvement.
## Design
The Mark Three maintains Studio Neat's minimalist aesthetic while introducing subtle improvements. The ceramic-coated brass body provides a premium feel with increased durability compared to its predecessors. The pen's proportions have been carefully considered, resulting in excellent balance whether posted or unposted.
Building on the Mark One's design language, the Mark Three features cleaner lines and a more refined finish. The ceramic coating not only enhances durability but also provides a uniquely satisfying tactile experience that develops character with use, similar to how premium leather patinas over time.
## Features
- Ceramic-coated brass construction
- Compatible with Parker-style refills
- Magnetic posting mechanism
- Balanced weight distribution
- Minimalist design
- Premium packaging
- Made in USA
- Optional Walnut Tray compatibility
## Writing Experience
The Mark Three delivers an exceptional writing experience through thoughtful design choices. The weight (45g) provides a substantial feel without fatigue during extended writing sessions. The ceramic coating offers just enough texture for control while maintaining a smooth feel.
### Balance and Comfort
The pen's balance point sits naturally at the thumb and forefinger when writing, creating an effortless experience. The magnetic posting mechanism ensures the cap stays securely in place without affecting the pen's balance, a notable improvement over traditional friction-fit designs.
### Refill Compatibility
Like its predecessor, the Mark Three accepts Parker-style refills, offering flexibility in choosing your preferred writing experience. The included Schmidt P8126 flows smoothly and starts reliably, while the pen's design accommodates various other premium refill options.
## Build Quality
The ceramic-coated brass construction sets a new standard for durability while maintaining premium aesthetics. The coating proves resistant to scratches and wear, developing a subtle patina that adds character without compromising the finish.
### Machining Quality
Every detail shows attention to precision:
- Perfect thread alignment
- Consistent coating application
- Precise magnetic alignment
- Smooth operational feel
## Ecosystem Integration
The Mark Three truly shines as part of Studio Neat's desktop ecosystem, particularly when paired with their Walnut Tray. The tray, designed specifically for the Mark series pens, provides an elegant home that complements both the Mark One and Mark Three.
### Walnut Pen Tray
The [Walnut Pen Tray](https://www.studioneat.com/products/pentray?ref=DQqLP) deserves special mention as it transforms these premium pens into a complete desk solution:
- Perfect fit for Mark series pens
- Beautiful walnut construction
- Maintains easy access
- Protects pen when not in use
- Adds desk presence
- Prevents rolling
The tray's design considers both form and function, with carefully calculated dimensions that keep the pen secure without making it difficult to retrieve. The walnut material ages beautifully alongside the pen, creating a cohesive premium experience.
## Daily Use
In everyday use, the Mark Three proves its worth through thoughtful details:
- Consistent writing experience
- Easy refill changes
- Reliable magnetic posting
- Durable finish
- Comfortable extended use
The ceramic coating provides practical benefits beyond aesthetics, offering improved grip and wear resistance compared to raw metal finishes. The coating's subtle texture provides just enough grip without being aggressive or collecting debris.
## Value Proposition
At $125, the Mark Three represents a premium investment in writing experience. While the price point may seem steep compared to mass-market pens, the combination of materials, build quality, and writing experience justifies the cost for those who appreciate fine writing instruments.
The optional Walnut Tray ($45) adds value to the ecosystem, transforming both the Mark One and Mark Three from excellent writing instruments into sophisticated desk accessories. The combined package creates a premium writing experience that's both functional and aesthetically pleasing.
## Comparison with Mark One
Having reviewed the [Mark One](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/07/12/mark-one-next-level-pen-by-studio-neat-review/) previously, the Mark Three shows thoughtful evolution:
- More refined finish with ceramic coating
- Improved balance
- Enhanced durability
- Same excellent refill compatibility
- Compatible with existing accessories
While the Mark One remains an excellent pen, the Mark Three's improvements make it a worthy upgrade for those seeking the ultimate Studio Neat writing experience.
## Conclusion
The [Studio Neat Mark Three](https://www.studioneat.com/products/markthree?ref=DQqLP) successfully builds upon its predecessors' foundation while introducing meaningful improvements. The ceramic coating adds durability and character, while the refined design enhances the writing experience. When paired with the Walnut Tray, it creates a premium desk solution that's both beautiful and functional.
For those who appreciate fine writing instruments and thoughtful design, the Mark Three represents an excellent investment. While the price point places it in the premium category, the combination of build quality, writing experience, and ecosystem integration justifies the cost. The addition of the Walnut Tray creates a complete solution that elevates both the Mark One and Mark Three from excellent pens to sophisticated desk accessories.
---
### [Plaud Note, AI-Powered Voice Recording Reimagined [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/01/01/plaud-note-ai-powered-voice-recording-reimagined-review/)
> The Plaud Note voice recorder integrates ChatGPT capabilities with high-quality recording for enhanced productivity and note-taking.
The [Plaud Note](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CZXHRCR6) represents a new generation of voice recorders, combining traditional recording capabilities with ChatGPT-powered intelligence. This innovative approach promises to transform how we capture and process spoken information.
## Design
The app features a minimalist, intuitive interface that prioritizes quick access to recording functions. The main screen presents a prominent record button with clear visual feedback, while AI features are thoughtfully integrated without overwhelming the core recording experience.
Navigation follows a logical hierarchy, with recordings, transcripts, and AI analyses easily accessible through a bottom tab bar. The dark and light themes adapt well to system settings, and the interface remains responsive even during intensive AI processing.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/plaud-note-chatgpt-powered-ai-voice-recorder-review-185.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/plaud-note-chatgpt-powered-ai-voice-recorder-review-186.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/plaud-note-chatgpt-powered-ai-voice-recorder-review-187.jpg" >}}
The device itself is a very thin gadget that reminds me of those MagSafe charging batteries like the [Mophie Snap+ Juice Pack](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/11/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review/) if it starved for a few weeks in the desert. The Plaud Note is super thin, and comes with a little MagSafe wallet size pouch so it's always ready to record.
It only has two controls, one button to stop and start and and mode button. It also comes with a ring if your mobile is not an iPhone with MagSafe, and a USB-A to USB-C adapter.
## Features
- High-quality audio recording
- Real-time transcription
- ChatGPT integration
- Multiple recording formats
- Customizable AI prompts
- Cloud backup
- Offline recording capability
- Share and export options
- Folder organization
- Bookmark important moments
- Background noise reduction
- Multiple language support
## Recording Performance
The app delivers excellent recording quality, with options for different audio formats and quality levels. Background noise reduction works effectively, helping to isolate voices in noisy environments. You can also work with the gain, to make sure it captures the environment correctly and clearly. The ability to bookmark important moments during recording proves invaluable for later reference.
### Audio Quality
Recording options include:
- High-quality WAV (48kHz/24-bit)
- Compressed MP3 (various bitrates)
- Optimized voice recording mode
- Adjustable gain control
The app handles sudden volume changes well, and the automatic gain control helps maintain consistent levels without introducing obvious artifacts.
## AI Integration
ChatGPT integration sets Plaud Note apart from traditional voice recorders. The AI capabilities extend beyond simple transcription to provide intelligent analysis and organization of recorded content.
### Transcription Accuracy
The transcription engine shows impressive accuracy, particularly with clear speech in quiet environments. Multiple language support works well, though accuracy varies somewhat between languages. Real-time transcription allows for immediate review and correction.
Here is a sample of a transcription when you export it as text including the name of the speakers:
```txt
Alex 00:10:05
Yes, I spoke with somebody from your department on Monday, not yesterday, but the week before, and they asked me for
my original invoice, which I sent, and they said they'll call me back the next day, but I never heard back.
It's been like a week and a month, a week and a day.
LG Rep 00:10:20
Oh, I see. My apologies, sir. Yeah, I can send that one if you want.
Alex 00:10:25
Sure.
LG Rep 00:10:26
I hope you have your phone number. Let me check with them.
```
And the audio that goes with it:
Here is an example of once I processed the recordings with ChatGPT.
As you can read and here, the recording is quite good with the default settings in a quite home office scenario. You can adjust the gain on the microphone, and if you want, you could even process the audio with audio processing tools to make it sound even better. This is basically raw audio that I trimmed off a long conversation.
And finally, you can use multiple templates and get different kind of output based on the templates. Here is one call as if it was a meeting and we asked ChatGPT to provide next steps and TODOs for each party involved.
### AI Analysis Features
The ChatGPT integration enables:
- Meeting summaries
- Action item extraction
- Key point identification
- Question answering about content
- Topic categorization
- Sentiment analysis
- Follow-up suggestion generation
- and more!
## Real-World Use
In daily use, Plaud Note proves particularly valuable for:
### Meeting Documentation
- Automatic meeting summaries
- Action item extraction
- Participant dialogue separation
- Follow-up task generation
### Personal Note Taking
- Quick idea capture
- Thought organization
- Content summarization
- Topic linking
### Content Creation
- Interview transcription
- Content outline generation
- Quote extraction
- Topic research
## Performance
The app maintains reliable performance across different usage scenarios. Recording continues smoothly in the background, and the AI features process efficiently when internet connection is available. Offline recording ensures functionality when connectivity is limited, though AI features require internet access.
I've had numerous issue with uploading the file to be processed by AI, and these are not necessarily large files. Sometimes 1 or 2 minutes. I had to try a second or third time to get it through. I'll pin this one on ChatGPT, as their API is often unreliable.
## Value Proposition
Plaud Note offers different subscription tiers:
- Starter: Basic recording and transcription (300 minutes per month)
- Pro: Full AI features, templates and cloud storage (1,200 minutes per month)
The Starter plan is free and comes with your Plaud Note, and then you can add a monthly plan (17.99 $CA) or a yearly plan (99.00 $CA, saving you 54% off the monthly plan!) You can also add minutes to your plan at the following prices:
- 120 minutes for 3.99 $CA
- 600 mins for 12.90 $CA
- 3,000 mins for 69.00 $CA
- 6,000 mins for 119.00 $CA
The subscription model, while necessary for some AI features, may deter casual users. However, for professionals who regularly record meetings or content creators who need intelligent processing of recorded content, the premium features justify the investment.
## Conclusion
[Plaud Note](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CZXHRCR6) successfully combines traditional voice recording with powerful AI capabilities. The integration of ChatGPT proves genuinely useful rather than gimmicky, offering practical benefits for various use cases. While the subscription requirement for AI features may limit its appeal for casual users, the value proposition is strong for professionals who regularly work with recorded content.
The app's strengths in both basic recording functionality and advanced AI features make it a versatile tool. The clean interface and thoughtful feature implementation demonstrate an understanding of user needs, while the AI capabilities provide genuine productivity enhancements.
For users seeking more than just basic voice recording, Plaud Note offers a compelling package that can significantly streamline the process of capturing and processing spoken content. The combination of reliable recording capabilities and intelligent processing features makes it a standout choice in the increasingly crowded space of AI-enhanced productivity tools.
---
### [Elago MagSafe W5 Stand, Retro Gaming Meets MagSafe [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/01/01/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-retro-gaming-meets-magsafe-review/)
> The Elago MagSafe W5 Stand combines retro gaming aesthetics with practical MagSafe charging in a unique and charming package.
Elago has made a name for themselves with creative stands and holders that add a touch of nostalgia to modern technology. The [MagSafe W5 Stand](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CY2C6LLT) takes this concept to the next level, transforming your MagSafe charging setup into a delightful tribute to Nintendo's iconic Game Boy. Let's see how this blend of retro charm and modern functionality comes together.
## Design
The MagSafe W5 Stand perfectly captures the essence of the original Game Boy, from the distinctive button layout to the speaker grilles and even the power LED indicator. Made from thick, premium silicone, it feels substantial while maintaining a soft touch that won't scratch your desk or device. The classic light gray color accurately matches the original Nintendo hardware, creating an authentic retro aesthetic.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-207.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-208.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-209.jpg" >}}
The stand is designed to house an official Apple MagSafe charger (not included), with precise cutouts for cable routing and management. The attention to detail is impressive - even the direction pad and buttons are faithfully recreated in the silicone, though they're purely decorative. The "screen" area perfectly frames your iPhone, creating a convincing illusion of a supersized Game Boy when your phone is mounted.
## Features
- Compatible with official Apple MagSafe charger
- Works with all MagSafe-enabled iPhones
- Premium silicone construction
- Integrated cable management
- Non-slip base
- Authentic retro gaming design
- Portrait orientation display
- Supports phone cases up to 2mm thick
- Available in classic gray color
## Performance
The MagSafe W5's primary function is to hold your MagSafe charger securely while providing a stable charging platform for your iPhone. In this respect, it performs admirably. The charger fits snugly into its designated slot, and the cable routing keeps everything tidy and organized.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-210.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-211.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-212.jpg" >}}
The stand positions the MagSafe charger at an ideal height and angle for easy phone placement and removal. The magnetic connection remains strong and secure, with no interference from the silicone construction. The charger's white face blends seamlessly into the design, maintaining the aesthetic while providing full charging functionality.
The thick silicone base provides excellent stability, preventing the stand from sliding or tipping, even when removing your phone. The material's natural grip works well on both wooden desks and glass surfaces. The stand's weight and proportions feel well-calculated, creating a balanced platform that remains steady during use.
In daily use, the MagSafe W5 proves to be more than just a novelty. The charging position is practical for desk use, allowing easy viewing of notifications and comfortable interaction with your phone while it charges. The design naturally guides you to portrait orientation, though landscape mode is possible (albeit less thematic).
Installing your MagSafe charger into the W5 is straightforward, though it requires a bit of careful manipulation to route the cable properly. Once set up, the cable management system keeps everything neat and organized, with no loose cables to detract from the clean aesthetic.
The stand makes a statement on any desk, instantly recognizable to gaming enthusiasts while remaining tasteful enough for professional environments. Its size strikes a good balance - large enough to be stable and visually impressive, yet compact enough to not dominate your workspace.
The silicone material is of high quality, with excellent thickness and durability. All edges are cleanly molded, and the decorative elements are crisp and well-defined. The material shows good resistance to dust and fingerprints, though it can attract lint if you have fabric items nearby on your desk.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-213.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-214.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-magsafe-w5-stand-review-216.jpg" >}}
## Compatibility
The stand works with all MagSafe-enabled iPhones, from the iPhone 12 series onward. It accommodates most cases up to 2mm thick, though some particularly bulky cases might affect the magnetic connection strength. The design is optimized for the official Apple MagSafe charger, and while third-party chargers might fit, the experience is best with Apple's original hardware.
## Conclusion
The [Elago MagSafe W5 Stand](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CY2C6LLT) succeeds in bringing a smile-inducing dose of nostalgia to your daily charging routine. While the price ($39.99 US, $54.99 CA) might seem steep for what is essentially a silicone charger holder (especially considering you need to provide your own MagSafe charger), the quality construction and unique design help justify the investment for those who appreciate its retro charm.
For Nintendo enthusiasts or anyone looking to add some personality to their desk setup, the MagSafe W5 offers a perfect blend of form and function. It's more than just a novelty item - it's a well-executed charging solution that happens to look fantastic while doing its job.
The main consideration is whether the nostalgic design resonates enough with you to justify the premium over simpler charging stands. If you're a fan of retro gaming and appreciate clever design touches, the MagSafe W5 Stand is a delightful addition to your desk that turns the routine act of charging your phone into something a bit more special.
---
### [Kensington SD1700P USB-C Dock, Portable Power Unleashed [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2025/01/01/kensington-sd1700p-usb-c-dock-portable-power-unleashed-review/)
> The Kensington SD1700P USB-C Dock delivers essential ports and charging capabilities in a compact, travel-friendly design perfect for mobile workers.
As our laptops get thinner and ports become scarcer, the need for versatile docking solutions grows. Kensington, a name synonymous with professional accessories, offers the [SD1700P USB-C dock](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BM926TQT) as a portable solution for mobile professionals. Let's explore how this compact dock balances portability with functionality.
## Design
The SD1700P embraces a minimalist design that prioritizes portability without sacrificing durability. The aluminum housing feels premium and robust, while remaining lightweight enough for daily carry. The built-in USB-C cable cleverly tucks away into the dock's body when not in use, eliminating one of the common annoyances of portable docks - dangling cables.
At just 5 inches long and weighing 0.4 pounds, the dock easily slips into a laptop bag or pocket. The matte finish resists fingerprints and scratches, maintaining its professional appearance even with frequent handling. The rubber feet keep it stable on any surface, preventing unwanted movement during use.
## Features
- 85W USB-C Power Delivery with Apple Charger
- Optional 100W power delivery with the Kensington 100W adapter
- Dual 4K @ 60Hz HDMI ports
- 2x USB-A 3.2 Gen2 (5V/0.9A) ports
- 1x USB-C 3.2 Gen2 (5V/0.9A) port
- Gigabit Ethernet port
- 10W Qi phone charging in power pass-through
- Built-in cable management
- 3-year warranty
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, and Samsung DeX enabled devices
## Performance
The [SD1700P](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BM926TQT) delivers reliable performance across its various ports. The 85W Power Delivery is sufficient for most laptops, including power-hungry models like the MacBook Pro 16". The HDMI port consistently outputs 4K at 60Hz, providing smooth external display performance for both productivity work and media consumption.
USB ports perform at their rated speeds, with the USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports delivering up to 10Gbps transfer rates. This proves particularly useful when working with external storage devices or transferring large files.
The Gigabit Ethernet port provides reliable wired networking, though the lack of a port cover might concern some users who frequently transport the dock. In testing, network performance matches direct connections, with no noticeable overhead from the dock.
Power delivery is one of the dock's strengths. The 85W charging capability handles most laptops efficiently, though users with very high-powered workstations might need to check their specific power requirements. The dock manages power distribution well, maintaining stable connections even when multiple power-drawing devices are connected. If you need 100W, you can purchase the Kensington 100W adapter.
In daily use, the SD1700P proves its worth as a mobile docking solution. The built-in cable management is particularly appreciated when moving between workspaces - there's no need to wrap cables separately or worry about tangling in your bag.
Setting up a workstation is straightforward: a single USB-C connection provides power, display output, and peripheral connectivity. The dock's compact size means it doesn't take up valuable desk space, and the zero footprint mounting option allows it to be attached under a desk or to a monitor stand for an even cleaner setup.
The dock's true strength shows in mobile scenarios. Its compact size and built-in cable management make it ideal for working from different locations. The comprehensive port selection means you're prepared for most connectivity needs without carrying multiple adapters.
## Compatibility
Compatibility is excellent across operating systems, with Windows, macOS, and Samsung Dex devices, all working without additional drivers. The dock handles hot-plugging well, with devices being recognized quickly and reliably.
One limitation to note is the single display output. While this is sufficient for many users, those needing dual external displays will need to look at larger docking solutions.
## Conclusion
The [Kensington SD1700P](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BM926TQT) successfully balances portability with functionality, offering a refined mobile docking solution. While the price ($139 US, $199 CA) positions it in the premium segment, the build quality, performance, and thoughtful design features justify the investment for mobile professionals.
The combination of essential ports, substantial power delivery, and clever cable management makes it an excellent choice for users who frequently work from different locations. While it may not replace a full-sized dock for users needing multiple displays or extensive connectivity, it excels in its intended role as a portable docking solution.
For mobile professionals looking for a reliable, well-built portable dock that doesn't compromise on essential features, the SD1700P is an excellent choice. Its premium construction and thoughtful design details make it a worthwhile investment for those who value both portability and productivity.
---
### [UGREEN Uno RG, Charming Design Meets Charging Power [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/12/08/ugreen-uno-rg-charming-design-meets-charging-power-review/)
> The UGREEN Uno RG delivers 100W of charging power across four ports in an adorable robot-themed GaN charger design.
UGREEN brings personality to the charging game with the [Uno RG](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0D3XR6S47), a desktop GaN charger that combines whimsical robot-inspired design with serious charging capabilities. Let's see how this charming power station performs in daily use.
## Design
The [Uno RG](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0D3XR6S47) immediately catches attention with its robot-inspired design. The charger features a face-like front panel with "eyes" that actually serve as charging indicators, bringing a playful element to what's typically a utilitarian device. The matte white finish with gray accents gives it a modern, clean appearance that fits well in any setup.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-244.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-246.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-247.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-248.jpg" >}}
Standing upright on a sturdy base with rubber feet, the charger maintains excellent stability despite its vertical orientation. At 3.1 x 3.1 x 1.3 inches, it's larger than typical wall chargers but remains compact enough for desktop use. The build quality is exceptional, with high-quality plastics and precise assembly that speaks to UGREEN's attention to detail.
## Features
- 100W total power output
- 3x USB-C ports (100W, 100W, 30W)
- 1x USB-A port (22.5W)
- GaN 3 Technology
- Smart power distribution
- LED charging indicators
- Over-temperature protection
- Short circuit protection
- Over-current protection
- Universal voltage support (100-240V)
- Non-slip rubber base
- Compact heat dissipation system
## Performance
The Uno RG delivers impressive charging capabilities across its four ports. The primary USB-C ports can output up to 100W each when used individually, perfect for demanding laptops like the MacBook Pro 16". When multiple devices are connected, the charger intelligently distributes power based on device needs.
### Power Distribution
Testing revealed excellent power management across various device combinations:
- Single device (USB-C): Full 100W available
- Two laptops: 65W/30W split
- Laptop + phone + tablet: 65W/20W/15W
- All ports in use: Efficient distribution based on device requirements
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-250.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-uno-rg-smilling-charging-dock-review-251.jpg" >}}
The charger consistently maintains stable power output without fluctuations, and the GaN technology keeps temperatures well controlled even under maximum load.
## Temperature Management
The GaN 3 technology proves its worth in thermal management. Even when pushing maximum power through multiple ports, the charger remains comfortably warm rather than hot. The intelligent temperature monitoring system effectively prevents overheating while maintaining optimal charging speeds.
### Safety Features
The comprehensive protection system includes:
- Over-voltage protection
- Over-current protection
- Short-circuit protection
- Temperature monitoring
- Foreign object detection
Each safety feature was verified during testing, with the charger appropriately responding to simulated fault conditions.
## Real-World Use
In daily use, the Uno RG excels as a desktop charging station. The upright design with clearly marked ports makes cable management intuitive, while the LED indicators provide useful charging status at a glance. The rubber feet keep it firmly in place, preventing sliding even when plugging or unplugging devices.
### Desktop Integration
The charger's aesthetic design makes it a welcome addition to any desk setup. The robot face adds personality without being overly cute or distracting, and the LED eyes serve the practical purpose of indicating charging status. Cable management is straightforward, though the upright design means cables do tend to visibly trail from the unit.
### Portability
While designed primarily for desktop use, the Uno RG remains portable enough for travel. Its all-in-one design eliminates the need for multiple chargers, though the non-folding plug and larger size make it less convenient for frequent travelers compared to compact single-port chargers.
## Value Proposition
At $59.99 US ($59.99 CA), the Uno RG commands a premium over basic GaN chargers. However, its combination of charging capabilities, smart power management, and unique design justifies the price for users seeking a capable desktop charging solution with personality.
## Conclusion
The [UGREEN Uno RG](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0D3XR6S47) successfully combines form and function in a charming package. While its robot design might seem gimmicky at first, it's backed by serious charging capabilities and thoughtful engineering. The charger delivers on its promised performance while adding a touch of personality to your desk setup.
For users seeking a capable multi-device charging solution that doubles as a conversation piece, the Uno RG is an excellent choice. Its premium price point might deter budget-conscious buyers, but the combination of versatile charging capabilities, smart power management, and unique design makes it a worthwhile investment for those who appreciate both function and aesthetics in their tech accessories.
The few drawbacks - like the non-folding plug and larger size - are reasonable compromises given its desktop-focused design. UGREEN has created a charger that not only performs admirably but also brings a smile to your face every time you use it.
---
### [UGREEN 40Gbps USB4 NVMe Enclosure, Silent Power [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/11/15/ugreen-40gbps-usb4-nvme-enclosure-silent-power-review/)
> The UGREEN 40Gbps USB4 NVMe Enclosure offers premium build quality and silent operation for high-performance portable storage needs.
As NVMe SSDs become faster and more affordable, the need for high-quality external enclosures grows. UGREEN enters the premium segment with their [USB4 NVMe enclosure](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CLV3D3H6), promising not just high performance but exceptional build quality and silent operation. Let's explore how this premium enclosure delivers on these promises.
## Design
The enclosure showcases UGREEN's attention to detail with its unibody aluminum construction. The sandblasted finish not only looks premium but also serves as an effective heat sink. The tool-free design features a sliding mechanism that feels solid and precise, with none of the wobble or flex often found in lesser enclosures.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-161.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-162.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-163.jpg" >}}
The enclosure's thermal design stands out with its internal cooling system. Unlike many competitors that rely solely on passive cooling, UGREEN implements a sophisticated fan system that manages to remain virtually inaudible while maintaining optimal temperatures. The fan is so quiet that you'll need to place your ear next to the enclosure to confirm it's running.
## Features
- USB4/Thunderbolt 4 compatible (40Gbps)
- Tool-free installation design
- Active cooling with ultra-quiet fan
- Aluminum unibody construction
- Support for PCIe 3.0 and 4.0 NVMe SSDs
- LED activity indicator
- Included USB4/Thunderbolt cable
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, and Linux
- Supports drives up to 8TB
## Build Quality
The build quality is where this enclosure truly shines. The aluminum housing is precision-machined with perfectly aligned seams and edges. The sliding mechanism operates with a satisfying smoothness that speaks to the tight manufacturing tolerances. Even the rubber feet are precisely applied and firmly attached.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-164.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-165.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ugreen-40gbps-nvme-enclosure-review-167.jpg" >}}
### Thermal Design
The thermal solution deserves special mention. The fan implementation is remarkable not just for its effectiveness but for its near-silent operation. At typical loads, the fan is practically inaudible even in a quiet room. Under heavy loads, it remains whisper-quiet while effectively maintaining safe operating temperatures.
### Assembly and Usage
The tool-free design makes drive installation a breeze. The sliding mechanism provides secure mounting for M.2 drives of all sizes (2230, 2242, 2260, and 2280), with the thermal pad pre-installed and perfectly positioned. The mechanism locks firmly in place, ensuring good contact with the thermal solution.
## Performance
The enclosure delivers on its 40Gbps promise, allowing modern NVMe drives to perform at near-internal speeds. Testing with a PCIe 4.0 drive showed sequential read speeds over 2,800MB/s and write speeds exceeding 2,600MB/s when connected to a USB4 or Thunderbolt port.
For testing this enclosure, I'm using the Kingston NV3, an affordable but fast NVMe drive with up to 6,000 MB/s transfer speeds. After running it through benchmarks, we are easily getting speeds of 3,215 MB/s (read) and 3,100 MB/s (write). Easily go faster than the 2,800 MB/s this drive should theoretically work.
### Thermal Performance
During extended file transfers and intensive operations, the enclosure maintains impressively low temperatures. The combination of the aluminum body and active cooling keeps even the fastest PCIe 4.0 drives well within their optimal operating range. Most importantly, this is achieved without any noticeable noise increase.
After running multiple benchmarks, the enclosure was only slightly warm. Far from other fast enclosure I've tested where the enclosure could get very, very hot!
### Acoustic Performance
The acoustic performance is remarkable. At idle and during typical use, the fan is virtually silent. Even under sustained heavy loads, the noise level remains barely perceptible. This is achieved through:
- Precision-engineered fan bearings
- Optimized fan blade design
- Smart fan control that adjusts speed gradually
- Vibration-dampening mounting
In daily use, the enclosure's premium build quality translates to a confidence-inspiring experience. The solid construction means you can toss it in a bag without worry, while the efficient cooling ensures consistent performance even during demanding tasks like video editing directly from the drive.
### Compatibility
The ASM2464PD chip inside the UGREEN USB4 Enclosure is the first non-Intel chip to be Thunderbolt 4 certified since last March. The enclosure works flawlessly with both USB4 and Thunderbolt ports. It's backward compatible with USB 3.2 and USB 3.1 ports, though naturally at reduced speeds. The included cable is high quality, though some users might wish it were longer for certain setups.
After extended testing, the enclosure shows no signs of wear. The sliding mechanism remains smooth, the fan continues to operate silently, and performance remains consistent. The quality of materials and construction suggests this enclosure will maintain its reliability well into the future.
## Conclusion
The [UGREEN USB4 NVMe Enclosure](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CLV3D3H6) represents a perfect balance of performance, build quality, and acoustic engineering. While the price ($79.99 US, $109.99 CA) positions it in the premium segment, the exceptional build quality, nearly silent operation, and effective cooling justify the investment for users who value quality and reliability.
For professionals who need high-performance external storage without noise distraction, or anyone who appreciates premium build quality, this enclosure is an excellent choice. The combination of tool-free design, excellent thermal management, and virtually silent operation makes it stand out in an increasingly crowded market.
The few minor drawbacks - like the cable length - are far outweighed by the enclosure's strengths. UGREEN has created a product that doesn't just meet the needs of demanding users but exceeds expectations in build quality and acoustic performance.
---
## Featured Posts
### [Kingston DataTraveler Max 1TB, Pocket-Sized Performance [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/11/07/kingston-datatraveler-max-1tb-pocket-sized-performance-review/)
> The Kingston DataTraveler Max 1TB delivers exceptional storage performance in a portable USB-C form factor, rivaling external SSDs.
Remember when having a 1GB USB drive felt like carrying an enormous amount of storage in your pocket? Today, Kingston pushes the boundaries with the [DataTraveler Max](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09DVQ32XQ), offering not just massive capacity but performance that rivals external SSDs. Let's see how this pocket powerhouse performs in real-world use.
## Design
The DataTraveler Max breaks from traditional USB stick design with a wider but still pocket-friendly form factor. The matte black housing features a sliding mechanism that protects the USB-C connector when not in use, eliminating the common problem of lost caps. An LED indicator cleverly integrated into the slider shows drive activity without being overly bright.
The wider design serves a practical purpose, housing the advanced controller and NAND flash needed for its impressive performance. Despite being larger than typical USB drives, it's still more compact than portable SSDs offering similar speeds. The textured surface provides good grip, and the sliding mechanism operates smoothly with a satisfying click when fully extended or retracted.
## Features
- USB 3.2 Gen 2 interface
- Up to 1000MB/s read speeds
- Up to 900MB/s write speeds
- 1TB capacity
- Sliding connector protection
- Activity LED indicator
- Backward compatible with USB 3.0 and 2.0
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, and Chrome OS
- 5-year warranty with free technical support
## Performance
The DataTraveler Max isn't just another USB stick - it's essentially an NVMe SSD in a thumb drive format. In testing with large files, it consistently achieves read speeds around 950MB/s and write speeds of 850MB/s, very close to Kingston's advertised specifications. These speeds make it practical for tasks traditionally reserved for external SSDs, like editing video directly from the drive.
### Real-World Testing
To put these numbers in perspective, transferring a 30GB video file takes about 32 seconds, compared to several minutes with traditional USB 3.0 flash drives. For photographers and videographers, this means quickly offloading memory cards without compromising transfer speeds.
The drive handles small files efficiently as well, though like all storage devices, performance with numerous tiny files doesn't match the peak speeds seen with large files. Still, it significantly outperforms traditional USB drives in these scenarios.
When running the drive through different benchmark softwares, we are getting real-life speeds of 953 MB/s (write) and 993 MB/s (read).
Under heavy load, the drive does warm up noticeably, though not uncomfortably so. Kingston's design appears to use the metal housing as a heat sink, helping maintain performance during extended transfers. In several hours of continuous testing, we noticed no thermal throttling or performance degradation.
The combination of high capacity and performance opens up interesting use cases beyond simple file storage. The drive is fast enough to run portable applications or even operate as a boot drive if needed. Video editors can use it as a scratch disk in a pinch, and photographers can rely on it for on-location backup without the bulk of a portable SSD.
While Kingston doesn't publish specific durability ratings for write endurance, the 5-year warranty suggests confidence in the drive's longevity. The sliding mechanism shows no signs of wear after extensive use, and the housing feels sturdy enough for daily carry.
The drive works well with mobile devices, though its power requirements mean it may not achieve full performance with all USB-C smartphones or tablets. Desktop and laptop connections provide full power, allowing the drive to operate at maximum speed.
## Conclusion
The [Kingston DataTraveler Max 1TB](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09DVQ32XQ) represents a significant evolution in portable storage, effectively bridging the gap between traditional USB drives and external SSDs. While the price ($119 US, $149 CA) positions it at the premium end of the market, the combination of performance and portability justifies the investment for professionals who value both speed and convenience.
For users who frequently transfer large files or need high-performance portable storage without the bulk of an external SSD, the DataTraveler Max is an excellent choice. It's not just about the capacity - it's about having essentially portable SSD performance in a form factor that fits in your coin pocket.
The drive's only real compromises are its price and slightly larger size compared to traditional USB sticks. However, given its performance and capability, these seem like reasonable tradeoffs. For professionals who rely on fast, portable storage, the DataTraveler Max could be the perfect solution - assuming the premium price fits your budget.
---
### [OnePlus Watch 2R, Redefining WearOS Battery Life [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/10/03/oneplus-watch-2r-redefining-wearos-battery-life-review/)
> OnePlus Watch 2R delivers outstanding battery life, premium features, and sophisticated dual-chip architecture in an affordable WearOS package.
OnePlus has made a bold statement in the smartwatch market with the [Watch 2R](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0DFVMNVV3), offering nearly all the features of its premium sibling at a more accessible price point. By cleverly implementing a dual-chip architecture and focusing on essential features, OnePlus has created a compelling option for users seeking a capable WearOS device with exceptional battery life.
## Design
The OnePlus Watch 2R features a refined aluminum construction that makes it 25% lighter than its stainless steel sibling, weighing just 1.31 ounces without the strap and 2.08 ounces with it. Available in silver with a green strap or gray with a black strap, the watch strikes an impressive balance between style and functionality.
The 1.43-inch AMOLED display boasts a crisp 466 x 466 resolution with a 60Hz refresh rate and 1,000 nits of peak brightness, ensuring excellent visibility even in bright conditions. The screen is protected by flat synthetic glass, and the overall construction feels premium despite the more affordable price point.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/oneplus-watch-2r-review-255.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/oneplus-watch-2r-review-255.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/oneplus-watch-2r-review-256.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/oneplus-watch-2r-review-258.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/oneplus-watch-2r-review-259.jpg, " >}}
With 5ATM water resistance and IP68 ratings, the Watch 2R can handle submersion in freshwater up to 5 feet for 30 minutes. While it lacks the MIL-STD-810H certification of its premium sibling, the build quality remains robust for everyday use.
This cannot be overstated, the round design is far superior than the squircle that is the Apple Watch! I really believe this watch is much better looking, even with the screen off, than an Apple Watch. It does not scream "I HAVE A COMPUTER ON MY WRIST" like the Apple Watch does. The 17mm band also allows for and easy swap for a better looking band, like the [leather watch bands](https://legacygoods.co/collections/accessories) made by [Legacy Goods](https://legacygoods.co).
## Features
- Dual-chip architecture (Snapdragon W5 + BES 2700)
- WearOS 4.0 with Power Saver RTOS mode
- 1.43-inch AMOLED display (466 x 466, 1000 nits)
- 32GB storage and 2GB RAM
- Dual-frequency GPS
- Comprehensive health sensors
- Up to 5.5 days battery life
- Fast charging capability
- 100+ workout modes
- Google Play Store access
- Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity
- Built-in speaker and microphone
## Performance
The Watch 2R's innovative dual-chip architecture sets it apart from competitors. The Snapdragon W5 handles the power-intensive WearOS tasks, while the BES 2700 MCU manages basic functions like notifications and fitness tracking. This clever implementation results in exceptional battery life without compromising functionality.
### Battery Life
Battery performance is where the Watch 2R truly shines. With the always-on display enabled, it lasts approximately 79 hours (over three days), and with it disabled, users can expect up to 132 hours (5.5 days) of use. Even more impressive is the charging speed, reaching a full charge in just 49 minutes, with 50% available in roughly 30 minutes.
Some might say that it's not a daily thing and thus you can forget to charge it. It is true, but having that quick charge on your desk can give you quickly a few more days of battery. So if I do this during the day on a Friday, I have more then enough battery to last over the week-end, back to Monday when I can top it off once more in only 49 minutes!
### Fitness and Health Tracking
The watch includes an impressive array of sensors, including an optical heart rate monitor, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, barometer, gyroscope, and geomagnetic sensor. During testing, heart rate monitoring stayed within 5-10 BPM of the [Apple Watch Ultra 2](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CTD71KKG), showing solid accuracy for a wrist-based monitor.
GPS tracking proves reliable for outdoor activities, with dual-frequency support providing accurate route mapping and distance measurements. The watch offers over 100 workout modes, with 12 receiving professional-grade metrics for detailed analysis.
Sleep tracking is particularly impressive, accurately detecting sleep phases and providing detailed analysis through the OHealth app. The watch can also monitor stress levels and SpO2, though it lacks some advanced health features like ECG, skin temperature monitoring, and fall detection.
I wear a CPAP machine at night, and on the first night I did not wear it, the watch alerted me of possible issues with my sleep and that I should consult specialist to get this looked at. This is very important for folks like me that did not have any apparent symptoms of sleep apnea, but still suffered from it.
On days where I would wear my CPAP machines, it would complain about my sleep quality but when I looked at my chart from my CPAP machine vendor, I did not seem to have any issues with the number of apnea events. So I still count this as a plus, as this is the kind of very important health issue you need to know about as early as possible.
My personal experience with indoor activities like walking, running and the step master is very negative. It kept complaining that I had a background exercise going and if I wanted to stop it while I was in the middle of my walk or run. Because I'm not moving in the eyes of the GPS it seemed to not understand I was still very active. Walking at over 4 miles/hour or running also did not stop this alert from poping up.
## Software Experience
Running WearOS 4.0, the Watch 2R provides access to the Google Play Store and its extensive app ecosystem. The interface remains responsive thanks to the efficient dual-chip system, with smooth animations and quick app launches. The unique Power Saver mode, powered by RTOS, offers essential functions while dramatically extending battery life up to 12 days.
Navigation is intuitive, with customizable button shortcuts and familiar WearOS gestures. The watch handles notifications well, supporting quick replies and voice input through Google Assistant. The integration with Android phones is seamless, particularly with OnePlus devices.
## Real-World Use
In daily use, the [Watch 2R](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0DFVMNVV3) impresses with its consistent performance and long battery life. The lighter aluminum construction makes it comfortable for extended wear, while the bright display remains visible in various lighting conditions. The speaker and microphone perform well for calls and voice commands, making it a capable communication tool.
The ability to switch between full WearOS functionality and the battery-saving RTOS mode provides flexibility that many competitors lack. This versatility makes it equally suitable for both power users and those who prioritize longer battery life over advanced features.
## Conclusion
The [OnePlus Watch 2R](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0DFVMNVV3) represents an excellent value proposition in the WearOS ecosystem. At US$229.99 (299 $CA), it delivers premium features and exceptional battery life in a lightweight, attractive package. While it lacks some advanced health monitoring capabilities found in more expensive competitors, the core smartwatch experience is solid and well-executed.
For users seeking a capable WearOS device with class-leading battery life, the Watch 2R is an compelling choice. It successfully balances features, performance, and affordability, making it a strong alternative to more expensive options from Samsung and Google. Although not perfect for sleep and indoor activities, the OnePlus Watch 2R is the clear choice for users who prioritize battery life and performance over advanced health monitoring capabilities.
---
### [Logitech MX Creative Console, More Control, More Accuracy [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/09/25/logitech-mx-creative-console-more-control-more-accuracy-review/)
> Logitech's MX Creative Console combines a customizable keypad and dialpad to bring unprecedented control to creative professionals.
A few years ago, a product took the Internet by storm. It allowed creatives to control their tools in a new way, with never-before-seen precision. That product was the Loupedeck, a suite of products purposefully made for different types of creatives with a huge selection of buttons, knobs, etc. This was the first time we could see a product made to accelerate creativity with application-specific physical controls.
Reception was great, and people really wanted more options, and most importantly, more affordable options. This is when Logitech acquired Loupedeck in July 2023. Just a little over a year later, Logitech is launching the [MX Creative Console](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0D5FRQXWZ)!
## Design
The MX Creative Console is actually two physical products in a single box. The main unit is a 3x3 keyboard with screens behind each key called the MX Creative Keypad, reminiscent of the [Elgato Stream Deck](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CVY4566H). It is wired via the included USB-C cable and sits on a little plastic stand. There are also two extra left and right buttons to switch pages easily.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-190.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-191.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-192.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-193.jpg" >}}
Using the Logi Options+ software, you can easily define actions for up to 15 pages, each having 9 actions. That's a total of 135 action shortcuts!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-195.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-197.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-198.jpg" >}}
The MX Creative Dialpad, the second device, is Logitech's solution to having to create custom hardware for each kind of application. This wireless dialpad is powered by two AAA batteries and offers a complete set of customizable buttons and dials. Just like the MX Creative Keypad, we define a default system-wide set of actions for each of the keys. By default, it comes with the volume set to the large dial, and the vertical scroll wheel controls the mouse wheel. The top left two buttons are set to undo and redo, the bottom left is escape, and the bottom right button is the Action Ring.
The Action Ring is a set of tools that pops up as an overlay and allows you to quickly change tools by moving your mouse a few pixels in the direction of the tool or action you want to use.
The devices themselves showcase interesting design decisions by Logitech. The MX Creative Keypad is wired via USB-C cable, which makes sense since this is an always-on display with backlights behind each key. The MX Creative Dialpad is wireless, using two AAA batteries. Compared to other recent Logitech products like the Logitech Keys-to-Go 2, which have cell batteries, Logitech opted for AAA batteries like the [Wave Keys keyboard](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/10/11/logitech-wave-keys-a-new-innovative-ergonomic-keyboard-review/). This type of battery is preferable as it allows for quick replacement with readily available batteries, unlike CR2032 cells.
## Features
- Customizable keypad with 9 programmable display keys
- Paging buttons for accessing up to 15 pages
- Precision control with large dial, scroll wheel, and 4 action buttons
- Wired Creative Keypad and wireless Dialpad combination
- AAA battery-powered dialpad
- Adobe Creative Suite support
- Expandable customization and future app support
- Action Ring overlay for quick tool switching
## Performance
For this review, I was using a beta release of Logi Options+, but it was fully functional. I have since updated to version 1.84, which is the release track of that software. It still has the little Beta label when you work with your Creative Keypad or Wireless Dialpad, but everything works as expected.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-198.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-200.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-200.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-201.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-creative-console-review-205.jpg" >}}
Setting up was straightforward - simply plug in and follow the onscreen instructions, just like with a Logitech MX Master 3S mouse or other Logitech devices. Once you are in the Options+ software with your MX Creative Console setup, you are ready to start customizing.
This is where the fun begins! You can choose numerous options for the keypad, from simple shortcuts to open apps with automatically detected high-resolution icons, to system controls or even custom macros with multiple actions.
While there isn't yet a direct Shortcuts feature for launching specific shortcuts, you can work around this by setting up your shortcuts to run on keyboard shortcuts, then assigning those keyboard shortcuts to keys in Options+.
For supported applications, particularly the Adobe Creative Suite, Logitech provides pre-configured profiles that activate when the app is in focus. While apps like Pixelmator Pro and Photometer lack profiles currently, you can create custom configurations. Future updates should bring profiles for Apple's professional apps (Final Cut Pro, Logic) and other creative suites like Pixelmator or Affinity.
### Hardware
The Creative Console's hardware quality and refinement are immediately apparent. The keys offer excellent tactile feedback with bright, clear displays. The MX Creative Dialpad is particularly impressive, offering precise control with satisfying mechanical feedback. Its customization options allow for fine-tuning to specific applications and user preferences.
The choice of AAA batteries might concern some users, but considering their longevity and the convenience of quick replacement, it's a practical decision. A wired solution would add cable clutter, and an internal battery might have increased the cost.
The software's UI elements and icon fitting sometimes feel less refined, but this is Logitech's first deep dive into highly customizable peripherals. Regular updates, including their first non-beta version, show their commitment to improvement.
## Conclusion
The MX Creative Console is an essential tool for power users and creative professionals. It combines attractive design with powerful functionality, significantly enhancing workflow efficiency, especially with professional applications like the Adobe Creative Suite. Its customization potential makes it valuable for various use cases, from creative work to general productivity.
I strongly recommend this product for anyone working with creative software or seeking better control over their shortcuts and workflows.
The [MX Creative Console](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0D5FRQXWZ) is available today for $199 US ($269 CA) in either graphite or pale grey.
---
### [Nomad Stand One, MagSafe Upright Stand Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/09/24/nomad-stand-one-magsafe-upright-stand-review/)
> A single-piece, heavy, solid MagSafe mount for your iPhones, the Nomad Stand One actually stands out!
Not too long ago, I reviewed the first generation [MagSafe Mount Stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/11/12/magsafe-mount-stand-by-nomad-review/), where you installed your own MagSafe charging puck. One might wonder how they could even update or improve this device. Well, this hasn't stopped them from trying to reach new heights!
The [Stand One by Nomad](https://nomadgoods.com/ca/products/stand-one-carbide) now comes with its own internal MagSafe-compatible charging apparatus. All you need to provide is your own charging brick. For this review, they provided me with the tiny 35W charger they also sell, and it's ridiculously small!
## Design
The Stand One traded the matte beaded finish for a new slick, shiny plastic in the front and an equally nice matte finish on the back. The new design fits much better with their other products like the [Nomad Base One Max](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/04/19/nomad-base-one-max-with-magsafe-dock-review/). We still have the great rubber foot that makes it stable and non-slippery.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-173.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-174.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-175.jpg" >}}
The main design difference when comparing it with the MagSafe Mount Stand is that the charging puck is now set on top of the stand rather than inside it. This makes a significant difference for the iPhone 14 Pro and more recent models, where camera block alignment with the MagSafe charger is crucial.
The stand comes with a quality braided cable that adds a touch of luxury to an already great phone holder. It requires a strong enough charging brick, and Nomad provides excellent solutions with their 20W, 30W, 65W, or 130W models. I was provided the 35W Power Adapter for this review, and I was impressed by how compact it is.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-169.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-170.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-171.jpg" >}}
## Features
- MagSafe-compatible wireless charger
- Up to 15W charging for Qi2 devices (including iPhone 15)
- Works with any MagSafe device
- Upright metal & glass design
- 2.0m USB-C to USB-C cable
- Requires 20W USB-C Power Adapter (not included)
## Performance
The most important aspect of a dock is how well it works with current and future phones. The previous generation of the [MagSafe Mount Stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/11/12/magsafe-mount-stand-by-nomad-review/) was great until Apple released new phones with a large camera array. My son has an iPhone 14 Pro, and he can't use my old Mount Stand in vertical mode as the camera array doesn't align properly with the MagSafe magnets.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-176.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-177.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-177.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-stand-one-review-274.jpg" >}}
The new Stand One, with its included raised MagSafe magnet, accommodates large camera arrays like those in the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro. I tested it with his phone, and it works well! Compared to the previous MagSafe Mount Stand with its flush design, where the camera gets in the way and the stand can only be used horizontally.
The weight of the stand remains substantial and makes for a very stable dock. You can pull your phone by the top and tilt it to detach it from the magnet with the dock barely moving.
## Conclusion
Nomad took an amazing product with the MagSafe Mount Stand and made it even better with increased compatibility while keeping the qualities of the original dock. If you're looking for a great dock that fits Nomad's new design language with its shiny plastic and matte rubber MagSafe magnet, the [Stand One](https://nomadgoods.com/ca/products/stand-one-carbide) is the dock to consider.
I use mine every single day, and it keeps my phone visible, charging, and always ready for the rest of the day with a full battery. I strongly recommend it!
---
### [Logitech MX Mechanical Mini for Mac, a Slim and Compact Keyboard [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/08/11/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-for-mac-a-slim-and-compact-keyboard-review/)
> Explore the Logitech MX Mechanical Mini for Mac: a compact, low-profile keyboard with customizable keys, multi-device connectivity, and long battery life. Read our review!
Over the years, there have been so many different kinds of mechanical keyboards released that if you do not keep tabs on the latest innovations, new things pop up every week and you quickly are left behind. One aspect of mechanical keyboards that was always something I wanted to look into was low-profile keycaps.
These are thinner than the usual DSA or SA keycaps that fit on a low-profile Cherry MX keyswitch. They have been common in the last few days with manufacturers usually offering at least one model of this kind. Logitech is no exception, and after releasing different MX Keys keyboards, they have released the [MX Mechanical Mini for Mac](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09LK3JCHX).
## Design
At first glance, it does look like an Apple Keyboard with a bunch more keys, and from looking straight up, it does look like it. It's when you take a closer look that you realize that this is not just an Apple Keyboard. Logitech actually used low-profile keyswitches just like in its big brother, the [MX Mechanical keyboard](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09LJWWX4Y).
The difference here is that first and foremost, it's a Mac layout, so you have your regular Ctrl+Opt+Cmd keys, and a row of macOS Function key actions that are very custom to Logitech. For example, there is a global mute key that mutes the whole operating system, no matter what your microphone input is. The Emoji key that pops up the emoji keyboard and the sleep keys are two of the ones I also use very often.
From the side view, you can see that this keyboard has very low keycaps and the whole keyboard profile is quite low compared to most mechanical keyboards. There is a single USB-C port for charging and it connects via Bluetooth using one of the three memorized devices.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-31.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-33.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-32.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Mac keyboard layout
- Tons of customization via Logi Options+
- Multi Mac/iOS connectivity (3 in-memory devices)
- 15 days battery life with backlight, 10 months without
- Auto-adjust ambient light sensor
- Hand proximity sensor activated backlighting
## Performance
One of the most important aspects of a mechanical keyboard is the keyswitches and keycaps themselves. The low-profile mechanical keyswitches are not hot-swappable, even if their appearance could be construed as such.
They are identified as tactile and quiet by Logitech and I would agree. They feel a little bit easier to press than MX Brown, their tactile mid-point is barely noticeable as the full range is much shorter than a regular MX keyswitch. They bottom out and that's where most of the sound is coming from, when the keycap hits the switch itself.
The overall feeling is great and I really love the low profile and low travel of this keyboard. It's much closer to the Apple Keyboard compared to what regular mechanical keyboards are normally.
The battery lasts about 3 weeks for me with the backlight turned ON, which is around the promise made by Logitech. I often work at night so I do need the backlight. Without it, it could last up to 10 months, which is very impressive.
Pairing and connectivity reliability has been perfect. Not once over the last few months have I had any issues with this keyboard. I've also used it with a Bolt Receiver, the little USB-A connector that uses encrypted communication between it and the devices. Not all Logitech devices are compatible with this one, but my current setup of the MX Master 3S and the MX Mechanical Mini both work with it perfectly. You could have used the previous generation dongle too, I just have another Logitech product coming up for review soon that came with it so I had to try it. It's sad that it does not come in the USB-C format though. I had to plug a small TwelveSouth StayGo dock to get it connected.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-35.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-36.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-37.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-mechanical-mini-keyboard-38.jpg" >}}
### Make it Even Better!
I would love Logitech to continue to experiment with different keyboard layouts. For my personal preferences, I really like this layout, but it has a few buttons I rarely if ever use: the home, end, page up, or down buttons. They are always hit by mistake and I ended up deactivating them. I'm even considering keycap blockers for them to stop them from being clicked and allow me to slide my fingers to find the inverted T arrow keys.
If I were a product manager at Logitech, I would remove a few of the keys and move back the Easy-Switch buttons to a rocker behind the keyboard or on the side, or make a single button toggle between all three modes. With these few changes, my layout would be perfect.
I also love that they use a sensor to detect hands and turn on the backlight, but if there could also be a light sensor to detect when it is absolutely not needed, it would make the backlight work only at night and perhaps reach over 1 or 2 months of battery life with this better energy management.
### Software
There has always been a Logitech Options software around to manage connectivity or firmware updates, but now not only does it allow you to change buttons and keys function, it also comes with Smart Actions that can be set in different applications, and more recently it hooks into ChatGPT by filling a little prompt form and then it opens a slimmed down version of the free ChatGPT 3.5 web window.
This might be a good way to start playing with AI. I still prefer using a menubar app like MacGPT that I have set to a keyboard shortcut, and the Scroll Mode button on my MX Master 3S mouse! This way I have all of the power of ChatGPT-4 at my fingertips!
## Conclusion
Overall, this compact keyboard is, and will be, my desk keyboard for a very long while. I love its ergonomics, compact layout, and customization afforded by the Logi Options+ software. Logitech really outdid themselves with the [MX Mechanical Mini for Mac](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09LK3JCHX)! It's very close to my ideal and what I had in mind when they released the larger MX Mechanical a while back.
I strongly recommend this keyboard to anybody wanting a great typing experience, who does not want to disturb their colleagues as much, and who wants a solid piece of reliable tech that basically becomes a utility in your daily work life. Just like water out of the tap, it just works amazingly!
---
### [Legacy Goods Unveils Timeless Belt and Party Keychain on Kickstarter: Where Tech Meets Tradition](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/05/01/legacy-goods-unveils-timeless-belt-and-party-keychain-on-kickstarter-where-tech-meets-tradition/)
> Back Legacy Goods' Kickstarter for the ultimate leather belt and keychain combo - where style meets function.
In the realm of everyday carry (EDC), the quest for the perfect blend of functionality, durability, and style is never-ending. [Legacy Goods](https://legacygoods.co), a brand synonymous with quality craftsmanship, has answered the call with the launch of its Kickstarter campaign for two revolutionary products: the Timeless Belt and the Party Keychain.
The [Timeless Belt](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/legacygoodsco/the-timeless-belt?ref=3pwpd3) is not just another accessory to hold up your trousers; it's a statement piece crafted from 10-12oz English Bridle vegetable-tanned leather sourced from the prestigious Wickett & Craig tannery. Known for its durability, this leather ages gracefully, developing a rich patina over time. Available in three classic colors and two widths, the belt is designed to complement any wardrobe, enduring daily wear while maintaining its timeless appeal.
Complementing the belt is the ingeniously designed Party Keychain, a gadget that promises to be the life of the party. Doubling as a bottle opener, it's the keychain you never knew you needed—until now. With its sleek profile and robust build, it's ready to pop open a cold one whenever the occasion calls.
Legacy Goods' Kickstarter campaign is more than just a launch; it's a movement towards redefining the standards of everyday gear. By backing this campaign, you're not only getting your hands on these premium accessories at an exclusive discount but also supporting a one-person operation with a passion for creating products that solve real-world problems.
That person is actually me 😄 Legacy Goods is a small business I started a few months ago after working with leather products for multiple years.
[Join the Kickstarter community](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/legacygoodsco/the-timeless-belt?ref=3pwpd3) in bringing the Timeless Belt and Party Keychain to life. This is your chance to upgrade your EDC with accessories that marry traditional craftsmanship with modern utility. Whether you're a tech enthusiast, a fashion aficionado, or simply someone who appreciates the finer things in life, these accessories from Legacy Goods are sure to impress.
So, why wait? Head over to the Kickstarter page and pledge your support. Let's make everyday carry extraordinary, one belt and keychain at a time.
Remember, following [Legacy Goods on social media](https://legacygoods.co/pages/socials) will keep you updated on the campaign's progress and future innovations. This is EDC redefined—where tech meets tradition, and where your support crafts the future of accessories.
---
### [Mophie Powerstation Wireless XL Portable Battery Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/02/21/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-portable-battery-review/)
> A slick and slim luxurious looking battery that can pack a punch, the mophie Powerstation Wireless XL is a must-have to keep with you while travelling or during long days!
There's nothing quite as frustrating as seeing your phone or tablet's battery level dip into the red zone when you're out and about. That's where a reliable portable power bank comes in handy. And when it comes to reliable power banks, [mophie's Powerstation Wireless XL](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09Z36WMCH) is a strong contender. I've been using it for a few weeks now, and I must say, it's been quite the game-changer.
## Design
mophie's Powerstation Wireless XL is sleek and compact, making it an ideal travel companion. Its minimalist design, featuring a smooth, matte finish from its fabric exterior, is a refreshing change from the flashy, attention-grabbing aesthetics of some other power banks. It fits comfortably in the hand and easily slides into a pocket or bag.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-270.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-290.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-291.jpg" >}}
The Powerstation Wireless XL boasts a USB-C and a USB-A port, allowing you to charge multiple devices simultaneously. There's also a four-light LED power indicator that shows you how much juice you have left at a glance.
## Features
- 10,000 mAh battery
- 18W charging power via USB-C port
- Qi-enabled
- Dual charging with USB-A and USB-C
- Comes with a charging cable (USB-A to USB-C)
## Performance
In terms of performance, the [mophie Powerstation Wireless XL](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09Z36WMCH) has not disappointed. The 18W USB-C charging feature works as advertised, charging my devices noticeably faster than standard charging.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-293.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-294.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-295.jpg" >}}
I was able to charge my iPhone from 0% to 50% in just about 30 minutes, which is impressive considering the iPhone 12 Pro can take about 20W of power, and this 18W USB-C gave it all it can. I see the wireless feature as something that is just to save your ass in bad situations.
The Powerstation's battery life is also commendable. On a single charge, I was able to fully juice up my iPhone 12 Pro twice and still had a bit of power left. For those that forget their cables everywhere, you can also drop your phone on the Powerstation Wireless XL to charge via Qi wireless charging. It's not that fast, so I do not recommend it as the main charging setup. However, it can come in handy for your Android buddy or if you forgot the cable.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-298.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-299.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-300.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-301.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-powerstation-wireless-xl-review-302.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
In a world where our lives are increasingly tied to our devices, a reliable power bank is a must-have. The [mophie Powerstation Wireless XL](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09Z36WMCH) delivers on all fronts - design, features, and performance. It's compact, powerful, and charges devices quickly, making it an excellent choice for anyone in need of a portable power solution.
If I were to nitpick, I'd say I wish it came with a built-in cable. But that's a minor quibble and doesn't detract from the overall excellence of the product. So if you're in the market for a power bank, the mophie Powerstation Wireless XL should be high on your list. It's a solid investment that will keep your devices powered up when you need them most.
---
### [Logitech MX Vertical, Ergonomics Meets Excellence [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/02/10/logitech-mx-vertical-ergonomics-meets-excellence-review/)
> Logitech MX Vertical combines ergonomic design with premium features for comfortable, productive computing without compromising performance.
As our work becomes increasingly computer-centric, the importance of ergonomic peripherals cannot be overstated. Logitech has taken this challenge head-on with the [MX Vertical](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07FNJB8TT), a mouse that promises to deliver the premium features we expect from the MX series while prioritizing user comfort and health. Let's explore how this unique approach to mouse design holds up in daily use.
## Design
The MX Vertical's most striking feature is its 57-degree vertical orientation, designed to position your hand in a natural "handshake" position. This isn't just an aesthetic choice - research shows this position can reduce muscular strain by up to 10% compared to traditional mouse designs. The textured grip surface and thumb rest are carefully contoured to support your hand while maintaining precise control.
The mouse features premium materials throughout, with a soft-touch rubber coating that provides excellent grip without feeling sticky. The main buttons are perfectly positioned for vertical clicking, while the scroll wheel maintains the precision we've come to expect from Logitech's MX line. The thumb buttons are thoughtfully placed, though they might take some getting used to in this orientation.
The base of the mouse is weighted for stability, ensuring that the vertical design doesn't compromise control. A USB-C charging port is conveniently located at the front, allowing you to use the mouse while charging if needed.
## Features
- 57-degree vertical orientation for natural hand positioning
- 4000 DPI high-precision sensor
- Advanced optical tracking on any surface
- USB-C quick charging
- Up to 4 months battery life
- Bluetooth and USB receiver connectivity
- Cross-computer control with Flow
- Customizable buttons through Logi Options+
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, and Linux
## Performance
The transition to a vertical mouse requires an adjustment period, but the MX Vertical makes this as painless as possible. The 4000 DPI sensor offers excellent precision, and Logitech's tracking technology works flawlessly on virtually any surface. The default sensitivity is well-chosen for the vertical orientation, though it's easily adjustable through Logi Options+.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-vertical-mouse-ergonomic-review-39.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-vertical-mouse-ergonomic-review-40.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-vertical-mouse-ergonomic-review-41.jpg" >}}
Once acclimated, the ergonomic benefits become apparent. Extended work sessions that might have caused wrist fatigue with traditional mice become noticeably more comfortable. The thumb buttons, while requiring some adjustment, become natural to use after a few days.
### Software Integration
The Logi Options+ software allows extensive customization of the MX Vertical's buttons and tracking behavior. The Flow feature, which enables seamless cross-computer control, works just as well as with other MX series devices. You can create application-specific profiles, adjust pointer speed, and fine-tune scrolling behavior to match your workflow.
### Battery Life
Battery performance is exceptional, with up to four months of use from a full charge. The quick-charging feature provides three hours of use from just one minute of charging, making it nearly impossible to be caught with a dead mouse. The battery level indicator in Logi Options+ provides plenty of warning before a charge is needed.
## Ergonomic Impact
The real test of any ergonomic device is its long-term impact on comfort and health. After extended use, the MX Vertical proves its worth. Users who experience wrist strain or early signs of RSI often report significant improvement after switching to this vertical design. The learning curve is a small price to pay for the potential health benefits.
The mouse's design encourages proper arm positioning, with movement coming from the elbow rather than the wrist. This naturally leads to better posture and reduced strain, though it may take conscious effort to maintain these improved habits initially.
I have used this mouse prior to my carpal tunnel surgery in order to diminish the pain I felt in my hands. I paired it with the Logitech Wave Keys in order to augment the ergonomy of my workstation. I can say that the mouse really helped me loose all pain. The numbness came and left during the work day but at least all the pain went away.
## Real-World Use
In daily use, the MX Vertical performs admirably across a variety of tasks. For general productivity work, the vertical orientation becomes second nature surprisingly quickly. Precision tasks like photo editing or detailed CAD work remain entirely possible, though they may require slightly more practice to achieve the same level of precision as with a traditional mouse.
The customizable buttons and Flow functionality make it a powerful tool for productivity, allowing you to maintain efficient workflows across multiple computers. The ability to adjust DPI on the fly (through a dedicated button) is particularly useful when switching between tasks that require different levels of precision.
## Conclusion
The [Logitech MX Vertical](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07FNJB8TT) successfully bridges the gap between ergonomic design and premium functionality. While it may not be for everyone - particularly those with smaller hands or users who require ultra-precise movements for gaming - it offers an excellent solution for users seeking to prevent or address RSI concerns without sacrificing performance.
For professionals who spend long hours at their computer and are concerned about long-term wrist health, the MX Vertical is an investment worth considering. The combination of ergonomic benefits, premium build quality, and advanced features makes it a standout product in the vertical mouse category. If you are sensible, or think you need a solution to reduce hand pain, the MX Vertical really helped me.
Available for $99 US ($129 CA), the MX Vertical isn't the cheapest mouse option, but its potential health benefits and premium features make it a worthwhile investment for those prioritizing ergonomics in their workspace.
---
### [Nomad 70W Car Charger Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/14/nomad-70w-car-charger-review/)
> A power-packed USB-C charger that packs a punch, a 70W punch that is!
Car chargers are not something new to this world. I've been using them all the way back to my Nokia 6300 in the mid 2000s. They often used to come with a proprietary connector but have since moved on to USB as the main way to plug a phone. With USB they gave out 5, 10 or 12W of power and more recently we got models with two ports. This is what I used to have, a 2 USB-A charger with 10W each.
But Nomad took this and pushed it to its limits! Moving to USB-c allows them to use higher power and thus the [70W Car Charger](https://geni.us/i4YJmh) came into existence!
## Design
The carbide charger fits in the classic 12V connector of your car and offers a total of 70W across the two ports. More on the power distribution later. The charger fits nicely in the charging port, but depending on how your console is designed, it might be inside the centre console drawer, vertically on the console itself or worst, it might come out right next to the passenger left leg.
Nomad made a good job of not making it flimsy, it is a very sturdy connector so it could withstand rougher users. It's taller than other low-profile car chargers, but given that it can charge with 70W of power I will allow it to be bulkier.
It comes with two USB-C ports, one blue and one black. Both can charge at higher speed than your run-of-the-mill car charger.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-315.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-317.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-318.jpg" >}}
## Features
- 70W Power Output
- Dual USB-C PD Ports
- ProCharge Power Philosophy
- Built with GaN technology
## Performance
So here are the details on this charger. It can do a total of 70W which works out to 50W on the blue port, and 20W on the black port if both are in use at the same time. If you are only using one port, and it's the blue one, then you get the full 70W power.
Perfect for fast-charging that new iPad you got a Christmas, or even provide needed power to that MacBook Air while your co-pilot works while you drive.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-320.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-322.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-70w-car-charger-review-usb-c-two-ports-313.jpg" >}}
70W on a single port is something I have not seen before! When used with phones, I did notice that my phone, while on GPS, was charging much faster than before. This means that instead of gaining a few digits of battery during a ride, I was able to get a good 20-30% back easy! This means that if you do long drives, the charger does not only keep your device but actually charges it as if it was plugged in the wall.
I did not have to travel with my computer, but I did try it and it did pull in 70W for it. Very impressive for such a small device!
## Conclusion
No matter what your power needs are, the [70W Car Charger from Nomad](https://geni.us/i4YJmh) will be your best companion on those long drive so you and your loved ones are not feeling that yellow battery icon! Be it for two iPhones at once charging 27-29W each or 50W for a laptop while your phone still gets a sweet 20W, the Nomad Car Charger will deliver!
Great power, ~~great responsibility~~, great design all mixed into a single charging product from Nomad. I've reviewed multiple products from Nomad, like the [65W Wall Charger](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/11/14/nomad-65w-usb-c-gan-power-adapter-review/) or the sleek looking [Walnut Base Station](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/09/27/base-station-hub-walnut-edition-by-nomad-review/) and they are constantly able to deliver great design with superb specs, every time!
---
### [Nomad Magnetic Vent Mount Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/13/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review/)
> A simple, yet effective MagSafe holder for your car that does not leave a mark.
Nomad launched a new car accessories collection recently, and I was curious about their take on a few products I've used in the past. I was interested in both the [MagSafe Magnetic Vent Mount](https://geni.us/CNtDKL0), and the 70W car charger as I've used variations of these over the years.
The Magnetic Vent Mount looks just like their recently Stand One single device vertical stand charger. With the difference, that the Magnetic Vent Mount is all black.
## Design
The Magnetic Vent Mount is like the name implies, a mount that you attach to one of the blades of your car air vent. It just slides in and holds there with the squeezing pressure from its rubberized "teeth".
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-303.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-305.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-306.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-307.jpg" >}}
It has a rotating ball joint to adjust the angle and tighten it. Compared to other similar devices, the phone is much further away from the vent than I'm used to. I've used other devices like the Belkin Air Vent Mount and I'm used to the phone being much closer. Rest assure, though, this means that if your car has one of those deeper vents, you will have more chance of the Nomad one to fit better.
## Features
- Sleek polycarbonate & glass design
- Works with any MagSafe-enabled device
- Compatible with standard horizontal and vertical vehicle vents
## Performance
The installation is easy and quick. But the real challenge was taken it on the Quebec roads, renowned for being mostly made of pot holes... It survived the test! Even hitting bumps of all sizes, my phone never fell from the device!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-308.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-309.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-310.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-311.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-312.jpg" >}}
The magnet in the holder is very strong and do a great job of holding the phone in either vertical or horizontal position. Perfect to be used as a GPS for long trips!
In my car, I still need to get used to the phone being much closer than on previous mounts I used, but I think this will be a welcome design choice for those with recessed air vents.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-323.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-324.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-325.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-326.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-magnetic-vent-mount-review-magsafe-327.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a sleek-looking car mounts, the [Nomad Magnetic Vent Mount](https://geni.us/CNtDKL0) is a great product as it does exactly what it should and most of all, it does not look out of place in a recently luxurious car interior! The mix of polycarbonate and a black MagSafe magnet makes it the best-looking car mount I've seen in a car!
And if you want to provide power to it, either you get the Charge Mount or use a cable with their new 70W car charger like I do. More in a separate [review for the 70W charger](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/14/nomad-70w-car-charger-review/)!
---
### [Repairing a DS1515+, Intel Atom C2000 Woes [Tutorial]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/12/repairing-a-ds1515-intel-atom-c2000-woes-tutorial/)
> This generation of DS1515+ is plagued with the Intel C2000 CPU bug. Thankfully, there are multiple things we can try.
One of the worst things to happen to a Geek's setup is to see it fall down to pieces. This is exactly how it felt when my Synology NAS gradually started giving up on life.
## The Rise of the DS1515+
The DS1515+ is a 5-bay NAS from Synology that has the extra powerful CPU (for the time), an Intel Atom C2538 Quad Core 2.4GHz, part of the C2000 series CPU, an information that is important. It has extra memory banks and was one of the first to get the SSD Cache feature where you could add an SSD and it would keep regularly accessed files there for faster retrieval.
I got mine in April 2015, quickly set it up and started making it part of my home network. It was wired and accessible to every TVs in our house, and I could copy files to it quickly through Ethernet. If I had a big dump of data to do, I could use the USB3 port and quickly copy files over.
Then, in January 2016, I had an idea. Let's pimp that NAS! So I got together with a few great companies and [wrote a blog post on how to customize this NAS](https://bloguedegeek.net/2016/01/29/pimpez-votre-nas-avec-disques-memoire-reseau-et-cache-ssd-tutoriel/) and really pimp it up!
I added a 4GB RAM module from Kinston, on top of the existing 2GB that came with it. A brand new Kingston SDD to act as the SSD Cache. Two new Noctua NF-A8-FLX 80mm fans, so that I can now run it in "Cool Mode" but has it generate less sound than the regular mode with the original fans!
All that was great, until last fall... Almost 8 years to the day.
## The Downfall of the DS1515+
This NAS has been rock-solid for me. Running 24/7 and always being there, with very few issues over the years. Most of the issues happened near a power outage or a sudden OS upgrade I was not expecting.
But then, it restarted itself. Once, then twice. And the third time, I manually held the button to tell it to power cycle, and it never came back to life. Well, it was "alive" but the power LED was flashing blue, and the Alert LED, a LED I never saw ON, was also flashing orange. Oh, oh.
## The Research
Research online brought me to the famous C2000 problem. That generation of CPU from Intel has a known issue. So much that Synology added years of warranty to the product to cover for any issues, but there's no real permanent fix. All you can do is try a few things and hope that one of them is fixing the problem. But none of them are permanent.
I listed a few things to do, with increasing levels of difficulty:
1. Try software resets (with the reset button)
2. Try to plug the disks in my computer to restore data
3. Remove extra RAM, leaving only the OEM RAM stick
4. Replace the CR1220 battery
5. Add a 100ohm resistance
6. Replace the BC847B transistor
## The Execution
Steps 1 through 4 did not accomplish anything of meaning. Sure, I now have a fresh CR1220 battery in my NAS so that's not a totally bad thing.
### The Pain of the Data
The worst thing is step 2, when I tried to plug in my disks to my Mac. Not only can't the Mac read ext4 disk outright, but even with the proper filesystem support added, I still needed the full-disk array plugged at the same time. This means all 4 SATA HDD must be plugged at once, including the 5th SSD Cache. And then, expose this to an Ubuntu virtual machine...
This means that, spoiler alert, in the future if I really need to replace my Synology, I absolutely have to swap it out with another 5-disk model. I can't just get my data and move it to a 2-disk system for a while. This really is not fun and I am now thinking of getting a closet Mac Mini setup with Backblaze backed up disks to the cloud. So the data is always available, without the need to fuss with multiple disk arrays.
### The Hunt and the Kill
Now that I had tried the easy steps, I need to get the 100 ohm resistance and try that. It's far easier to solder this than to replace a transistor so let's try that first. I found them on Amazon, [100 Ohm Resistors, 1/2 W, 5% (Pack of 10)](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0185FJZRK) for about 10$CA. My first order got lost and my second was cancelled. Sure it did not help that it was during the holidays, but still, it's the first time Amazon is not able to ship me my order like that.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ds-1515+-nas-resistance-fix-intel-atom-c2000-fix.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ds-1515+-nas-resistance-fix-intel-atom-c2000-fix-2.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ds-1515+-nas-resistance-fix-intel-atom-c2000-fix-3.jpg" >}}
I then headed to the electronics store and was able to score 5 resistances for 23¢ 😄 I was then ready to do the installation. I used imagery found online to visually know which of the holes to use with the resistance and used my good old soldering iron to get this done. An easy job if you ever did soldering, and not a complicated one if you never did, just make sure the solder does not touch other contacts and you should be good.
## The Boot Up
After the installation, I reassembled everything, easy task if you lay out your screws in little containers. I love the [iFixIt anti-stack project tray](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00KRPFX00), since it has lots and lots of little compartments for screws. It makes it easy to empty them in reverse order to get things back together.
Upon setting it back where it belongs, and hitting the power button, the NAS starts up... and no more flashing Alert LED! Success!
Heading back to the Synology admin panel, I can see it complained of a few unexpected reboots, and all, but everything is there and correctly configured. The date was wrong, but after a quick sync up with a time-server everything is good to go!
## Conclusion
This is by no means a permanent fix. The C2000 line of CPU still has that hardware bug and we can't get it fix. The only permanent solution is to replace the NAS with another NAS. The resistance will eventually give up, and we all have to use another one, and another one. I'm hoping this can last me a few more years, until I score a Mac Mini and replace my whole system with a closet Mac Mini with external hard drives.
There is still a chance that the resistor dies, and I will have to get that little thing fixed. Not as easy as these things are tiny, but it's still doable with a magnifying glass and a more precise soldering iron. Let cross that bridge when we get there; we are not yet on that path.
Got some valuable information from these links:
[Fixing a Synology DS1515+ not powering on](https://miketabor.com/fixing-a-synology-ds1515-not-powering-on/)
[Synology: How To Fix C2000 Flaw With 100 Ohm Resistor](https://mariushosting.com/synology-how-to-fix-c2000-flaw-with-100-ohm-resistor/)
---
### [Mophie Snap+ Juice Pack Mini With Stand Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2024/01/11/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review/)
> A pocketable battery pack that has a full charge up its sleeves, the snap+ juice pack mini also has a stand and can charge both MagSafe and Qi devices!
I was recently looking for a good way to double my iPhone capacity on the go. A thing that I could have in my pockets or in my backpack and not have to think about cables. A MagSafe battery pack would be ideal. The issue is that although it has a cool animation and can show both the phone and the battery current capacity on the lock screen, it's only 60% extra power for an iPhone 12 or 13 Pro.
I need more power. I want this to be at least another full charge, and the 1,460 mAh does not seem to cut it. This is where our old friend Mophie come into play!
Mophie has a similar product, with extra capacity and extra features that could be very interesting! The [mophie snap+ juice pack mini](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CN2B1KCQ) is, like the name implies, a battery pack that is fully compatible with MagSafe, holds 5,000 mAh and even has a stand!
## Design
The [snap+ juice pack mini](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CN2B1KCQ) is a pretty rectangular prism shaped battery that has a MagSafe and Qi compatible surface on one side, and a stand on the other side. A sturdy and very solid metal stand that ends on a little rubberized foot so it does not scratch surfaces.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-71.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-72.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-73.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-74.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-75.jpg" >}}
On one side you have the classic mophie 4 LED show 25% increments with the little activation button. On the other end, a USB-C port and on the bottom side, a single white LED that illuminates when the pack is charging a phone.
The thickness of the battery case is not as large as I was expecting, but it's also not to be considered very slim. It's fine for short pocket charging session but I would not hold it in my pocket with an iPhone for extended periods of time. I guess this is why they included the stand, so you can use it while it's charging.
You can place it vertically and use the stand at any angle to about 110˚, which means you can swivel the phone into landscape mode and still use the stand in a comfortable viewing angle. The MagSafe compatible surface does a good job of holding the phone in place, comparable to other devices and cases that include magnets and not just cheapo metal contacts.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-76.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-77.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-78.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-80.jpg" >}}
## Features
- 5,000 mAh battery capacity
- MagSafe and Qi compatible
- MagSafe @ 7.5W, USB-C wired charging @ 12W
- Charging up the battery @ 20W via USB-C
- Stand with charging while in portrait and landscape
## Performance
Charging a mophie battery is, as it's been for years now, very straightforward. The capacity LED light up and it shows you which bloc of 25% increments its currently filling. It always reminds me of the Metroid energy tanks...
You can then stick it to your iPhone or Qi-compatible Android device, and off to the races you are! It only charges at 7.5W since it’s a MagSafe-compatible and not a "real" MagSafe puck embedded in the charger. Think of it as the 1st generation of MagSafe charging. Other newer, and more expensive solutions like the [powerstation wireless stand with MagSafe](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09Z37Q81L) can go up to 15W with the MagSafe connector. Think of this as the 2nd generation of MagSafe chargers. This one is also more expensive at 129$ vs. 49$ for the snap+ juice pack mini.
Recharging the snap+ juice pack mini is simple and fast with its 20W charger. With a theoretical charge time of 1.25 hours, it's very fast to fill it up before you have to run.
Finally, the LED at the bottom of the battery pack is a reminder that the phone is charging as it's kept illuminated for as long as the battery is providing power.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-82.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-83.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-84.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-85.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-86.jpg" >}}
I've used the battery pack while on vacation and when I wanted to give my phone a little top off right before leaving the house. I was usually getting about a 25% boost just to cover for longer days taking more photos and videos. It was a perfect counter charger that I only needed to plug in my wall charger once.
The stand was fun as I could let a video play while I was eating breakfast and I did not need to use the peanut butter container as my usual stand! 🤣 I also kept it in my coat inside chest pocket so that if I needed more power while hiking a mountain trail, I could have extra power. It's much smaller than other big battery pack and it packs enough power to give you easily an extra 3/4 of a day of power.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-87.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-88.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mophie-snap-juice-pack-mini-with-stand-review-89.jpg" >}}
The only downside I can see today, is the absence of what I'm calling the 2nd generation charging with 15W of charging power. It only becomes a real issue if you are in a rush and knowing you can get about 25% for each 30 min of charge, you can organize your time easily.
## Conclusion
Given its larger capacity, the snap+ juice pack mini is the perfect companion for holidays and vacation outside the home. You can top off your phone before leaving or bring it with you and if you end up needing power near the end of the day, you could just snap it on and a new life will be put in your phone!
The stand is incredibly sturdy and can hold the phone very securely. Being able to use the phone in both portrait and landscape make this incredibly useful. The stand can open over 90˚ and when the phone is in landscape it makes for a great viewing angle.
I strongly recommend the [mophie snap+ juice pack mini](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CN2B1KCQ) both as a medium size battery and an emergency battery with sufficient power to give you 3/4 to a full day of power to your mobile phone. I find this mophie product to be a much better product, then say the Apple MagSafe battery pack, since it has a larger capacity, faster wired charging and a bonus stand to be able to use it on a desktop (or counter) situation. Truly a great product!
---
### [Airthings View Plus Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/11/19/airthings-view-plus-review/)
> An air quality monitor with superhero features, the Airthings View Plus surprises with not only VOCs, radon and PM1.0 and PM2.5 sensors, but it also acts as a Hub!
When it comes to air quality inspection to pin-point specific health issues or why some seemingly clear days you feel allergic or have a headache, Airthings is quite a good partner in crimes. I've already raved about the [Wave Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/08/17/airthings-wave-plus-review-air-quality-and-radon-monitor-review/) that allows me to keep track of the radon gases in my basement and top floor, as well as VOCs and CO. The tiny little brother, the [Wave Mini](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/10/23/airthings-wave-mini-tiny-air-quality-monitor-with-mold-risk-indication-review/) keeps track of [humidity in the corner of my basement living room](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/09/08/airthings-adds-mold-risk-indication-to-wave-mini/) so I know when to crack open a window or the air exchanger to make sure I don't go up on the mold scale.
The only pollutant I was not able to keep track of is the famous PM2.5 and PM1.0 air particulate. This usually comes from car engines, or forest fires and what a better year to test that than this summer where in the province of Quebec, we had many of those pesky fires. As we normally do, but this year, the wind brought the smoke down south and [gave weird Bladerunner vibes to New York](https://www.tiktok.com/@oftherabbit/video/7242003955025268010).
## Design
The [Airthings View Plus](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B097YW5Q72) is a different kind of product compared to the other products from Airthings. This one is wired and has an interactive display! Two new features that make this product quite interesting!
The wired nature of the product makes the View Plus makes it so that it acts as a syncing engine between all of your devices. This way, your data is synced every few minutes and you can actually receive valuable notification in a reasonable amount of them. When I reviewed the Airthings Wave Plus, it was one of my concerns that the notifications only happened when I pulled to sync in the Airthings app. Defeating the purpose of getting those when they are needed.
The front display always displays the two most important metrics of your choosing when there are no specific metric that is over the green zone. Whenever one or two of your air quality components get too high, the display is updated to show this. For example, I had the radon and PM2.5 displayed for me since I live in a place where radon could be a problem if not well ventilated. And since we got those forest fires this summer, I was curious about the PM2.5.
If you wave your hand in front of the unit, it will cycle through and show you the Air Quality index. The only downside I can see is that sometimes I would like to know a bit more about a 3rd metric, so having the flexibility to add more sensor data on the screen would be welcomed. Not all setup situation requires you to look at the device from afar. Therefore, if I have it on my desk, it's close enough that smaller font size with more information displayed would be possible.
## Features
- 7 sensors including radon, PM 2.5, CO2, VOCs, temperature, humidity and air pressure
- Wi-Fi connected, acts as a hub
- 5-year warranty
- up to 2 years on batteries
- integration with IFTTT, Alexa and Google Assistant
## Performance
The first thing I did was set it up as a dedicated unit in my living room. So you understand my setup, I have a two-floor house with a basement. I have a Wave Plus unit in my son's room, a Wave Plus in the basement office, a Wave Mini in the basement living room, and finally the View Plus is located in the living room of the main open-space floor.
This way, I can have accurate measurements on all three floors where most of the activity happens. The View Plus was configured very easily, just follow along the instructions and then it acts as a standalone unit just like the View Plus.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-view-plus-review-air-quality-monitor-15.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-view-plus-review-air-quality-monitor-17.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-view-plus-review-air-quality-monitor-18.jpg" >}}
If you would like to set it up as a hub, it is strongly recommended that you do so with the unit plugged in the wall. This way you can have it sync as often as needed on an automatic schedule. This way, any Airthings in the house will report the information in a live fashion to you through the mobile app.
As with any unit, you can set whatever metric alerts you by flipping ON or OFF one of the 6 data points (air pressure is not part of the list).
### Forest Fires
Given that we very rarely have bad air quality around Montreal, it was kind of a first and pretty crazy metric to follow from day to day. Getting multiple notifications about bad air quality. The air was yellow tinted, so yeah it was not great.
It was fun, however, to be able to put a number to what would be bad air quality and know when to close the windows and run outside air through my home HVAC filters. This is especially important for asthmatics folks and other folks with difficulty breathing when the air quality goes down. The Airthings View Plus allows you to monitor the situation and when you see a trend going up, you can act quickly before you start having difficulty breathing.
### Closing down for vacation
We spent 3 weeks on vacation and during that time, the house was all closed down. No air exchanger was running, and no windows were left open. This is kind of the worst-case scenario where you get VOCs and radon to accumulate. Here's a sample from my Wave Plus in the basement office. You see radon reached 589 on the left screenshot, and then after a few hours of opening up the windows, the number decreased a lot but was still very high. And finally a few days later, everything was back to normal on the right screenshot.
I read that once in a while it is good to bring the devices outside for them to reset as a new baseline will be recorded. So this is what I did after a few days when the numbers were still not back to normal.
### Effective Sync
I was not sure when I received the View Plus that it could be uses as a Hub, but thankfully it can! The only difference is that the Hub is wired with an Ethernet cable while the View Plus is wireless. The View Plus does the same thing, but has other sensors like PM2.5. If you have a few devices or you are in need of reliable notification when the sensor triggers past a certain level, I strongly recommend the View Plus over the Hub.
The Hub looks like it would be useful to many, but seems to have restrictions that might irritate some. The View Plus does the same thing; plus it does not need to be wired with an ethernet cable, and it has built-in sensors basically acting as a better Wave Plus with a Hub rolled into one.
The notifications are now being triggered every time they should since all my devices are not synced with the View Plus.
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a great array of sensors to understand your home air quality better, and pinpoint specific issues, the [Airthings View Plus](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B097YW5Q72) is the device to get. It is more expensive than the [Wave Plus](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JB8QWH6), but it offers the PM1.0 and 2.5 sensors that are very useful information for those suffering from asthma or other respiratory issues and has an included Hub functionality. So basically it's close to the price of a Wave Plus + a Hub.
The small e-ink display is easy to read and adapts to show you the sensor that reports the worst situation in a timely fashion so at a glance, you always know what is up with your air quality.
Having a Hub integrated really helps with getting timely notification when your air quality changes as opposed to hours later when the Bluetooth sync kicks in. You do need to keep it wired to the wall for the most of up to date, and short sync intervals, but if you need them, it's usually easy enough to find an outlet not too far. It can run on AA batteries too, but you will get an increased sync interval, and depending on the number of Airthings devices in your home you might need to change the batteries more often.
To me the clunkiness of the View Plus and family of products was only related to the data syncing issues I've been facing. They always worked, but I had to manually pull to refresh and get the new data in otherwise it would be out of sync most of the time. The PM2.5 sensor is the only sensor my house was lacking and now I can track everything I need to track with the View Plus! It's really a charm to use, and to look at. The View Plus is definitely the most refined product from Airthings yet!
---
### [Logitech Wave Keys, a New Innovative Ergonomic Keyboard [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/10/11/logitech-wave-keys-a-new-innovative-ergonomic-keyboard-review/)
> A refreshing new design for an ergonomic keyboard that tries a few novel ideas and distills them in the shape of the Logitech Wave Keys.
Having suffered from carpal tunnel compression syndrome in the last few years, I am not shy to say that I have experimented with many different keyboards. It does not help that I wanted to stay in the mechanical keyboard family. But due to the pain they caused me I had to stay away from most of them.
You see, pressing hard on a key with lots of resistance, like Cherry MX Black key switches, gave me lots of fatigue, very rapidly. And if I continued even pain. This is why I switched between multiple keyboards including a Cherry MX Leopold custom keyboard, my old faithful [Logitech K810](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00969DKNU) that is one of the first Logitech keyboards with multiple device support, a Microsoft Sculpt, and then I finally landed on a Logitech MX Mechanical Mini.
I must point out that I'm on the MX Mechanical Mini because I did end up going through surgery last winter. I do not know if I could have used it with the pain I used to have.
This brings us to the new [Logitech Wave Keys](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CF1MM1YM), a new take on what can be considered an ergonomic keyboard. The team at Logitech used a very diverse team of designers and engineers not only to make the keyboard but to challenge themselves into taking a closer look at every aspect of the keyboard from the materials, to the shape all the way to using sensors to make sure the muscle strain was minimized as much as possible.
## Design
Like its name implies, the Wave Keys is a following a wave pattern where the G-H section for the keyboard is the highest and flattening out when going outward from the centre. The keys are placed in a U shape so that your wrists don't need to be forced into using a rectangular layout.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-948.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-949.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-950.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-951.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-952.jpg" >}}
I also noticed that the keys are much closer together than on other keyboards like the Microsoft Sculpt. The Sculpt looks like it's trying to fill the "usual" space real estate by stretching its keys to fill the void as opposed to the Wave Keys where it only takes the space it really needs. Even going a far a bringing in the NumPad closer to your hands so that you need less movement to reach it or your mouse (if set on the right side).
The Wave Keys also has a nice wrist rest that follows the same wave design and shape. Here the material team shines by offering a material that feels very comfortable with just enough bounce but not too much. It also does not tend to get as hot as other wrist rest I've used in the past. You may also raise the keyboard with two little legs giving you 4˚ of inclination. I've never been a big fan of such legs as I always found them to be worst in terms of ergonomics.
In this case it does not seem to bother me as much. It does raise a tiny bit my hands, but I can see people using that if their keyboard is located slightly higher than mine on their office desk. To me flat is perfect as my elbows are 90˚ on a straight line.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-957.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-958.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-959.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-961.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Ergonomic wave design
- Compact layout with smooth membrane key switches
- Memory foam wrist rest
- Logi Bolt adapter provided
- 3-year battery life with two AAA batteries
- Bluetooth compatible with multi-device profiles
- Compatible with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, iOS, Android, ChromeOS and Linux
## Performance
The setup is always very easy with Logitech. After having issues with Logitech devices and Mac computers for years, I've always preferred to use the perfectly reliable RF dongle over those years, I can safely say now that I have been using multiple Logitech keyboards and mice with standard Bluetooth and zero issues over the last few years.
This is also the first device I encounter that comes with one of the Logitech Bolt USB connectors! It basically works the same as the previous orange connector but it has the benefit of using modern technology to reduce latency as well as fully encrypt communications between your computer and peripherals.
The [Logitech Wave Keys](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CF1MM1YM) is a complete all-in one precisely engineered keyboard with the palm rest already attached to the keyboard. The first thing you will feel is that palm rest. It is not some cheap no-brand thing, it's a memory foam rest that feels incredibly comfortable to use. It strikes the perfect balance of support and bounciness and you will be happy to learn that the finish is kind of matte, therefore if you have a mishap, you can clean it much more than the usual foam palm rest. The shape, of a wave, of course, also helps to position your wrist in a comfortable location with your fingers aimed at the correct keys.
Talking about the keys, once again the wave shape makes resting your fingers on a comfortable position, ready to tackle the great work of the day. You don't have any clique key switches; here, they feel like membrane key switches, almost completely silence with just enough bounce to be fun to type on.
The thing that requires the most getting used to is the overall size of the keyboard. You see, compared to other ergonomic keyboards, Logitech wanted to get everything closer together so you hand travel less. This also brings the mouse closer to you and also requires less travel. The more travel you have to do the worst it is for repetitive strain injuries.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-954.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-955.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-wave-keys-ergonomic-keyboard-review-956.jpg" >}}
I never use the numbed, so I would have preferred a version without it, or possibly make it optional like on the Microsoft Sculpt where it is a standalone device. It would have saved even more travel distance without it. The Ctrl, Fn, Opt/Start and Cmd/Alt keys are so that the keyboard works with both Windows, Mac and Linux computers. Since I'm on Mac computers, that Fn key is in the way especially since I've been used to the MX Mechanical Mini for Mac.
I hope this keyboard gets very popular and they make a NumPad-less version for MacOS specifically!
The Wave Keys also comes with the Easy-Switch feature that allows you to press a key and switch paired computer or tablet. As well as the modern take on shortcut keys that can really help you in your day-to-day activities. The emoji picker key, dictation and systemwide Mute Switch are some of the keys that I've gotten very used to! With the help of the Logitech Options+ software, you can customize these or other F-keys further with custom actions. You can also do Smart Actions which can open apps and trigger customized actions!
## Conclusion
The [Logitech Wave Keys](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CF1MM1YM) is a marvellous keyboard, refined just like an old wine with solid features and distilled to the essentials while still adding a good amount of modernity through flexibility and software. If you are looking for an ergonomic keyboard that not only does what it says on the tin, after all it's even certified by the United States Ergonomics group, but goes even a step further by selecting recyclable materials, offering a novel wave shape that is a pleasure to use, as well as a solid typing experience, the Wave Keys might just be the perfect keyboard for you!
I tend to like to push manufacturers further, like when the MX Keys came out I was hoping for both a mechanical version of it, and as short NumPad less version. And I got those! So now, Logitech make a NumPad less version that is "for Mac" without the Fn key on the left side!
---
### [Thermapen One Fast Meat Thermometer Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/06/01/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review/)
> Superfast meat thermometer that can be your best ally in the kitchen or in front of the BBQ!
When you are cooking meat, you are sometimes working with a cut or cooking temperature that you are not too sure about how long the meat should be left cooking. You can use one of those old analog meat thermometer that takes 10 minutes to reach their actual temperature, all the while your meat is not closed it cooking.
If only there was a device that can give you an accurate temperature reading, down to the single Fahrenheit degree. And do so no matter how you have to poke the meat, be in deep inside your oven, or on the BBQ to the side.
Well, well, my friend, may I present to you the [Thermapen One](https://geni.us/70XYI)! The latest iteration of ThermoWorks' superfast thermometer! It is fast, sturdy and will soon become your best pal in the kitchen... right after your significant other, of course!
## Design
Many have tried to copy it, but no one does it better than ThermoWorks. The [Thermapen One](https://geni.us/70XYI) is one sturdy little tool. Right when you pick it up, you can feel the quality ~ingredients~ materials. The plastic and rubber feel of great quality that will last for many decades in your kitchen.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-78.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-78.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-79.jpg" >}}
The swivelling temperature probe has a great resistance to it, just like any quality should feel in your hand. The tip of the probe fits nicely in a little rubber rest area where the pointy tip gets out of the way.
And the best thing is that you can get it in ten different colours! Yes, 10! This way it will fit with the rest of your kitchen or BBQ accessories very nicely!
Reading through the instruction booklet, you can learn that using the hidden Set and Menu buttons under the battery cover you can change the unit from Fahrenheit to Celsius, the precision from 1˚ to 0.1˚ and even the rotation not to be 360˚. Not sure why you would want that, but it's there!
## Features
- One second readings (!)
- Accurate to ± 0.5°F (± 0.3°C)
- Automatic bright backlit screen
- NIST-traceable calibration certificate verifying accuracy
- 5-year warranty
## Performance
Of course, I had to take it out for a test! I'm one of those late comers to the whole air fryer trend and I still have difficulty making sure my meat is cooked enough but not too much! This little Thermapen One is there to help and can tell me exactly when the meat has reached the desired temperature; or too much when I miscalculated the time it will take to cook!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-85.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-799.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-810.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-810.jpg" >}}
Take it out, pull out the probe and in 1 second (or less) you have the temperature on the display! But what if your nice roast is deep inside your oven and you can barely reach it upside down with the Thermapen? No problem, the display rotates automatically in all four directions! This way, no matter how you take a reading, you will definitely see the temperature on the bright display in the correct orientation!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-80.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-81.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-83.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/thermapen-one-fast-meat-thermometer-review-83.jpg" >}}
And if you ever get some of that tasty sauce on the device, fear not, it is resistant to water with an IP67 rating, so you can wash it up and if you drop it in the sink, you can pick it up, dry it and it'll still work miracles! It even has a special additive in the plastic called Biomaster, that will impair the growth of bacteria or mold, helping it be clean between cleaning.
With a single AAA battery, no need to hunt for a weird button battery that you never have around the house, simply get one of those AAA batteries you have for the TV remote or an old kid's toy and you're good to go!
## Conclusion
If you were wondering if ThermoWork were serious about this, each unit is certified to be calibrated using a NIST standardized protocol. This means that out of the box, your [Thermapen One](https://geni.us/70XYI) will be accurate like no other.
Quality engineering, quality components and a fast accurate reading, all that's missing is a great Wagyu A5 steak! I highly recommend the Thermapen, it's even better than I have imagined! You know when you read about something, watch videos and think it must be a good product but when you first pick it up, you immediately notice the craftsmanship and realize it's a GREAT product? Well, that's what happened to me!
You can even recalibrate the device yourself if ever you wonder if it's still accurate. Simply use the [water cup method described here](https://www.thermoworks.com/content/pdf/thermapen-one-calibration-trim-procedure.pdf) and you'll know if your Thermapen One is within the required tolerances! I'm trying to find any downside to using a Thermapen One, but I can't even find something to perfect. Anything I can think of would not make sense, like adding Alexa into it or adding a DJ mode... Guess it'll be one of those near 100% review that rarely happens!
---
### [Nomad Modern Horween Leather Case for AirPods Pro 2nd Generation [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/05/31/nomad-modern-horween-leather-case-for-airpods-pro-2nd-generation-review/)
> A refreshed product with all the new bells and whistles, the Modern Horween Leather case for AirPods Pro 2nd Generation from Nomad checks all the boxes!
A few months ago, Apple released the [AirPods Pro 2nd generation](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BDHWDR12) and lots of people, including me, purchased them or got them as a gift last Christmas. Nomad was quick to release a case for them, but there was a slight problem. The case was the one that was released for the first generation AirPods Pro and lacked the new features the 2nd generation brought to the table.
Nomad went back to the drawing board and released an updated version specifically made for the new 2nd generation AirPods Pro.
## Design
The design is pretty much the same as the old generation at first glance. As a matter of fact, the case dimension is exactly the same on both versions of the AirPods, this is why Nomad was able to re-release its original version at a discount to protect your AirPods in the meantime.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-49.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-50.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-51.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-52.jpg" >}}
The new version has the new cutouts for the speaker and its vent hole, as well as the correctly aligned loop hole one right side. Overall the design did not change much but if you wanted to hear the chime when paging your AirPods to find them in the couch, it is very useful to have them now.
## Features
- Designed for AirPods Pro (2nd gen)
- Compatible with AirPods Pro (1st gen)
- Horween leather from the USA
- Protective microfiber lining
- Integrated light pipe for LED charging indicator
- Precise speaker and lanyard cutouts
## Performance
They work great, and as far as leather cases go for AirPods cases, they are quite minimalistic, thinner than the [Mujjo Echelon AirPods Pro case](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/03/06/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-leather-case-review/). They are not too thick nor have any cumbersome attachement. And thanks to their great Horween leather, they get a nice patina over time.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-54.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-55.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-56.jpg" >}}
I have been rocking the previous version of this case, without the speaker holes since Xmas, and I must admit that I almost forgot there were speaker holes! Now, with the precisely cut holes, we can hear the sound the case makes when you plug them in, or place them on a MagSafe charger.
The fit is, as usual, precisely perfect around the AirPods case. No need for glue or adhesive tape, it just holds great.
Let's take a few seconds to look at the patina of said case. I have the older version that was made for the 1st Generation AirPods Pro and it has since gained a nice patina.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-54.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-airpods-2nd-generation-case-horween-review-58.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
Once again, Nomad outdid themselves with the [Modern Airpods Pro 2nd Generation Case](https://geni.us/JJsz) with a great product that has a perfect fit, smells great with quality leather and for those that really wanted a version with the proper cutouts, it now works perfectly with the new AirPods Pro 2nd Generation!
Sometimes you just have to keep a winner and that design just fits great in your pocket, it's slim enough yet has great leather. Honestly, it's one of the best out there!
---
### [Nomad Base One Max With MagSafe Dock Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/04/19/nomad-base-one-max-with-magsafe-dock-review/)
> A versatile charging pad that can support both a phone and an Apple Watch, the Nomad Base One Max has solved one major pain point for consumers. MagSafe is built-in!
When looking for a desk charger, you now have to take into account multiple purchasing decision as the power requirements are not always easy to grasp. Some chargers need a certain wattage, others need a specific technology like PowerDelivery, others come with a charger in the box, but most of the time you need to BYOC, bring your own charger!
MagSafe made this a bit more complicated as it has specific power requirements to get the full 15W of power to your phone. And if you start adding other things like USB ports or an Apple Watch charger, you end up complicating things a bit more. And did I talk about having to provide your own MagSafe charger puck? It can be a real headache for buyers that are not as tech enthusiasts as we are.
The [Base One Max from Nomad](https://geni.us/KB66mli) tries to simplify this process and make things easier to work with for everyone involved!
## Design
The Base One Max offers two main features, the MagSafe compatible charging space as well as the Apple Watch charger right next to it. This means you can charge both your devices at the same time.
The MagSafe section of the charger does not require you to provide your own MagSafe charging puck, it comes with a MadeForiPhone (MFI) approved MagSafe built-in puck offering the ideal 15W fast charging capability.
The Apple Watch charger also has its own integrated mini charging puck so you do not need to use your watch cable. This is the part that makes the process much simpler. You only need to provide your own power adapter. Nomad says they don't provide one in the box as people tend to have them already. I would say that is very true for 5W or 15W power adapter, but for 30W it's not necessarily true. As a nerd, I have many of those around me but it's not necessarily the case for everyone as they might have one for their iPhone or watch, but that power adapter might not have the full 30W needed to charger both devices at once.
Nomad offers great [30W GaN chargers](https://nomadgoods.com/products/ac-adapter-30w-usb-c) that can do the work and are basically the size of the small 5W iPhone charger of days old.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-61.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-62.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-63.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-64.jpg" >}}
The [Base One Max](https://geni.us/KB66mli) cleverly mixes materials and finishes to not only look awesome but also make sure your experience is amazing! The MagSafe puck is raised so it's easier for you to pick up your phone. This section is covered in glass and offers a nice texture change from the Apple Watch half which has a soft touch material. This makes sure the surface cannot damage your watch since it can come in contact with it. There is ample space for both devices and given that the watch is propped upward, you get the benefit of the Nightstand feature of the Apple Watch (compared to other stands that are lying flat).
## Features
- Official MFi MagSafe charger
- Full speed 15W MagSafe
- Qi compatible (AirPods too)
- Metal, glass, soft touch design
- Requires a 30W charger (sold separately)
## Performance
The charging is as promised full speed and works great if you have a powerful enough power adapter. I have not tried to use a smaller, underpowered power charger, though. Stick with the recommended 30W charger (or more) especially if you have both devices often on the charger at once.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-65.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-66.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-67.jpg" >}}
The integrated MagSafe puck is strong and allows for a very easy alignment of the device, even in the dark. You only need to be roughly aligned and it will quickly set itself in the right spot. The Apple Watch charger is propped up therefore it allows for the famous nightstand mode that so many people like. You can't close it down, though.
The integrated MagSafe puck is a great idea because very recently if you had one of those MagSafe compatible stand or dock, you usually had to provide both a [MagSafe charger](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08L5NP6NG) (extra 39$US), an [Apple Watch charging puck](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09G9KZV1Q) (an extra 29$) and [30W wall charger](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08F9HGJS6) (another 39$US). A simple and cheap solution suddenly became an expensive hassle worth research to save up on money.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-68.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-70.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-73.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-one-max-charging-station-review-76.jpg" >}}
With the Base One Max, all you need to bring is your 30W wall charger. I would prefer it to come packaged in since not everyone has a [30W charger](https://nomadgoods.com/products/ac-adapter-30w-usb-c) lying around. I did but I'm a nerd. In a year or two, yes everyone will have one but I don't agree with Nomad when they say that everyone already has one. Very recently we were required to get a 15W or 20W chargers for new use cases, and this might be the first time somebody needs a 30W charger.
## Conclusion
With its very handsome looks, the [Nomad Base One Max](https://geni.us/KB66mli) is a charging station that will not only be extremely useful to get all your devices charged at once, but also look extremely professional on a desk or on the nightstand.
My son actually stole it from me and he's also very, very happy with it!
I strongly recommend this to anyone looking for the fastest way to charge up your devices quickly before a long day of work. Or simply to have on your desk so that your devices are having a nice space to rest whenever they need to be topped up using the fastest way possible.
I would have preferred the 30W wall charger to come in with the unit, but sadly it does not. Nomad offers a very nice compact 30W charger that is perfect to throw in your cart at the same time. I would not go below that if I were you. I have also tested a 60W wall charger and it works perfectly fine too if you have a more powerful one lying around in a drawer.
---
### [Mujjo Echelon AirPods Pro Leather Case Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/03/06/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-leather-case-review/)
> The Mujjo Echelon AirPods Pro case is a leather case for your AirPods Pro, that not only fits perfectly around your case, but also offers a luxury touch to a somewhat bland white plastic case.
I have been on a strike of [reviewing multiple leather products lately](https://hipsterpixel.co/search/?q=leather), the latest one I've got to put my hands on is the first project from Mujjo that I have the chance to review. After the release of the [AirPods Pro 2nd generation](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BDHWDR12) last year, we did not have any case leaks before the release. Therefore, there was no way for case manufactures to know about the new speaker placement on the case or the side loop presence. Therefore, we had to rely on having the product first,
and then the manufacturer could go and design a totally new case to fit the new product.
Mujjo is a luxury leather goods manufacturer that normally makes iPhone cases, laptop sleeves, gloves, and different types of wallets. I have in my hands their Echelon AirPods Pro case for the 2nd generation AirPods Pro.
## Design
The Echelon case is a leather case, specifically a plastic moulded case, wrapped in quality vegetable-tanned leather to fit the latest generation of AirPods Pro, with every little new features accessible. It has holes for the speakers at the bottom as well as a much better side loop and clip on the left side of the case, while keeping the case original loop hole accessible on the opposite side. The side clip that is attached to the case is a quality metal clip permanently attached to a small leather loop.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-36.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-37.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-38.jpg" >}}
The case itself is quite thick, offering a great protection to your AirPods' case. However, that also introduces significant bulk in your pockets. You do feel a difference, it is even thicker than a competiting [AirPods Pro case from Nomad](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/10/22/nomad-airpods-pro-modern-horween-leather-case-review/).
In order for the top part of the case to hold in place, it comes with a sticky pad, prepped inside the case. The bottom case, simply holds in place, by being perfectly moulded around your AirPods case.
## Features
- Wireless charging compatible
- Quality vegetable-tanned leather
- Cut-outs for all features of the case
- Metal clip on the left side
- Accessible lanyard opening on the right side
- Perfectly moulded for the AirPods Pro 2nd Gen
## Performance
After using the case for over a week, I can see why they say they make luxury leather products, the letter is of top quality it can be felt, and smelled! The moulding of the case fits perfectly the AirPods Pro case, and allows sound to come out of the bottom like it should. The added double-sided tape inside the top case part is a nice bonus as with other cases overtime it tends to become loose. It won't happen with this case. Thanks to this little addition.
If you are the kind of person that likes to tie your case to a keychain or a bag, the provided metal clip is of great quality and will be able to help you with that regard. Personally, I don't use any clips so it's mostly in the way for me. I would have preferred an optional removable clip that could be attached to the lanyard attachment on the right side instead. This way, if you don't need it, you can remove it and the case itself fits better in your pants. And if at a later time you need it, you could attach the case to your bag or keychains.
One good thing with this case compared with the ones I had previously is that it's really made for this generation product. Which is why it was just released and not previously released in 2020, as they had to get the products in their hands and try a bunch of prototypes to make sure the physical size of the case fits perfectly. I almost forgot about the charging sound, since in my previous case it was obstructed.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-41.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-42.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/mujjo-echelon-airpods-pro-2nd-gen-leather-case-review-44.jpg" >}}
In terms of charging, it is not blocking wireless charging. I can charge it with both a Qi charger and a MagSafe charging puck.
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a great quality, AirPods Pro case look no further than the [Mujjo Echelon AirPods Pro case](https://www.mujjo.com/products/echelon-airpod-case). It is of amazing build quality, with great vegetable tanned leather and perfectly fitting around your AirPods case. The addition of the loop might be something interesting for you, if it is the case, you're good to go, if you don't like it like me then you can always use a very sharp knife and remove it. Every single feature of the case, speakers, button, lanyard attachment, are all accessible and working. This feels like a very complete product. I only wished it was thinner as the bulk it adds is not negligible. If you are carrying them in your purse or bag it's all good, but it makes a good difference in your pockets. Especially if you have other things in there like your wallet or keys.
I really enjoyed testing this product and I do recommend it for its luxury touch and high quality leather!
---
### [Nomad Bifold Leather Wallet Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2023/01/06/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review/)
> A leather wallet that has some interesting attention to detail, the Nomad Bifold is also made the amazing Horween leather!
It is not rare that my eye stops to look at leather wallets. Probably because I myself dabble in leathercraft, they often look interesting but too often don't have much to surprise. When Nomad announced a while back that they were releasing leather wallets, I was curious but wrongly figured it would be once again just a plain leather wallet.
Oh boy was I wrong!
I won't bore you will all the reasoning behind every design decision they took and why it's good that they did. Let me just say that the [Bifold Wallet by Nomad](https://nomadgoods.com/products/bifold-wallet-black) is designed and crafted like very few other wallets on the market.
## Design
The first thing you realize when you get to open the little felt pouch is that this is made out of quality leather. This leather is dense and the assembly makes it so it's a sturdy little wallet. It should keep its shape for a long time.
Using thin leather like this that has a firm temper with layers of fabric shows an incredible craftsmanship that is not given to any manufacturer doing high yields like Nomad. Often you will only see artisan-made wallets with this kind of attention to detail. Or cheaper wallets will be made from thicker leather, which in turn prevents you from having so many pockets, because every pocket is an extra layer of leather/fabric.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-79.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-80.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-81.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-87.jpg" >}}
The craftsmanship displayed in this product is impressive. Not only is the material of high-quality, but the assembly of it, the stitching very close to the edge, but not too much, shows that they took great care into making a very precise plan and successfully executed it.
One tedious step usually involved in leather craft products is the burnishing of the edge, which means that once the leather is stitched together, you have an extra time, consuming steps of polishing the edge with a polishing agent, like Tokanole. This is the kind of steps that you have to do over and over again in order to get an increasingly beautiful and mirror finish on the edge, if you go to your local small businesses and craft exposition, you will see that they rarely finish the edge because it can take as much time as doing the rest of the wallet or leather piece. The Nomad bifold actually has a great edge that seems to be heat finished. A quicker process that still makes it so that fused pieces of leather will hold well together. Commercial wallets either do a poor job at it, or completely skip this step.
Not only is the construction and the finishing of this product very high scale it is also at the same time, something that is not always done by competitors. It takes extra time and can impact the overall profit on each unit. Nomad did not seem to cut any corners here! It has lots of card pockets, inside pockets below the cards main pockets, a bill compartment, and even an outside pocket for your often use bus pass or card.
## Features
- Holds 15 cards without being a thick boi
- 1 outside card slot
- Fits unfolded bills (CA$ fits well!)
- Thermoformed leather shape
- Horween leather from USA
- Will develop a rugged patina
## Performance
I've taken this wallet for a spin for multiple weeks, and I must say that I am not surprised because I know Nomad makes great leather products, but I'm impressed by the quality and strength of the product. I filled it with cards, I filled every single pocket, I have a lot of bills in there, and it really keeps its shape. It is well designed and everything is easily accessible, even cards that barely show out of their pockets are easy to take out, and in the same time being tucked in like that, they look great.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-84.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-85.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-86.jpg" >}}
As with any leather products, the outside leather is started to gain a patina, meaning the leather started to show a little bit of age, common wear, which is indicative of a good leather product. The shiny exterior does get small scratches, but overtime with proper care it is almost restored to its original condition by buffing out scratches and making them more homogenous to the rest of the leather.
I'm very picky with my leather products, being a small-time leather crafter myself. I am looking for a flaw or something that no man could've done better in this product and frankly, I can't find it. Usually the precision of the stitching or the edge finishing is where you see companies skimp out on quality and time. But in this case, Nomad really outdone themselves with a great quality product.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-88.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-89.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-91.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-bifold-leather-wallet-review-92.jpg " >}}
For example, the way the bill flap is attached to the inside part of the wall. It requires a stitching point but the way they did it they made it continuously along the line of the other stitching and it's almost transparent. To put this simple you need to think how your stitching will go in while also thinking that there's going to be a part that is going to be floating in this part requires its own stitching to. I know it's a very clear, but let's just say that you have two pieces of leather, both requiring stitching together and not together and that makes it very complicated. You need to plan ahead and you need to know exactly where your stitches start and end in order for them to fit perfectly once you attach both parts together.
## Conclusion
Overall, the [Nomad Bifold leather wallet](https://nomadgoods.com/products/bifold-wallet-rustic-brown) is very impressive! It perfectly combines quality product, thoughtful design, and an incredible attention to detail with regards to final assembly edge, burnishing, and even edge creasing on the interior pockets. A very, very small thing to do but it highlights the attention to detail that this product has.
Once again, I'm trying to find a flaw and I can't. This product could retail for twice the price and would still be worth it given that the quality is there, and it clearly will be long-lasting. Every part of it is perfectly assembled, which will make it even longer-lasting than just by using quality materials.
Nomad makes [multiple types of wallets](https://nomadgoods.com/collections/wallets). You should definitely look them up as I'm pretty sure that they are made the same way as the Bifold Wallet, it really depends on your preference of the number of cards and shape of the wallet, but in the end, if they put in the same care and attention to the other products, this is a kick-ass line of wallets that you should really look into!
I know [I've said this multiple times](https://hipsterpixel.co/search/?q=nomad) about Nomad products, but once again, attention to details, quality and craftsmanship makes for another amazing little product that I strongly recommend!
---
### [Nomad X Orbitkey Key Organizer Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/11/18/nomad-x-orbitkey-key-organizer-review/)
> An interesting collaboration between Nomad and Orbitkey for an Orbitkey key organizer with a touch of the Nomad magic.
Orbitkey has long been making their famous key organizer that allows you to stack a bunch of keys and accessories in a fun fabric, or leather loop. You just swing your keys from the side and they are all right there opened with an easy access to very useful multi-tool or even a USB key.
Nomad partnered with Orbitkey and took care of designing the leather loop as well as the key ring and lock nuts. We see they choose a mat black esthetic with PVD coating that goes well with their other products, a refined industrial look if I may say.
## Design
We once again have a nice Horween leather in Rustic Brown. It fits very well with my [iPhone leather case](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/10/26/nomad-modern-leather-case-for-moment-lenses-review/)! The leather will age and get patina, which will look better and better over time.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-66.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-67.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-68.jpg" >}}
You unscrew the lock bolts to reveal enough space to put in 2 to 7 keys in there without any problems. If you have more, there is an extension piece you can get at Orbitkey's website.
## Features
- Horween leather
- PVD coated D-ring
- Stitchless design
- Optional accessories available
## Performance
The [Nomad x Orbitkey key organizer](https://nomadgoods.com/products/orbitkey-horween-leather-rustic-brown) is exactly what you think a collaboration between these two companies would be. Great design on both sides wedded into an awesome product. I never held in my hands an Orbitkey before and the design has always intrigued me since it seems like a great way to keep your keys in order, tidied up away.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-69.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-69.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-70.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-71.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-orbitkey-key-organizer-review-edc-73.jpg" >}}
And it really is! I have one weird Canada Post community mailbox key in the shape of a lowercase "d" and even that fits well in there! I thought at first I would have to grind it down. But it fits in pretty well.
I'm starting with 2 keys only, with the two provided spacers you can make sure that you have that tension going so the keys are not all loose and require actual intent to be moved from their inside, stowed away position.
I've had this product for a couple of weeks and I noted that the leather will need ample conditioning since it is basically folded in half. At first it did not show, but I can see lines appear where the leather is folded. I've done a round of applying [Smith's Leather Balm](https://smithsallnatural.com/) and I'll do more in the coming weeks to keep the leather from drying or cracking more.
Any leather folded in half like this will eventually crack. I see they created this piece with an angle so that in its resting position it does not come back flat. Just like leather watch bands would be curved since that's how they were glued together to be closer to their "final" position. Be it folder in the case of the Orbitkey or around your wrist in the case of the watch bands.
I would strongly recommend a good natural leather balm like Smith's since this product is bent, and will most probably be left in the sun, or go from hot to cold, and thus dry to wet environment. I would treat the little guy to leather balm a few times in the first few months to make sure a nice protection is there and then at least twice a year.
The only missing piece to make this perfect would have been a small O-ring to attach your car dongle. I am still looking for one that is not too big, and black PVD to fit, but I have not found the right one yet. I have one on order, but it might be a surprise since those Amazon orders can sometimes not be what you expect.
## Conclusion
The Orbitkey is a very cool product, and with this nice collaboration with Nomad we can have that nice Horween leather we all love as being part of everyday carry. I very strongly recommend the [Nomad x Orbitkey key organizer](https://nomadgoods.com/products/orbitkey-horween-leather-rustic-brown) not only to keep your keys in a tidy form, but also because it's even better with the Nomad esthetics and design choices.
You can always get [more accessories](https://www.orbitkey.com/collections/all) like the multi-tool, the USB drive or even a simple flat head screw driver to complete your kit. But even with just keys, it's great! No more poking your leg with keys!
---
### [Nomad AirPods Pro Modern Horween Leather Case [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/10/22/nomad-airpods-pro-modern-horween-leather-case-review/)
> A temporary solution with style to protect your AirPods Pro 2 case.
As it happens with every Apple product release, it is basically dropped with a conference so accessory manufacturers need to run fast and create moulds, new design as fast as possible. Send those through the manufacturing chain, quality assurance and eventually it reaches your hands.
The newly released [AirPods Pro 2](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BDHWDR12) case is every so slightly differently shaped by about 0.05 inches to 0.19 inches, nothing to write home about, but that still means you need to go back to the drawing board, especially since we now have a loop hook on the right side and new speakers on the bottom.
The other solution is to look at different leaks and take an educated guess on the final design, start your manufacturing process earlier in hopes of having the product in the hands of customers faster. This is both risky and if you are wrong by a few millimetres can mean a loss of thousands if not tens of thousands of dollars.
Nomad Goods, makers of great leather products of all sorts, has recently reminded everyone that their [AirPods Pro 1st generation case](https://nomadgoods.com/products/modern-leather-case-airpods-pro-black-horween-leather) is compatible and works well with the AirPods Pro 2nd generation. In the meantime, they are hard at work in making a version with speaker holes so that the Find My beeping sound can be heard fully.
> Nomad Goods is running a promotion until November 15th for a rebate on the AirPods Pro Modern Leather case! Head over to the conclusion for the details!
## Design
The AirPods Pro case from Nomad Goods is yet another revision of the famous, and loved, Horween leather wrapped AirPods case for the classing first few generations of the good old AirPods. It has, however, a few differences that I will try to highlight here.
The case is made of a hard rubbery material that grips very easily to your AirPods Pro 2nd Gen case. It has a groove on the back to allow for the mechanism to not be obstructed. One of the first changes is that the edge of where the two parts of the leather case touches, are now made of leather instead of the same material from inside the case.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-goods-airpods-pro-2-modern-leather-case-horween-57.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-goods-airpods-pro-2-modern-leather-case-horween-59.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-goods-airpods-pro-2-modern-leather-case-horween-60.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-goods-airpods-pro-2-modern-leather-case-horween-63.jpg" >}}
What does this mean for the long term? My original case got a bit sticky with the years and potentially this tiny change will make it better. There is also a hole on the right side to attach one of those nice loops, but the hole is not perfectly aligned. It won't matter in terms of functionality, as you can still pass in the loop string, but it's just a thing I observed.
The rest of the design features of the case is similar enough that it does pose any issues. Of course the four bottom speaker holes are covered, so you do get to hear some of the Find My chime, but probably four times quieter than if you go case-less.
## Features
- Close to perfect fit
- Look holder is accessible
- Closing mechanism, buttons and light are working perfectly
- Speaker holes are blocked
## Performance
In everyday use, this case reminds me a lot of the prior generations, it's a reliable perfectly moulded case that does a great job at protecting your AirPods Pro 2 case. I had waited on the [original Modern Leather case for AirPods](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/12/09/rugged-airpods-case-by-nomad-review/) to protect mine and as it goes with a clumsy person like, I dropped them a few times on concrete and thus my case got scratched before I could get my hands on a Nomad Good leather case! 😞
This is why I appreciate the gesture of offering a rebate on the AirPods Pro Modern Leather case until mid-November, so you can at the very least protect your expensive AirPods Pro 2!
The nice Horween leather is already accumulating a nice patina, and I love it. No two cases will look the same after 1 day, 1 month or 1 year and that is why leather is my favourite material for cases. It gives such a nice personalize look on your devices!
The charging is in no way hindered by the case, it works on both Qi chargers and MagSafe pucks without any issue. If you rock one of those vertical chargers, like the [MagSafe Mount Stand from Nomad](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/11/12/magsafe-mount-stand-by-nomad-review/), you won't be able to get them to "stick" in the air. You'll need to put the charger on its side or use another charging mechanism.
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a nice protection for your [AirPods Pro](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZPC9QD4) or [AirPods Pro 2](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BDHWDR12), you should definitely look at the [Nomad Goods Modern Leather case](https://nomadgoods.com/products/modern-leather-case-airpods-pro-english-tan-leather), it offers one of the most stylish protections out there!
> For a limited time, you can get 10% off the case with promo code `AirPodsCase10` on Nomad's website for the AirPods Pro case to protect your AirPods Pro 2 (until November 15th)! And you get a coupon for 50% off the new model that comes out in December!
The missing speaker holes are a bummer, but I know that with this case my AirPods won't be as destroyed as my original one for waiting on a case for weeks or months. The new compatible case will be released in December, hopefully in time for Xmas!
---
### [Twelve South BookArc Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/04/18/twelve-south-bookarc-review/)
> What can you do when you are limited in term of space on your desk? The BookArc could be a solution to this problem. It's a classic space-saver dock for your MacBook that can be colour matched and fit perfectly in your nice desk setup.
The TwelveSouth BookArc is so simple that it makes you wonder why there were not twelve other companies that came up with it years and years ago. No electronics, just a simple yet perfectly designed product that allows you to keep your computer next to your display without taking up space real estate on your desk.
## Design
The metal arc receives a custom-sized rubber part that allows you to customize the fit perfectly to your Mac. No matter what model of MacBook you have, there is a sleeve for you. It comes with three inserts named D, E and F compatible with:
- (D) 13-inch MacBook Pro (USB-C, 2016-2019)
- (D) 15-inch MacBook Pro (USB-C, 2016-2019)
- (E) 13-inch MacBook Air (Retina, 2018-2019)
- (E) 13-inch MacBook Pro (USB-C, 2020)
- (F) 13-inch MacBook Air (Retina, 2020)
- (F) 16-inch MacBook Pro (USB-C, 2019)
- (F) 14-inch MacBook Pro (M1, 2021)
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-395.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-396.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-397.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-399.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-401.jpg" >}}
The only current MacBook laptop NOT compatible is the newest 16-inch MacBook Pro (2021). There is a mailing list you can add your email to and get notified once the new rubber sleeve is available. The 14-inch however are compatible.
## Features
- Two colour finishes (grey and space grey)
- Compatible with 7 MacBook models
- [Two extra inserts available](https://www.twelvesouth.com/search?_=pf&pf_t_filter_by_collection=Parts%20%26%20Supplies) for purchase (older models)
- Space-saving design
## Performance
The main thing you need to look at for this type of device is the look and the fit and finish. The look is amazing and it really looks like it's a device made by Apple. The aluminum is perfectly matched with my old Thunderbolt and looks perfect next to my new Studio Display.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-403.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-404.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-405.jpg" >}}
In terms of fit, you must use the appropriate insert or else you will force things and risk breaking your Mac or scratching your desk by pulling on the Mac. Over the last few months, I used a 2020 M1 13-inch MacBook Pro and it fit perfectly. I've also gotten two 16-inch MacBook Pros, both M1 Pro and M1 Max, and both don't fit. I'm awaiting the new insert for them to fit. Probably called "G", I hope it's available soon.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-416.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-417.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/twelvesouth-bookarc-review-418.jpg" >}}
Depending on your type of desk, I have a stained walnut desk, you might think that this support could scratch your desk, but TwelveSouth thought of that too. They added four little rubber feet to it so it stays where you put it and do not risk messing up your desk.
## Conclusion
If you are like me and you use a big display, but not the display on the MacBook Pro, then running it in clamshell mode and putting it aside is what you want to do. However, it can take lots of space real estate. The TwelveSouth BookArc can save you lots of space and mostly hide your MacBook behind the display. It can do so with awesome looks, a small but smart design and it can match your MacBook colour if you'd like it too.
I highly recommend the [BookArc](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B086RN2HR3), and to me it joins an ever-increasing list of great products by TwelveSouth.
---
### [Apple Studio Display, The Return of Apple's Premium Display [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2022/03/20/apple-studio-display-the-return-of-apples-premium-display-review/)
> The Apple Studio Display combines a stunning 5K panel with premium build quality and innovative features, though some compromises exist at its premium price point.
After years of waiting, Apple has finally delivered a worthy successor to the Thunderbolt Display. The [Studio Display](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09V47634L) brings modern features and exceptional build quality to creative professionals, though with some compromises that might give potential buyers pause at its premium price point.
## Design
The Studio Display features Apple's characteristically premium build quality with its aluminum construction and clean aesthetic. Available with either standard or nano-texture glass, and three stand options (tilt-adjustable, height-adjustable, or VESA mount), it offers flexibility for different setups and environments.
The 27-inch panel sits in a relatively slim enclosure that's distinctly Apple in its design language. While the standard glass version handles reflections significantly better than its predecessor, those in particularly bright environments might want to consider the nano-texture option, despite its $300 premium.
## Features
- 27-inch 5K Retina display (5120 x 2880)
- 600 nits brightness
- P3 wide color support
- True Tone technology
- Built-in 12MP Ultra Wide camera
- Six-speaker sound system
- Studio-quality microphones
- Thunderbolt 3 port (96W charging)
- Three USB-C ports
- Optional nano-texture glass
- Three mounting options
## Display Performance
The 5K panel delivers exceptional image quality with its 218 PPI pixel density making individual pixels invisible at normal viewing distances. The 600 nits brightness proves sufficient for most environments, though the lack of HDR support might disappoint some professional users given the price point.
Color accuracy is excellent out of the box, with P3 wide color gamut support making it ideal for creative work. True Tone technology helps maintain consistent color appearance under varying lighting conditions, though professionals will likely disable this for color-critical work.
### Build Quality & Design
The aluminum construction feels robust and premium, matching Apple's high standards. The various stand options, while expensive, offer good stability and smooth adjustment. The tilt-only stand might be sufficient for many users, especially if the display will sit on a desk shelf or riser.
## Audio & Camera System
The six-speaker sound system is a standout feature, delivering impressive audio quality that exceeds expectations for built-in monitor speakers. Bass response, while not comparable to dedicated speakers, is sufficient for most users' needs, and the overall clarity is excellent.
The camera system, however, has been a point of contention. While Center Stage tracking works well after software updates, the 12MP Ultra Wide camera's image quality falls short of expectations for a premium display. The decision to use an iPad-class camera sensor, which requires significant cropping for Center Stage, results in subpar image quality compared to dedicated webcams or even recent iPhone front cameras.
## Connectivity
The Thunderbolt 3 port provides 96W charging capability, making it ideal for MacBook users. The additional three USB-C ports, while useful, might not be sufficient for all users, and the lack of more Thunderbolt ports is disappointing at this price point.
### Real-World Usage
In daily use, the Studio Display excels in several areas:
- Text clarity is exceptional
- Color accuracy makes creative work a joy
- Speaker quality reduces the need for desktop speakers
- Single-cable connectivity simplifies desk setups
However, some limitations become apparent:
- Limited port selection may require additional hubs
- Webcam quality requires good lighting
- Stand options can't be easily changed after purchase
- No HDR or high refresh rate options
## Value Proposition
At $1,599 (starting price), plus potential additions for nano-texture glass ($300) and height-adjustable stand ($400), the Studio Display represents a significant investment. While it delivers exceptional build quality and display performance, the price-to-feature ratio might be hard to justify for some users, especially given the webcam quality issues and limited HDR capabilities.
## Conclusion
The [Apple Studio Display](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09V47634L) successfully brings the company's premium display line into the modern era, offering excellent image quality and impressive built-in features. While the speaker system exceeds expectations and build quality is top-notch, the webcam disappoints and the price point may be hard to justify for many users.
For Mac users seeking a premium 5K display with tight ecosystem integration, the Studio Display makes a compelling, if expensive, choice. However, those prioritizing HDR performance or seeking better value might want to explore alternatives, even if they lack the same level of fit and finish.
The display ultimately succeeds in its core mission of providing a high-quality, color-accurate display for creative professionals, though some compromises and its premium pricing make it less universally appealing than its predecessor. For those who can justify the investment, it delivers a refined, integrated experience that's uniquely Apple.
---
### [PodSwap for Old AirPods With Awful Battery Life [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/11/11/podswap-for-old-airpods-with-awful-battery-life-review/)
> Your AirPods can't keep up with that long Zoom meeting or during a normal day, you keep putting them back inside the battery case constantly? Time to do a PodSwap and get a fresh pair of batteries in exchange for your old ones!
If you have old AirPods from the first or second generation, by this year you probably noticed their battery was not what it used to be. Those long Zoom meetings that last over 1h are hard on your little earbuds and they can't really keep up anymore. The solution you might think is to replace them with a brand-new pair, but that is definitely wasteful as the charging case is fully working and the rest of the AirPods are also fully working.
Then your next reflex is to look at an Apple Battery Service, which for AirPods and AirPods Pro will cost you 100$ (130$ in Canada) for both buds. Quite an expensive trade, probably because Apple ends up giving you refurbished AirPods in exchange and nobody know what happens with your old ones. They are most probably recycled for some of their material.
If that all feel very wasteful, you are right. Recycling is good, don't get me wrong, but what is even better and fixing broken tech and reusing it! This is the mission of the founders behind PodSwap!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-87.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-88.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-89.jpg" >}}
[PodSwap](https://www.theswapclub.com/collections/airpod-swaps) is a service that exchanges your low battery capacity AirPods with a new set with fresh batteries! You get the new AirPods by mail in a nice little box and send back your old ones so they can replace their batteries and send them to somebody else in need of longer-lasting AirPods!
## Process
Head over to the PodSwap website where you can select either 1st Generation, 2nd Generation or a new option for a swap upgrade from 1st to 2nd Generation. No AirPods Pro nor 3rd Generation at the moment, but I'm sure that as soon as they can get their hands on a first batch of them they will be offered!
> Note that the service is currently only available in the USA.
Once you received your package in the mail, the box will contain two little containers with AirPods with fresh batteries. A few stickers, a little rubber AirPods case silicone sleeve and instructions to help you pair the new AirPods. I really appreciate the attention to detail. In the containers there is a small foam to make sure the pod does not move around and get scratch. Given that the mail can be quite an adventure for electronics, this prevents any damage from the trip, and the bubble wrap also helps for that!
The whole pairing process is very simple, you just put the new AirPods in your case close the lid a few seconds, open it up and then hold but back button on the case for 30 seconds, this will reset them and back on your home screen you can pair them like new AirPods.
Don't forget to go to the Bluetooth settings and update your personalization settings! For me the Play/Pause is important!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-92.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-93.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/podswap-apple-airpods-replacement-service-review-94.jpg" >}}
Then, do not wait because you do not want to get charged if you don't return the old one fast enough! **You have 5 days to return them!** Put them in the little containers, wrap them in the bubble wrap, tape the box and affix the label. Send them through USPS and you're done!
> This is a good time to remind you that the PodSwap service is **only available in the United States**. _No soup for you_ Canada (and the rest of the world)! Let's keep our fingers crossed they will expand, globally!
## Features
- Stupidly Simple Process!
- Nice packaging, easy instructions
- Very nice design and visuals (I'm a sucker for that!)
- AirPods were clean and looked pristine
## Experience
The ordering, receiving and sending back the old ones was as simple as making an Amazon order and returning a product. No, actually it was even simpler since the return label was already in the box!
The idea is genuinely good and it feels great to be able to simply exchange your low battery AirPods with a pair with fresh batteries. Knowing that they will not end up in the trash and be reused by somebody else in the near future is great!
The whole process is fast and effective, and the price is very reasonable when compared to Apple. And knowing that this is helping an innovating small business thrive, is even better! The AirPods were clean and looked basically knew.
## Conclusion
If your AirPods battery life is not what it used to be, I strongly recommend [PodSwap](https://www.theswapclub.com/collections/airpod-swaps)! For an affordable price, you know your old AirPods will get a second life and you will get a pair that feels basically new! The process could not have been simpler and faster, it's worry-free and the product you get is of superior quality.
I've tested them in long Zoom meeting and instead of getting about 30 minutes I can go well above 1h15! And while working around the house, I also get many hours of music without the little "doo doo" signal popping up!
Not long ago, I wondered if they would eventually do a swap upgrade, where for a slightly greater cost, you would get 2nd Generation AirPods for your 1st Generation AirPods and I'm happy to say they have now offered that service! For 79$ instead of 59$, you get a set of battery-fresh 2nd Generation AirPods!
They have also started to offer phone swaps, through their PhoneSwap.com sister site, where you send in your old phone and for a fee you get a newer refurbished model! Head over to [their website](https://thephoneswap.com/) to learn what type of trade you can do!
**Fun Fact.** They are clever, the logo is the same with the P,S,P entangled because PhoneSwap and PodSwap have the same letters! They're smart! 😝
---
### [Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/10/19/meross-smart-wi-fi-garage-door-opener-review/)
> You have a garage door opener that is too dumb for your liking? Add the Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener to it and all of a sudden you can use your smart assistants, phone or watch to trigger it to open! Let's see how great it does its job!
If you are clumsy like me, you probably got locked outside your home. It happened because the patio door arm fell to its lock position and we were stuck outside. We had to call a locksmith for him to pick our lock and get it. If only I had the [Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B084Z5QZR2), it would have been as easy as to tap an icon and the garage door would have opened!
## Design
This is one of the recent Meross HomeKit compatible devices that can work with either the Meross app or the HomeKit app. It consists of two things, one part that plugs into your garage door opening just like a wired button and a wired sensor that can tell you at any time that the door is open or closed.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/meross-smart-wifi-garage-door-opener-review-refoss-269.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/meross-smart-wifi-garage-door-opener-review-refoss-270.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/meross-smart-wifi-garage-door-opener-review-refoss-271.jpg" >}}
As you can see in the photos, it's a basic device that plugs into the provided USB adapter for power and two wires plugged into your garage door system. Upon receiving a signal, it triggers the open or close action.
The other device is a very small magnet sensor that allows you to set it near the top or side of your garage door and when the contact is complete, it tells the system that your door is closed. Otherwise, it simply says the door is open. This is what is used to send you notifications about the status of your door.
## Features
- Supports Apple HomeKit, Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, SmartThings
- Compatible with over 200 brands and 1600 different models
- Door status detector
- Cool automation with IFTTT
- Available under Refoss name in Canada
## Setup
Once you take everything out of the box, your first step is to plug it in the garage door motor. For this step, you may refer to the documentation of your garage door opener to know where to plug in the [Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B084Z5QZR2). In my case, I already had a wired door opener and simply added the two wires to the same holes.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/meross-smart-wifi-garage-door-opener-review-refoss-272.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/meross-smart-wifi-garage-door-opener-review-refoss-273.jpg" >}}
This way it will trigger the same "action" as when you press the garage door physical button. I stuck the Meross opener to the side of my garage opener with Velcro tape and a few ties wraps to get it all nice. This bit was simple and quick, once you know how to do it. You may also search your garage door model on YouTube to know which connectors should be used.
Once plugged into the AC adapter, the device will boot up and be ready to pair. You can use either the HomeKit or Meross app to do so. I personally used the HomeKit app as all my HomeKit compatible devices are already in there.
I can open and close my garage door from Control Center as I favorited the Meross Garage Door Opener :) It's only a simple tap and it's opening. I also get a notification when the garage door is either opened or closed. It can also be the same for all the members of the household, or only those that care about this information.
## Firmware Upgrade
There was a firmware update released a few days later and in order to know about it I had to install the Meross app. Sadly, the HomeKit app does know allow to update the firmware this is why you need the Meross app. After a few tries, it would never complete. I had to unplug the Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener to get it to finally download the upgrade and install it correctly.
Once this was done, it was smooth sailing. Even before the upgrade I did not have any issues, however, it's always a good idea to go and do the updates regularly.
## Conclusion
Once installed, this is an incredibly simple device to operate and it works with all the smart assistants listed above. With your phone or with a voice control, it's either ON or OFF, but I most of all love that I get a notification when someone else is triggering it.
This way I can be sure my door is closed. Especially at night, I can quickly see it from Control Centre with the little "open" or "closed" label.
I had a few issues with firmware upgrades, but nothing a quick reboot could not fix. It has been super reliable and worked every single time I trigger it. Often I would be working outside and I did not have my keys to reach in the car and open the garage, but not anymore as I have the Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener to do the job without needing keys. And if I ever get locked out, I usually have my phone with me so it's a failsafe system I can use to regain entry inside my house.
Some might not like the whole simplicity of it all, but personally I find the [Meross Smart Wi-Fi Garage Door Opener](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B084Z5QZR2) to be amazing as it's reliable like a utility. You don't think about if your house has electricity or Wi-Fi, well now I can be sure I have an easy and good way to open and close my garage each and every time I need to! Hell, I can even shout to Siri to my phone when I'm working in the garage to get more air or light and she will comply! I strongly recommend the Meross Garage Opener, I would go even as far as saying everyone should have one for both security and an alternate method of entry; most especially for clumsy people like me!
---
### [Base Station Hub Walnut Edition by Nomad [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/09/27/base-station-hub-walnut-edition-by-nomad-review/)
> A walnut and leather charging pad that can accommodate three wireless devices and has two more ports on the back, all of which can be used to charge four devices at once! The Base Station Hub Walnut Edition is one crazy good charging solution!
Nowadays there is a ton of plastic Qi chargers, but very few of them are flexible with support for multiple devices and even less have a great look! This is something my current favourite accessory company is striving to fix with its Base Station line of products.
Nomad has released a few versions of their Qi charging station over the last few years with the [Base Station](https://geni.us/Qd7iq), [Base Station with Apple Watch](https://geni.us/ysfb8l), and the [Base Station Pro](https://geni.us/FxsguAv) (with 18 charging coils!) and more recently the tiny [Base Station Mini](https://nomadgoods.com/products/base-station-mini). All of these are very nice looking with their matte black esthetics, but if you know me (and look at my past reviews), you know I'm a sucker for wood and more especially walnut...
Well, Nomad also offers the [Base Station Hub Edition in Walnut](https://geni.us/6ruBsa)! 😱 A cool three-coil base station for wirelessly charging 3 of your devices on the nice pad, and two more via the USB-A port at 7.5W or USB-C PD port at 18W ! What this means is that you can charge two iPhones, an iPad and an Apple Watch at the same time!
## Design
If you found the [Base Station Pro](https://geni.us/FxsguAv) to be a tad bit unwieldy with is larger size, the Base Station Hub Edition will fit much nicer on your office desk. The Pro was more of a "family charging pad" in my opinion where anybody could throw their devices without really caring about alignment and get them charged.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-86.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-87.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-88.jpg" >}}
Like the name says, the Walnut Hub Edition comes with a walnut frame to add a touch of wood to your desk setup. It also comes with its own power cable and adapter for EU and UK (AU adapters included for orders coming from New Zealand and Australia). On the back it has a USB-C and USB-A port for tables, Apple Watch charging puck or anything else.
You place your devices on a nice black leather padded surface that will not damage your pristine devices. And to be sure you are charging or not, a set of 3 LEDs in the front will indicate which coil is currently being used (left, middle, right).
## Features
- Modern looking walnut base
- Can charge up to 4 devices simultaneously
- 10W wireless charging (1 device) or 2 devices with 7.5W each
- 7.5W USB-A port on the back
- 18W USB-C PD port on the back
- Qi compatible with all Qi compatible chargers
## Performance
The Walnut Hub Edition requires you to be a bit more precise on the placement than the Basestation Pro. You need to either centre the device vertically in the middle, or set it horizontally, or align the phones with the exterior left and right edges to get a good "contact". You might think that it's hard, but it's not hard at all. Once you know how to place, you rarely misalign a device.
I love the charging LEDs, as they don't give out too much light, enough to see when you want to know which coil is charging or which device is misaligned, but not too much to keep you up at night in a dark room.
The cable is also braided and adds a nice touch to the whole esthetics. And since it comes with its own power brick, and two adapters (this means it works with 110V and 220V) you can even travel with it.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-90.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-91.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-92.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-94.jpg" >}}
After using this for a few weeks, I must say that I really like it. Weirdly, I like that my phone rests on a comfy little cushion! :P But in all seriousness, it's charging my iPhone 12 Pro very fast all by itself, and I have room for another phone and my [AirPods](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZPC9QD4). Plus any other device on my desk like an iPad can benefit from this too. I need fewer cables, which is always a good thing! The only downside is since it's not an Apple product, the wireless charging is limited to 7.5W for iPhones as Apple only allows its own MagSafe charger to do 15W. But as a desk charging mat, you have multiple hours per day where you can simply rest the phone on your desk, therefore it's not hard to keep it at 100% with 7.5W of charging.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-96.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-106.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-107.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-base-station-hub-walnut-edition-review-109.jpg" >}}
Now I need to find short 15 or 30cm black braided cables with USB-A and USB-C ends... Well, look at this, Nomad has a [30cm cable with Kevlar](https://snyk.io/vuln/SNYK-DEBIAN11-GLIBC-1296898) and microUSB, Lightning and USB-C on one end! Now I only need a short USB-C cable to USB-C for power hungry devices!
## Conclusion
I have to say that I did have some apprehensions, as I realized this would be the first Qi charging product that did not offer any bands, or rails to centre the device. Especially since this little guy can accommodate multiple devices at once. Setting down a single device is very easy and I never got it wrong, it's basically centre it and done. Setting two devices, needs a few tries but once you know how to align it's great!
What I love most of all is the versatility of the Base Station Hub, as the name implies, it really became my central charging hub and allowed me to remove quite a few cables from my desk. It's powerful enough to wirelessly charge devices and also have other devices plugged in. Be it an iPad, an [Apple Watch dock](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/16/material-dock-for-iphone-and-apple-watch-review/) or simply just a multi-tip USB cable to charge keyboards, mice and other little devices. I know it's very cliché, but that thing _Just Works!_ And did I mention it looks awesome? Sure I'm a big sucker for walnut, but the shape, it's relative thinness, and the wood grain is amazing. Pair this with a few other accessories that are matte black and 👨🍳😘!
The only improvement I could see in the Nomad Base Station Hub is the addition of MagSafe, but then again I think the product would need to be modified as it's not very heavy so it would either need a heavier base, or sticky microsuction feet to stick to your desk. By the way, Nomad already made the Base Station Mini with a MagSafe magnet to help with alignment.
Overall, this is a highly recommended product as it has top looks and top functionality, it offers more flexibility than most charging pad, and also offers the power at the same time. No need to choose between power or flexibility, with the Base Station Hub Walnut Edition, you can have both the cake and eat it too!
---
### [Mark One, Next Level Pen by Studio Neat [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/07/12/mark-one-next-level-pen-by-studio-neat-review/)
> As a first try for a pen, Studio Neat not only gets it right, they get a lot more with the Mark One and I'm very impressed!
As reviewers often say, I’ve been testing this product for a while now. I’ve used a few high-quality pens over the last few years and my go to pen was the Stillform aluminum pen for which I swapped the refill with a Parker Gel 30525 and it made it much better for me.
Studio Neat released their first pen, the [Mark One](https://www.studioneat.com/products/markone?ref=DQqLP), a little while ago and now they are working on the second version of their Mark pen. I was very curious in getting to try what Tom and Dan think a great pen should be 🙂
## Design
This is the most important part of a pen. It is not only the fit in the hand, but also the materials, the feeling and finally the putting down on paper the ink.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-169.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-170.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-179.jpg" >}}
I immediately saw vibes of the [Cosmonaut iPad stylus](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/danprovost/the-cosmonaut-a-wide-grip-stylus-for-touch-screens) I backed on Kickstarter years ago. It’s a bit wider than I was expecting at first and after not using it for a few days, I always notice it at first, but during a day you don’t notice it while writing. Perhaps because you are concentrating on what you are jotting down on paper.
To me this is just a tiny bit different but still holds great in the hand. The ceramic coating is very nice to the touch and it has gotten me to love that material. More than a pure aluminum like the Apple products out there.
Grippier, comfortable and truly a great experience. They selected the Schmidt P8126 as their refill and having never used that one, I must say that it’s perfect for writing. It’s flowing perfectly, not too much, and dries very fast. Now I’m torn between this Schmidt and the Parker gel…. I should get a Parker gel and try it inside the Mark One…
## Features
- Minimalist design
- Cerakote matte finish
- Schmidt P8126 roller ball refills
- Nickel knock version tested
- 25g weight
## Performance
I’ve taken this pen with me everywhere, even though I lost it once, but one of my daughters took it to her room since she likes it so much 🙂 The minimalist design is great and only matched by a great ink choice.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-181.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-182.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-mark-one-pen-review-183.jpg" >}}
You can’t immediately see all the decisions they made but that’s the point. It has to feel great and you should not notice. The knock is what I think requires the most amount of work since it’s a very involved set of part that requires the perfect balance of weight, feel and clickyness. Once again I think they nailed it! Feels great, the sound it makes is lovely and everything feels perfectly machined.
One aspect of the Studio Neat product is to try to not only minimize the amount of packaging but also try to make it part of the product. This time around the packaging is actually two halves that are nice Portuguese cork that can use used as desk pen holders. Little smooth nests for your pens! The only thing you throw out is the band holding it all together. As always very nice packaging and I also am a sucker for cork!
## Conclusion
Studio Neat is known to fuss about all the details of their products and once again it shows. There are many ways they could have made this simpler for them or faster to produce but they care so much about making this as close as perfection as they can; so no shortcuts here!
Only relentless weighing of options, testing, prototyping and careful iteration at all levels of production. I’m a sucker for the attention to details, and I sure sound like a cheerleader but I don’t care. They did it right, and continue to do so with every product and I simply love it!
The [Mark One](https://www.studioneat.com/products/markone?ref=DQqLP) is their first pen and it’s already in the major leagues with its great design and attention to detail. As you can guess I not only recommend the Mark One, but I strongly recommend it!
---
### [MAINGEAR TURBO, a Small Yet Impressive Desktop [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/06/19/maingear-turbo-a-small-yet-impressive-desktop-review/)
> When you want the best, but don't want to learn how to customize gaming PCs and how not to ruin your PC with water cooling... check out this MAINGEAR TURBO, a Mini-ATX gaming PC with APEX coolant that will pack a punch just as well as his bigger Full ATX brothers!
As you know from reading this blog, I’m a very devout fan of all things Apple. However when it comes to gaming we all know that unless you want to find very few games on Steam or emulators of classic consoles, your options are quite slim…
With all the Windows machines out there, it should be easy to buy one, right? Sure, but what about getting the best components? What are the best components? How do you water cool a PC or a graphics card? Sure you can roll up your sleeves and start the research phase, buy a ton of components and hope for the best… but for anyone like me that is used to compare specs and get something that, famously, Just Works™ there is something you might do and I must say the solution is very, very sweet!
Buying a Gaming PC, not one you buy all the parts for, but one for which you select all the parts for and someone way more experienced than me or you, can build it, test it and give a nice little seal of approval that it works as intended and won't leak! After some research, I selected, and completely paid for, a [MAINGEAR APEX TURBO gaming desktop](https://maingear.com/product/maingear-apex-turbo-2021/ref/458/)!
## For you Ayden
This Gaming PC was for my son who suffered through the worst year of his life battling a very nasty tumour that metastased in his lungs. This meant chemotherapy and radiotherapy for over 9 months, all this while being confined to our house due to COVID and not being able to see friends and families. It was the worst year of our life so we decided to offer him his dream Gaming PC and Streamer kit. Once he gets a little less shy, he wants to try to do reviews too :)
## What is the APEX TURBO?
The [APEX TURBO by MAINGEAR](https://maingear.com/product/maingear-apex-turbo-2021/ref/458/) is a Mini-ITX size desktop computer, think of it as a smaller than what your regular old tower PC looked like. But don't let the size fool you, this little guy can pack quite a punch!
The APEX in the name means that it uses the proprietary cooling Integrated Cooling System that adds an open loop that cools both your CPU and your GPU, so this means that for your selected GPU they will remove the casing and the fans, and use a custom-made water block for your specific model of GPU that is precisely fit to cool it with liquid.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/maingear-turbo-gaming-pc-with-apex-cooling-review-205-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/maingear-turbo-gaming-pc-with-apex-cooling-review-206-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/maingear-turbo-gaming-pc-with-apex-cooling-review-207-c.jpg" >}}
This takes all of the heat from both your CPU and your GPU and passes the heated liquid in a radiator where the heat is removed and pulled from not only the water, but the case too. At the end of the radiator, the water is colder and ready for another passage through your CPU and GPU water blocks. This is a very fancy, and effective way, of moving the heat away from your components!
## Design
This is not only affected by choosing the APEX TURBO chassis, but also all of the components and customization you selected. There are many options like having an automotive quality paint for the exterior case or even your logo painted on the side of the computer! We haven't gone through with these options though and kept it simple and cool with clear tubing, transparent blue coolant and blue braided cables.
The case is black and it looks awesome! It has a big power button that can also serve as a shutdown trigger and it has a few USB ports on the front as well as a headphone jack. We choose to have LED everywhere so not only is there in case lighting, but the RAM also has LED lights and the fans too! This way, all this can work in unison and offer a great light show!
The back of the computer is what a back of a computer looks like, lots of ports, the graphic card with its multiple DisplayPorts, the motherboard has on-board Wi-Fi 6 so we can add a small antenna there and the rest is quite normal.
Of course, you'll see the design from all the nice photos I took of the computer, please excuse the cable management, this part of the project is never really done...
## Specs
This is basically how I customized the TURBO. It took a while because NVIDIA loves to sell their graphics cards to miners... and the whole order took just over 3 months to be shipped here!
- MAINGEAR TURBO Chassis in black, with RGB Lighting and RGB Fans ([buy](https://maingear.com/product/maingear-apex-turbo-2021/ref/458/))
- CPU: AMD RYZEN 9 5900X - 12-Core - 3.7 GHz (Boosts to 4.8 GHz) ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08164VTWH))
- GPU: NVIDIA GeForce RTX 3080 Founder's Edition ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0918YNP65))
- Memory: 32GB HyperX FURY RGB DDR4 3600MHz (2x16GB) ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08N5JD3NT))
- Motherboard: ASUS ROG Strix X570-I Gaming w/ WIFI ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07Y2PZTQ5))
- MAINGEAR APEX Cooling with Blue Coolant and Transparent Tubing
- Power Supply: Corsair SF750W ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07M63H81H))
- Drive: 2TB Seagate FireCuda 520 Gen4 M.2 NVMe ([buy](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZPRPFQY))
- Microsoft Windows 10 Pro
- Price: 4,599 $US
Of course to go with this computers, there are a bunch of accessories that we purchased seperately. Since you are probably as curious as I, here is the list:
- [LG 27GN750-B 240Hz 27-inch Gaming Display](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0841787BZ)
- [LG 27GL650F-B 144Hz 27-inch Gaming Display](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07R7636MH)
- [Razer Mamba Elite Wired Gaming Mouse](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07F816PH9)
- [Razer Huntsman Mini 60% Gaming Keyboard (Clicky)](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08BFF4C7J)
- [Razer Goliathus Extended Chrome Desk Pad](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07DG64YL9)
- [HyperX Stinger Core 7.1 ANC Gaming Headset](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B085ZHXGM2)
- [Custom Walnut Desk Top from La Fabrique Allwood](https://www.fabriqueallwood.ca/nos-realisations)
- [Autonomous DIY Sit Stand Desk](https://www.autonomous.ai/?rid=91a7aa&utm_campaign=referrals&utm_source=referrals_copy&utm_medium=91a7aa&utm_term=referrals_share)
- [Jarvis Dual Monitor Arm](https://www.fully.com/accessories/monitor-arms/jarvis-dual-monitor-arm.html)
- [MAINGEAR Forma R Gaming Chair](https://maingear.com/product/maingear-forma-r-gaming-chair-white-black/ref/458/)
## Setup and Configuration
Well, I need to mention it but there is really nothing to report here. The TURBO arrived ready to create the admin account on Windows Pro and this was it :) Nothing else to install apart the games and software. All I had to do was plug it all in and bingo!
Of course, we had to install a few software from Razer to get some lights going with the various peripheral we have and the tower LED. But really, a few drivers updates and that was it!
## Performance
Of course, being a MAINGEAR product it comes all pre-assembled and tested in their labs to offer the best possible performance without risk to your system. This means that it can sustain the maximum performance, non-stop, without being thermal throttled thanks to the APEX cooling! Also, the system is not overclocked by default from MAINGEAR, this is a discussion you need to have with them prior to them shipping your computer of after through their support.
So right from the get-go, the CPU temperature never crossed 90˚C. Usually the maximum temperature it gets is around 82-86˚C, and the average around 75-78˚C. This is valid through all of the benchmarks below.
> For transparency reason, I will link to the result whenever possible so you can see for yourself that the results are legitimate.
### UserBenchmark
Using this test, the MAINGEAR TURBO is performing better than 60% of the machines tested. The CPU is rated 106% with a strong single-core performance, while the RTX 3080 got 185% as its score. The FireCuda 520 M.2 SSD got an outstanding 372% score thanks to its incredible speeds and the Kingston memory received 117%.
```txt
UserBenchmarks: Game 193%, Desk 109%, Work 219%
CPU: AMD Ryzen 9 5900X - 105.8%
GPU: Nvidia RTX 3080 - 185.1%
SSD: Seagate FireCuda 520 SSD ZP2000GM30002 2TB - 372.1%
RAM: Kingston HyperX DDR4 3600 C18 2x16GB - 117.5%
MBD: Asus ROG STRIX X570-I GAMING
```
### 3DMark
I ran two tests with 3DMark, the [Time Spy](https://www.3dmark.com/3dm/61796342?) and the [Night Raid](https://www.3dmark.com/3dm/61796568?); both returned with a score that is better than 99% better than all other results! 😮
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/3dmark-time-spy-maingear-turbo-ryzen-5900x-rtx-3080.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/3dmark-night-raid-maingear-turbo-ryzen-5900x-rtx-3080.png" >}}
Fun fact, the average temperature of the CPU was 64˚C and 65˚C respectively.
### GeekBench 5
One benchmark that I'm very used to running on various Mac, GeekBench 5. This one does CPU and GPU benchmarks with various frameworks (OpenCL, Vulkan and CUDA). I will be comparing the TURBO with an iPhone 12 Pro, a Macbook Pro 16-inch 2019 with a Core i9-9980HK with 8 cores and a few extra devices for the fun of it! The RTX 3080 is very much optimized for CUDA however, that is not possible to be tested on iOS or macOS devices, so I will only compare the OpenCL results.
#### CPU Benchmarks
This one covers [single core](https://browser.geekbench.com/v5/cpu/7925358) and multi-core and you can see how it compares to a 16,000$ MacPro, a MacPro with the same number of cores and a MacBook Pro and the new M1 Macs.
As you can see, the Ryzen 9 5900X is quite a beast and easily beats the 12-core Xeon processor in the Mac Pro with the same number of cores. The 28-core comparison is not really fair, but I put it here for fun since it's a machine that costs almost 3 times as much as this custom TURBO!
#### GPU Benchmark
Here, of course, the RTX 3080 shines with the CUDA benchmark, but since it cannot be ran on other hardware I got my hands on, I am going to compare [OpenCL here](https://browser.geekbench.com/v5/compute/2833423).
And now let's compare my result with other [Vulkan compatible cards](https://browser.geekbench.com/v5/compute/2833433) on the market.
As you can see the RTX 3080 is not a slow card! And just so you know the score with the CUDA test is 193,445 as [you can see here](https://browser.geekbench.com/v5/compute/2833430).
### CineBench
Now, another benchmark that stress tests the CPU. I ran the same scene here in single-core and multi-core configurations. Here's how the Ryzen 9 5900X performed!
Here once again, great results, much better than an 8-core i9 CPU, but not quite to the level of a 24-core Xeon though! In Single Core though, it's at the top of the list equal to an 11th Gen Core i7 CPU.
## Game Benchmarks
For this last benchmark, no more synthetic benchmarks, let's look at what this little gaming PC can do with a great game like Shadow of the Tomb Raider, Definitive Edition and Fortnite!
### Shadow of the Tomb Raider
Launching the game's demo and going into its benchmarking tool built-in gave use these results. My son has Windows set to French so you might not understand all the details.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/shadow-of-the-tomb-raider-very-high.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/shadow-of-the-tomb-raider-very-high.png" >}}
As you can see from the above, in the lowest settings possible we got an average of 326 fps (or 259 fps as the 95th percentile) on the GPU and 158 on the CPU only. If we crank up those graphics and get the GPU to be more solicitated, we now reach 197 fps on average for the GPU and 172 fps on the CPU.
### Fortnite
For fun, we have played Fortnite with different graphic profiles and during a game we could reach the following number of frames per seconds when pushing the computer to its limits.
| **Test Scenario** | **FPS** | **Max CPU Temp** | **Max GPU Temp** |
| --------------------------------- | ------- | ---------------- | ---------------- |
| Lowest Graphics | 600 fps | 90˚C | 66˚C |
| Lowest Graphics Lock @ 240fps | 240 fps | 88˚C | 56˚C |
| Highest Graphics with Ray Tracing | 75 fps | 91˚C | 73˚C |
As you can see, there is some ample performance we can work with. And when setting the maximum fps to what the display can actually do, 240fps, we keep the CPU around 89˚C and the GPU at a cool 55˚C!
## Noise Level
This is one area where MAINGEAR put lots of thought into this little chassis. Not only are the fans spinning very fast to expel the heat, it does it in a way that really minimizes noise. Even when the fans are revving up very high you don't have that much noise. My MacBook Pro 2019 that is very much thermal constrained puts out almost as much noise as this bigger, meaner machine!
In terms of vibration, everything is solid, heavy and does not budge. For anything else than gaming, that tower is basically silent.
## Conclusion
As you can see, I am very, very pleased with this machine! Our son is using it on two 1080p displays so there's enough power to play with the graphics at the maximum level and still have plenty of room to stream and record his gameplay without breaking a sweat!
The design of the TURBO is so nice to look at! It's a very pretty case and the quality is up there. The service from MAINGEAR was amazing also and I must say that I strongly recommend you their products, especially if you do not know how to build a gaming PC like this one with liquid cooling. You will pay more than if you get all the parts yourself, but you will also have a fully tested PC and no compatibility issues, and more importantly no water leaking!
The [MAINGEAR TURBO](https://maingear.com/product/maingear-apex-turbo-2021/ref/458/) is the little brother of the bunch, but they also have many more products as computers come in all shapes and sizes. Their gaming laptops were also recently refreshed with the RTX 30-series based mobile GPU. Check them out!
---
### [Material MagSafe Dock by Studio Neat [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/04/18/material-magsafe-dock-by-studio-neat-review/)
> When you want to use a MagSafe charger but need a better solution for your desk, the guys of Studio Neat are they with their Material MagSafe Dock, a minimalist solution with a few quirks!
It is no secret, I'm a big fan of what Tom and Dan from Studio Neat are crafting. I have or have own most of their products since the very first Glif, [which I reviewed](https://bloguedegeek.net/2011/02/23/le-glif-test/) after backing it on Kickstarter back in 2011! I also rock on my nightstand, the [Material Dock with Apple Watch](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/16/material-dock-for-iphone-and-apple-watch-review/) ever since it was released. It even travelled with me to Europe twice!
Recently, they released a MagSafe compatible [Material Dock](https://www.studioneat.com/products/materialdock?ref=DQqLP) which is a BYOM, Bring Your Own MagSafe. In glorious simplicity, they designed a round walnut holder for the MagSafe puck that has a few design quirks.
## Design
Just like the previous model with Qi charging, the Material Dock is first and foremost a round walnut CNC machined piece of wood. It precisely fits the MagSafe charger. It stays snug not only thanks to the precision cutting, but also that famous micro-suction 3M tape both inside and under the puck.
This way it can stick to your desk or nightstand without moving when you remove the phone. You can pull it straight up as if the MagSafe puck was part of your desk.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-magsafe-dock-by-studio-neat-review-176-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-magsafe-dock-by-studio-neat-review-178-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-magsafe-dock-by-studio-neat-review-173-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-magsafe-dock-by-studio-neat-review-175-c.jpg" >}}
And if you need to remove the dock? Well, for one you should not pull on the cord as it might damage it since with the 3M suction tape it really holds it in place. There is a hole on the underside where you can push it through. Comes off very easily!
What about removing it from the desk? Well, our wonderful duo thought of everything! There is a small lip right next to the cord where you can put your finger and pull.
## Features
- Made of Walnut 😍
- 3M Suction Tape
- Precisely CNC'd Piece
- Bring your Own MagSafe = 100% compatible
## Experience
Well, after rocking this little gizmo for a few weeks, I must say that I was not expecting anything other than an awesome experience. It works perfectly, can be repositioned without any trouble and if you ever need to take it off and use another accessory, it's also very easy.
It looks great on both my nightstand and my walnut desk. Now, you start to see a pattern, right? Well, walnut is my favourite wood essence you know :P
The only downside would be that the cord is white and I try to use only black cables with my desk setup since I rock a custom-made veg tan leather keyboard mat, a black leather coaster and a black Dyson LightCycle Morph lamp! But that is not Studio Neat's fault, it's Apple's fault!
I think I will get some spray paint and paint my [MagSafe puck](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08L5NP6NG)... Talking about the puck, you will also need to get a charger for it. Apple recommends the [20W USB-C Power Adapter](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08L5M9BTJ) but this will run you an extra 20$. I personally prefer the [Aukey 20W Swift charger](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08RDL25ZY) that is compatible and works perfectly! Also, it's often on sale for 10-11$!
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a minimalistic take on the whole MagSafe for your desk solution, the Studio Neat Material MagSafe Dock is the perfect solution! It's doing its job perfectly and it's designed with very nice functional touches to help you set it perfectly on your desk or nightstand. Pair this with the MagSafe charger and the Aukey 20W Swift adapter and you've got yourself a nice little kit!
I have one more Studio Neat product in my hands with a review to come soon... This one is also a nice fidget toy... 😜
---
### [Nomad iPhone 12 Pro Rugged Case [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/04/18/nomad-iphone-12-pro-rugged-case-review/)
> When looking for a quality case that not only fits great, but looks amazing with its leather back, the Nomad Rugged iPhone 12 Pro case is the only game in town!
A few years ago, I managed to snag a Nomad case for my iPhone 7 Plus, it was one of their first iPhone cases, and even if it was minimalist in terms of construction, I was very happy about its quality Horween leather used to wrap a hard plastic shell. I took that phone and case halfway around the world and beaten the hell out of it! I do have fond memories, thought and over the years I keep tabs on Nomad for their newer cases.
I got an iPhone 12 Pro a few weeks ago and I immediately thought of Nomad and wanted to try their new MagSafe compatible cases so here is my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08J3M12NN" "Nomad iPhone 12 Rugged Case" >}} review!
## Design
Just like many years ago, the Nomad case is using top quality Horween leather, and as much as I love all types of leather, I went on a more traditional route and selected the black version.
This quality leather actually develops a patina, and as you can see from the photos, I do not baby it. I love how leather looks when it's been roughed a bit. Over the next few months, it will evolve and gain more character. Why black you ask? I have an all decked walnut and black leather set up on my desk, so as you can see it in the pictures, it matches perfectly!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-187-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-188-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-189-c.jpg" >}}
Instead of the hard plastic shell, Nomad choose a moulded soft rubber to get around the iPhone 12 Pro and the leather does not go all the way around. It says mostly on the back and curves a bit around the side.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-191-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-192-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-194-c.jpg" >}}
The grills and port on the bottom are well exposed and it has a cross section to keep the bottom part solid and make sure it does not unnecessarily flex. On each side there is a lanyard attachment point where as the name says, you can add a lanyard.
Finally, the Side button is textured with lines and the two volume buttons are soft. All the buttons feel great to press. I can even reach the silence switch without any difficulty. Something I usually have lots of problems reaching with many cases and my big fingers!
## Features
- Black Horween leather from the USA
- Develops a rugged patina
- Compatible with MagSafe
- 10ft drop protection
- Internal shock absorption bumper
- Compatible with wireless charging
- Dual lanyard attachment points
## Performance
Putting this case ON or OFF is great, it's easy enough but not too much. Meaning that it will stay well attached. The shape of the case is moulded with extreme precision and because of this and its construction it can take a 10ft drop! Now, as it's usually the case I will NOT be trying that. But clumsy me, I will report back in a few months if my phone survived many falls, as it's written in stone, in the future it will be dropped! A lot!
The inside of the case has a nice little suede finish with the MagSafe magnet circle embossed. You can see from the inside the shock absorbing rubber that helps with the drop resistance.
After rocking this case for a few weeks, not only has the leather started to develop a bit of patina, but it's still in perfect condition (except one small kink) after many, many installations and removal.
Compared to the previous case from Nomad I had, I'm pretty sure this one will age even better!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-198-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-199-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/nomad-rugged-case-horween-leather-iphone-12-pro-review-196-c.jpg" >}}
This case is MagSafe compatible and I can say that it works perfectly. It not only attaches solidly to the MagSafe puck, but it is also easy to align and I don't see any interference in the whole MagSafe process.
## Conclusion
The quality of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08J3M12NN" "Nomad iPhone 12 Rugged Case" >}} is impressive, the leather is amazing and the patina that gets developed is nicer every month. This idea of a rubber, shock-absorbing material paired with a precision moulding, makes this case the ideal shape, weight and with the great finish; basically a perfect case!
I would prefer leather all around, but knowing what can happen in a year or two, I can tell you it's a bad idea. This case design is like a great wine, it got better with the years and frankly whenever I'm being asked what case I recommend, I always quickly respond Nomad!
---
### [Dyson Lightcycle Morph Desk, a Crazy Light [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/04/14/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-a-crazy-light-review/)
> What happens when you mix incredible engineering, lots of features and flexibility in a lamp? You get the Dyson LightCycle Morph, a suped up desk lamp for the most demanding geek!
What happens when you want to imagine a lamp, make it smart but don't want to settle for the common denominator on the market? Well, you reinvite the light itself, add novel features, squeeze all of that into a new form factor and call it a day. What's the result you may ask? The [Dyson Lightcycle Morph Desk lamp](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B085MM38TV) is everything you can think of in a modern desk light plus a few extra things that make you go "woah!"
## Design
Dyson took the LED lamp idea we all want and need but pushed it to 11. They came up with a super power LED array that cranks out 850 lumens paired with a Boost mode that cranks it at the maximum level while changing the color temperature to make it a bit bluer for periods of 20 minute. But normally, that would wear out the LED array and eventually running it like that will prematurely damage the lamp. Well, Dyson integrated a copper heat pipe that allows the excess heat to be taken away from the lamp elements and bring the life expenctancy of it to 60 years!
The lamp itself is a bit larger than what you normally would find on your desk, as it has a long performated cyclinder body that in a very Dyson fashion allows the light to shine through when you move the lamp heat to its resting position. Another thing that Dyson loves to do with their products is to have a swivel head of sorts, well the lamp is no different as it can move around on its base and its head can swivel to light the wall, a painting or if you mov it just right cast a bit of light on your face for your endless Zoom calls!
The base is a solid cylindrycal shape that has no problem staying put. It also sports a USB-C port giving away 7.5W of power. Not enough to drive a MagSafe adapter but enough to charge your phone or AirPods at a reasonable speed.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-146.jpg-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-136.jpg-c.jpg" >}}
The top most arm onto which the LED lamp is installed has a few tricks up its sleeve. The first one is two touch sensitive sliders to adjust the colour temperature from yellow to blue and an intensity slider to adjust the brightness of the lamp. Finally, a nice little ON/OFF button makes it easy to turn it ON or OFF with a simple tap.
Nothing that impressive you say? Well, you have to look on the underside for the cooler stuff :) It has a movement sensor that turns the light automatically when you get close to it. Sitting at the desk is enough to trigger it, it's sensitive enough but not too much. It also sports a light detector to adjust itself automatically to its surroundings and a little button to enable the Synchronized mode where your physical location on the planet and the light outisde is taken into account in real time every minute for the lamp to self adjust with accurate color and intensity.
But that's not all, there are more features in the app we need to go over!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-137.jpg-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-137.jpg-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-138.jpg-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-142.jpg-c.jpg" >}}
The only downside with relation to the design of the lamp seem to be the base. It's a heavy and large base that make it very stable, but the choice of material, a glossy plastic, is a dust and fingerprint magnet. I would have much prefered an aluminium base with a matte finish.
## Features
- Slick Modern Design
- Multiple Modes for Ideal Lighting Conditions
- Smart Features including Age Adjust and Synchronized Mode
- Heat Pipe Design for LED Element Safeguard
- 60 year LED lifetime
- Movement Detector, Light Sensor
- 7.5W USB-C Port
## Performance
I was very excited not only to play with this incredible feat of technology as I love all the Dyson products and their small and big innovations, but I was also curious to try the Lightcycle Morph in a desktop situation as my day to day lamp and see how much it would stay out of the way.
You see, I have experience with multiple Dyson products and everytime, I'm very curious to see the innovation Dyson puts in their products and the few touches that make them a joy to use.
The single feature I love the most on the [LightCycle Morph](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B085MM38TV) is the presence detection paired with the intensity and colour change that follows the time of day. From the early morning to late at night, the light is always perfect, never too bright, never to white (nor too orange). And whenever I leave my desk to make a coffee or eat lunch, it turns OFF by itself and when I'm back, it comes back to life :) Very neat!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-139.jpg-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dyson-lightcycle-morph-desk-lamp-review-149.jpg-c.jpg" >}}
The color accuracy is impressive (CRI 90+), as with all things Dyson do they push it far with a custom made LED light array that allows it to keep cool and last 60 years! It can go from very orange with 2700K to 6500K which is a blue-ish white.
You have different modes which are aimed towards specific applications, and which you can control using their mobile app. One of the physical features of the LightCycle Morph that allows it to offer more than just "light going to your desk". You can swivel it on two joints to really position itself in the perfect position, and tyou can even rotate the head to light the wall, a picture frame, or even your face for all those Zoom video calls.
If you are looking to create a good ambience, you can move the light to its base and light the column which is perforated to let a smooth ambiance light cast a nice evening light on your desk!
## Conclusion
The [Dyson LightCycle Morph](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B085MM38TV) is a suped-up desk lamp that really kicks ass with it's customization option, mobile app and its smart features to offer the ideal partner in all of the various scenarios that you need from working on your desk! From a morning task light to focus on work, to a soothing orange glow when relaxing in the evening, and even help in those video conference, the LightCycle Morph is the perfect partner.
---
### [Eames Executive Chair, a Mid-Century Modern Computer Chair [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2021/02/27/eames-executive-chair-a-mid-century-modern-computer-chair-review/)
> This Eames Executive Chair by Eternity Modern is a mid-century modern office chair that has the looks to kill but not the price tag you might think of!
When looking for a chair the easiest thing to do, and probably the worst, is to get to your local office supplier store and get a cheap chair. Easy-peasy, right? Well, if you are looking to mess up your back and joints sure, go right ahead! The alternative is to buy a high-end computer chair from big brands like Herman Miller or Nightingale. But what if you also want something that has a great design? Something that does not scream GAMER?
_Mid-century modern design enters the chat._
The half a century ago, there were designers of the likes of Charles and Ray Eames and Dieter Rams that produced furniture and electronics that were much more modern than other design trends of the times and offer not only pretty objects to look at, but also introduced many design principles and particular design processes.
Being a big fan of Dieter Rams, I even backed the [Kickstarter funded documentary _Rams_](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1019019367/rams-the-first-feature-documentary-about-dieter-ra), I try to design my home office for 2021 with modern elements but also try to take inspiration in the mid-century modern style. I recently reviewed the [Ergonofis Sway Desk](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/10/31/ergonofis-sway-a-solid-walnut-sit-stand-desk-with-panache-review/), a sit-stand desk made of pure walnut with black accents. So for it I had to find a matching chair that was kept inline with the colour scheme and the overall design.
This is where the [Eames Executive Chair](https://www.awin1.com/cread.php?awinmid=90713&awinaffid=2054719&clickref=hp&ued=https%3A%2F%2Feternitymodern.com%2Fexecutive-chair%23tab%3Davailable-order%26143%3D247) comes in. Just like other create creations from the previous century, you can get the real thing currently made by Herman Miller which [starts at 4,895 $US](https://store.hermanmiller.com/office/office-chairs/eames-executive-chair/2055.html?lang=en_US#lang=en_US&start=1). Or you can try your hand at a replica, something that for all intent and purposes looks like the real deal, but only costs a fraction of the price.
There are many replica makers out there, and sadly not all of them are created equal. Some are of an incredible low quality, so I started to research those brands and try to scour the Internet in search of reviews with details. One company stood out of the pack with regards to quality, **Eternity Modern**.
Thankfully, they have offices in British Columbia, Canada, and can ship their goods all over the country! I decided to get one of their Eames Executive Chair for my office, so let's go over that great-looking chair!
## Design
I would say that this is where Eternity Modern got me first, on the look of the [Eames Executive Chair](https://www.awin1.com/cread.php?awinmid=90713&awinaffid=2054719&clickref=hp&ued=https%3A%2F%2Feternitymodern.com%2Fexecutive-chair%23tab%3Davailable-order%26143%3D247). It looks just like the real deal! You have the same design with two back cushions and one thick seat cushion that, just from the pictures, looks very comfortable.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-121.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-122.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-118.jpg" >}}
Many of the replicas out there might look great on photos, but once you actually try them, you realize that the leather, fabric and foam are of terrible quality. This was the risk I wanted to take for my chair as I had no way to see before I buy what I would really end up with.
If you really are a good observer, you might notice some very slight difference between the Herman Miller one and the Eternity Modern version. The casters are slightly different, so is the shape of the seat cushion. Just like the real deal, you can adjust the height with a pneumatic, as well as the tilt and tilt tension.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-128.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-123.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-159.jpg" >}}
The Eternity Modern version has less customization possibilities as the Herman Miller one, as it only has one type of metal frame, polished aluminum, and six full-grain leather colours to choose from. Unless you have extremely specific colour needs, the six offered normally covers most of what you might want.
The Eames Executive Chair has non-removable arm rests with thick foam padded leather rests that are right at the elbow height for me. The back does not go as high as some might like, no headrest at all, but for me the top cushion fits right on my scapulas.
I chose the black full-grain leather as the leather colour, which goes on perfectly with my [Ergonofis walnut desk](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1390009&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp) and black accessories on my desk.
## Features
- Die-cast aluminum and frame with tubular steel column
- Genuine leather upholstery
- Manual seat-height adjustment
- Tilt-swivel mechanism
- Tilt lock feature
- Carpet casters with chrome hoods
- Six colours to choose from
- Special option to use your own material
One of the features, which I have not tried, is the possibility to use your own material to wrap the foam cushion. You can contact them and get a preliminary quote on that whole process. If you are working with leather like me and really want to use a specific type of leather, that seems to be something you can do!
## Ergonomics
I took a bit of time before publishing my review as I wanted to have many days working from that chair, from early in the morning to late in the afternoon while at the same time slightly changing the various adjustments. In the past, I needed to have the arms go under the desk to be comfortable, and now that I have a sit-stand desk, all of those ergonomic adjustments are so much easier!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-163.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-163.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-160.jpg" >}}
I first focus on the chair, lowering it so that my knees are at a perfect 90˚ to the ground and I feel a slight pressure under my thighs so that I feel some support. After that, I can immediately see if the arm rest is useful or not, or needs an adjustment. In the case of the Eames Executive Chair, I can lower my shoulders and rest my arms on the armrest comfortably. I might have preferred them to be 1-2cm lower, but given that they compress slightly, I can tell you that I did not have any pain or muscle fatigue. This is one of the reasons, why I wanted to try the chair for a fairly long period.
The seat cushion not only looks thick, but it's also of a good quality that offers great support. There are holes under the cushion for the air to escape and even after many hours sitting, when I stand up it takes back it's space in a few seconds. The only issue I had was after many long hours sitting on it, I felt two pressure points on both my butt cheeks. Turns out the buttons are where the pressure lies, so after prolonged periods you can have some discomfort if you are on the heavy side like me.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-130.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-120.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-121.jpg" >}}
I keep the chair with the tilt turned ON and often time throw myself back when thinking or stretching. Don't forget to stretch regularly! You will need many days of tiny adjustments to get the perfect tension for your weight, but once you dial it in correctly, it's great and easy to go from straight.
## Quality
I'm a big fan of leather, and I do leatherwork regularly, so I know my way around good quality leather. This Eames chair does have quality full-grain leather and it shows. You don't have that cheap feeling vinyl-like feeling you get with cheap furniture. This smells, feels and looks quality. I appreciate that, a lot!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-116.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-117.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eames-executive-chair-review-eternity-modern-119.jpg" >}}
The die-cast aluminum frame looks incredibly sturdy and once buffed it's very shiny! I usually go for a more sandblasted aluminum look with my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00PT82768" "Apple Thunderbolt monitor" >}} and {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B081FZV45H" "MacBook Pro 16-inch" >}}, but with Eternity Modern, we currently don't have a choice to swap it for another finish or colour.
## Conclusion
Before purchasing this chair, I was worried about the quality of the materials, having never bought any product from Eternity Modern, as well as the mechanical parts not being very sturdy. I got many chairs in the past where you could instantly feel the mechanical parts being badly designed and feel flimsy.
This is not the case with the [Eames Executive Chair](https://www.awin1.com/cread.php?awinmid=90713&awinaffid=2054719&clickref=hp&ued=https%3A%2F%2Feternitymodern.com%2Fexecutive-chair%23tab%3Davailable-order%26143%3D247), all the components feels solid and the material are of very high quality. In an ideal world, you could swap the polished aluminum for brushed or black brushed aluminum and perhaps offer two foam resistance levels for light or heavy individuals as sometimes the buttons are felt after long period sitting.
Overall, I'm very pleased with this chair! The look is incredible, this replica is of incredible value for the money and I feel very good about choosing this particular model and manufacturer. If only I had a bit more space, I would even go for the Eames Lounge Chair and Ottoman replica they offer! This is the chair that introduced me to the whole mid-century modern esthetic years ago. This and a neighbour that had an original [Le Corbusion LC4 Chaise Longue](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1308641&u=2523337&m=85504&urllink=eternitymodern.ca/collections/all/products/le-corbusier-lc4-chaise-longue?variant=30769167106159&afftrack=hp) with black and white cowhide! I was young and impressed, and that marked me (excuse the cow pun).
I strongly recommend Eternity Modern for all your replica needs, as the prices are much more affordable and you have similar quality at the same time. You might have fewer options for colours or materials, but for saving more than 3,000$ on a chair, I was more than happy with fewer choices.
---
### [ergonofis Sway, a Solid Walnut Sit Stand Desk With Panache [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/10/31/ergonofis-sway-a-solid-walnut-sit-stand-desk-with-panache-review/)
> Mixing quality craftsmanship and modern aesthetic is never wrong, the ergonofis Sway is made of solid walnut by people that know how to design and build incredible furniture. Add a desk shelf or a laptop stand and your office will be one of the most amazing out there!
As things are with 2020, we had to work from home and as much as I like my little single-room and BDI Sequel L-shape desk, it's not enough for two people working from home, every day. There goes the search for a new better desk, ideally not as big so that we can both work in the same room.
A few years ago I reviewed the Autonomous SmartDesk 2 and that got me hooked on standing desks. As much as I loved this desk, it had to go, once again for the lack of space. In that small office, we already had the BDI Sequel desk and a Dutallier armchair. At work, we were in the process of expanding the office space and renovation, therefore we had temporary desk on top of which I had a PrimeCable Ergo Riser. Still, I would work standing for the whole day. I love this way of life.
So when looking for a new desk, I kept with my usual pattern of looking for hardwood and ideally, locally made. This is where Ergonofis enters the ring.
ergonofis is a office furniture company based in Montréal that leverages the know-how of local wood working shops to build incredible wood top sit stand desks. Their systems are not only low-noise, but they can go higher and lower than most of the competition while offering a stable desk (even with dual monitors and a wooden shelf), and they make this incredible, low profile, control pad that is installed inside the top desk.
I selected the [ergonofis Sway](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1390009&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp) with a black frame and a walnut top desk. But before I jump in the details, let's go over the other products that ergonofis makes.
## Design
There are three types of desks made by Ergonofis, the [Shift](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1411081&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp), the [Sway](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1390009&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp) and the [Alive](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1527217&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp) desk. The Shift is a laminated top desk with a mat finish that resists fingerprints. The Sway is made of hardwood in maple, birch or walnut and the Alive features a walnut or suar live edge.
Of course, I choose the walnut as I'm a sucker for this essence of wood. I have a complete living room set from Verbois, the [MPD Collection](https://www.verbois.com/product/1487625166/), in their tainted walnut colour. I also have another few Puzzle Collection tables from Verbois as well as a dining room table, once again with walnut. No need to tell you that I REALLY love walnut!
The Sway Desk is a 30 x 60 inches desk with a solid walnut top desk of 1 1/4" thickness that is finished with a clear mat lacquer. This means that you are able to enjoy the walnut grain while at the same time have a finish that does not attract fingerprints.
The sit-stand mechanism is installed using pre-drilled holes to remove any guess work and it is rated for 300 lbs of lifting capacity. It goes higher and lower than other sit-stand desk I tried and does so with a very low humming noise. The cutest and, frankly one of the features that made me really love the Sway, is the control pad that is built inside the top desk. Nothing protruding in the front, only a small 9cm x 4cm control pad with 5 buttons. Two memory presets and a nice digital display that feels good to use.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-015-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-036-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-038-c.jpg" >}}
### Accessories
I chose the model without any grommets and I decided to add the [desk shelf](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1308356&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=ergonofis.com/products/desk-shelf&afftrack=hp) to support my laptop and display and has a nice way to add accessories under the shelf like my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MZ2ATGK" "elgato Thunderbolt 3 dock" >}}. Once again, the shelf is made of solid walnut wood to match with the desk. As it is with natural wood, I did end up with a slightly lighter tone of wood for the shelf than for the desk. I prefer the desk colour that goes a bit more towards the brown side.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-022-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-023-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-024-c.jpg" >}}
And finally, I opted for the [Neat filing cabinet](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1308356&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=ergonofis.com/products/neat-filing-cabinet?variant=31255511924876&afftrack=hp), a two-drawer cabinet for standing next to me and store away files and knick-knacks. The front of the filing cabinet is also made of wood, walnut in my case and the rest of the cabinet is black. Once again, I really love wood accents. It's also a bit brighter than I would have liked, some of the parts of the top drawer are quite blond. Not a huge problem, it's something you need to expect when you order natural wood.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-042-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-027-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-028-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-041-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-029-c.jpg" >}}
## Features
- 1 1/4" thick solid walnut table top
- Clear matte catalyzed lacquer
- Dimensions of 60" x 30"
- Predrilled holes for installation
- Handmade in Montreal
- Dual motor sit-stand system with 300 lbs capacity
- Height adjustments from 22,7" to 48,7"
- Two memory adjustment
- Collision detection system
- Travel speed of 1.5"/s and < 45 decibels of noise
## Installation
Given that I have some experience, I figured that this would not be very hard. It sure was not complex, but I did get a bit of resistance from a few screws. You see you install the legs "guides" first using wood screws and then you slide in the mechanical legs. They are attached with 6 screws to afix them to the guides. Looks simple enough, right? Well, sometimes the screw does not want to go in, sometimes you can do most of the work with just your fingers. And the most challenging one is the one closes to the exterior sides of the desk where you have about 90-120˚ of torsion with the Allen key.
Overall, with the few pesky screws, it too over 2h to do assemble the whole thing with basic cable management. It's very simple to do, I just got a few screws that were slowing me down. Once completed, though the thing is incredibly sturdy! There is a rod that goes along the length of the desk, right down the middle that sits on top of the leg guide and leg plate hat really adds lots of strength to the whole thing (after all it's about 5-6 extra wood screws on each side!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-017-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-018-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-011-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-026-c.jpg" >}}
## Configuration
Once you have finished doing the grunt work and you flip your table on its legs, you need to initialize the system. The instructions are very clear on how to do this. Bring it to the lowest setting and then you are ready to go!
I'm amazed at the number of features you can do with this seemingly simple keypad. It has only four visible buttons, plus the Ergonofis logo is a hidden fifth function button. Not only can you save two presets (sitting and standing), you can raise and lower it with the arrow buttons, but you can also have access to more features to make sure you do not damage your workspace.
## Anti-collision System
The anti-collision system allows the desk to detect a resisting force when lowered or raised and it stops and reverse for 1/2 inch. Very useful when you are still setting up your office, you might think that something next to the desk might be just a little bit under it.
I myself triggered it a few times when trying different configurations.
There is also the possibility to set a minimum height for when you have the Neat Filling Cabinet under your desk. In theory the desk can be lowered down to 22.7" but the cabinet needs 27" of clearing. Once set to this height, you can rest assured that the desk will not damage the cabinet or vice versa.
## Setups
I was not sure if I would opt for the Desk Shelf for my monitor or reuse my old [Elevation Stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/03/18/elevation-stand-review/) and put the laptop on the [Laptop Stand by ergonofis](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1308356&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=ergonofis.com/products/wooden-laptop-stand&afftrack=hp). So I tried both and here you can see the pictures.
The first setup allows me stay minimalist and have my laptop closed focusing exclusively on my work while having a nice place for my Elgato Thunderbolt 3 Dock right below the display, centred on the desk.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-020-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-021-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-022-c.jpg" >}}
The second setup introduces a bit more aluminum in the mix and allows me to keep my laptop opened or closed next to the main Thunderbolt monitor. I've gone with the second setup for over a week but ended up going with the first setup after that. I'm still rocking this setup for now while I gather more accessories. Expect more pictures soon!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-033-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-035-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-039-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ergonofis-sway-sit-stand-desk-review-043-c.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
After using the [ergonofis Sway desk](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1390009&u=2523337&m=85489&urllink=&afftrack=hp) daily for a few weeks, I must say that it's a very refined experience. Not just because of the real wood, but also because the system gives out very low noise and moves very fast. The fact that I can get the desk higher and lower than the competition helped me doing nice product shots, which you've already seen on the site. I really, really love the inlay control panel, this makes a huge different not only esthetically but also functional since I can't rip it off by walking too close to my desk.
The desk really is a beauty, I can't put enough emphasis on this. The wood grain, the colour and the mat catalyzed lacquer is just perfect! I would not change a thing on it! The other accessories are also quite impressive, the walnut really brings the whole kit together!
Installation took more time than expected but after that you are set to rock one of the most amazing offices out there! Now, I love minimalism and all, but I think I need a few more accessories, perhaps a new keycap set for my mechanical keyboard, a leather desk pad… so many ideas!
I would strongly recommend the ergonofis Sway desk, and all of their products,
they are proudly made in Montréal, Canada and they love their craft it really
shows!
---
### [Hunu Collapsible Pocket Coffee Cup Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/10/24/hunu-collapsible-pocket-coffee-cup-review/)
> The Hunu Cup is a true collapsible coffee cup that fits in those jeans pockets, front or back, and can really bring down your plastic or paper cup usage down to zero this year! Have a look!
I'm a sucker for well-designed products, and I'm a coffee addict so when I saw that I missed out on the [Hunu collapsible coffee cup](https://www.wearehunu.com/), I reached out to the makers behind this successful crowdfunded campaign and asked if I could review their product!
## Design
Compared to other pocketable-that-are-not-really-fitting-in-your-pocket products out there, the Hunu actually does fit in your pants pockets. Be it in the back or front pocket. Even in some types of skinny jeans!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-87-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-88-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-89-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-90-c.jpg" >}}
Hunu is made out of three components, the silicone collapsible cup that accommodates 265ml (9oz) of hot life-saving liquid coffee, the hard cap that serves as a cover and adds stiffness to the product, and finally the textile elastic band that not only allows you to store away the Hunu cup and keep it tidy and collapsed, but also it servers as an insulated band around the cup.
This is very well designed, in London, and truly offers a product that fits anywhere from jeans pockets to backpack so that you do not need to waste any more paper or plastic at your local barista.
## Features
- Collapsible silicone cup
- Fits in a jeans pocket (for real!)
- Dishwasher safe
- 265 ml (9 oz) capacity
- Free from BPAs, phthalates and all other nasty chemicals
- Available in charcoal, sage green, warm grey and pastel pink
## Performance
The format is the usual barista format that fits under espresso portafilters and allows you to get a reasonable amount of coffee in your system. And when you're done, a quick wash and you can store it away for next use. Heck, you could even not rinse it just yet and only do it at home, the way it's designed it should not drip in your pockets.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-91-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-92-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/hunu-collapsible-coffee-cup-review-93-c.jpg" >}}
At first it's a bit hard to open until you realize, you can just pinch the bottom and pull it open after removing the elastic band. It just takes its shape! Remove the cap and it's ready for the barista to pour in pure elixir of productivity. Add the cap and you're ready to drink your way into a blissful awakening!
I've not tried it at barista since with the way 2020 treats us, we can't really use reusable cups at cafés, but at home where I have a barista looking machine, it's a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00CH9QWOU" "Breville Barista Express" >}} if you're wondering, it works just fine and I can imagine myself at my local café ordering a nice latte to go in my Hunu cup!
I actually really love the motion of opening the cup, it feels very Inspector Gadget to take this out of your pockets and have it ready in two swift movements. The plan would have been to ride my electric skateboard to work and on my way stop at one of the nice independent cafés in Montréal and have a sweet nectar of joy poured in my Hunu cup. It'll be for next summer!
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a truly collapsible coffee cup that really fits in your pocket to bring your total number of plastic or paper cups to zero, check out the [Hunu Cup](https://www.wearehunu.com/), available in four great colours. It's a joy to use and can really make a meaningful impact on the total amount of garbage you generate every year if you regularly stop at a café!
Simple, effective and truly pocket-fitting coffee cup!
---
### [Arlo Pro 3, a Better Value 2K Outdoor Security Camera [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/10/07/arlo-pro-3-a-better-value-2k-outdoor-security-camera-review/)
> The Arlo Pro 3 is the latest high definition smart security camera from Arlo where they try to mix powerful features, like a spotlight, 1440p recording and more!
Last year I reviewed the [Arlo Ultra](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/07/08/arlo-ultra-security-camera-review/), the top of the line 4K security camera from Arlo. I had a great experience with it. However it had poor battery life and is a very, very expensive product. The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07X36VWCT" "Arlo Pro 3" >}} is the latest generation of a 2K resolution camera. I'm hoping that the lower resolution and newer hardware would help in regards to battery life.
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07X36VWCT" "Arlo Pro 3" >}} I have on hand is the two-camera kit with a base station kit; therefore I'm hoping to get most of the most important features from the Arlo Ultra like Vehicle and People detection, night mode and spotlight.
If you compare the Arlo Ultra with the Arlo Pro 3, the only changes are 4K to 2K, 180˚ to 160˚, no wind reduction but it has echo cancellation and record footage to a USB drive instead of microSD. The only different setting I could find is the operating temperature, 60˚C for the Ultra and 45˚C for the Pro 3. Maybe make sure not to place it close to a dark coloured wall in direct sunlight?
## Design
The Pro 3 looks very similar to the Ultra, it's a black camera module with detachable batteries that you slide inside a glossy white plastic shell. The unit is installed on a very strong magnetic base that swivels around to get the perfect angle. The charging cable is attached with a magnetic cable that reminds me of the Apple MagSafe.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-58-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-62-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-63-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-65-c.jpg" >}}
The body is very nicely design and I really love the way they engineered the slide in mechanism. Normally aiming down, the camera has very few seems exposed therefore the gasket is enough to really make this work under the rain and under the snow. Given the impressive performance of the Arlo Pro with our Canadian winter, reusing the same design makes lots of sense!
The SmartHub is very similar to the one I have with the Arlo Ultra, with the small difference that it takes a USB key (or drive) to store the video instead of a microSD card. Here is one tip I have for you, place the SmartHub as close as the camera as possible since they exchange data over their own private Wi-Fi network and not through your home Wi-Fi network. I thought the Smarthub should be closer to my router, but in the end I installed it close to the Arlo Pro and used a wired connection to my local network. This was the most reliable way to get all this working.
## Features
- Integrated Spotlight for Colour Nightvision
- 2K HDR video recording
- 160° viewing angles
- Compatible with HomeKit, Alexa and Google Assistant
- Weather resistant
- Unibody design with magnetic mount and charger cable
- 2-way audio and built-in siren
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-67-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-68-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/arlo-pro-3-security-camera-review-69-c.jpg" >}}
## Initial Configuration
Given that this is an Arlo product, it comes with great design and the mobile application is quite simple to use. You simply tap the _Add device_ button and add either a Base Station or a Camera and follow the easy few steps.
You will also see the device get any firmware update required so they run on their very latest feature set and bug fixes. Once you are done with both cameras and the Base Station, you are now ready to install your cameras inside or outside of your home.
## Installation
The first thing you should do is place the cameras where you want them to capture movement. If the Arlo Ultra is any indication, the camera will trigger and record any movement, even outside the Activity Zone you define. Therefore, set them up in a way where you don't have constant movement in front of them. I have mine pointing to the front of my house where cars and pedestrians are passing by. Due to a bug with the Arlo Ultra software, I was able to discover that I have over 1,200 events per day... More on this in a separate post.
In the box you have two different adapters, one which works with a very strong magnet and can offer lots of great angles when attached to a wall, and one which is fixed on a peg and can also be tightening with a bit larger angle. Sadly, there are not two of each type. So if the magnet one was your preferred attachment, you only get one in the box.
Same goes with the magnetic charging cable, you also only have one in the box and it's quite short. For charging purpose, either you remove the camera from its base and bring it inside, or you buy an {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B009GUMXQE" "extension USB cable" >}} like I did to attach it while leaving the camera in its position.
Once you have tried both ways of installing your Arlo Pro 3 cameras, you can always look up {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07TFTBT5H" "extra-long power cables" >}} on Amazon so you never need to recharge your cameras, or lookup {%{{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07KMSH6B7" "extra magnetic wall mounts" >}}. There are even {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07XCKMQ82" "solar panels" >}} so you can install your cameras a bit further from your house and have them self-charge with the power of the sun!
## Advanced Configuration
Now that your cameras are installed, I would place the Base Station relatively close to them. You see, one thing I discovered with testing the Arlo Ultra is that the Base Station creates a local encrypted Wi-Fi network shared with the Cameras. So even if your home Wi-Fi network is strong and the Base Station wired to your home network, far away cameras might not be able to reach the Base Station and stream the video.
For example, my Arlo Ultra is installed on top of my home entrance which is close to the living room. I installed the Base Station inside my TV cabinet with an Ethernet cable. This way, I have a strong signal between the Base and the camera. You should do the same if possible.
The Arlo Pro 3 comes with a free 3-month trial of Arlo Smart, the service that allows you to receive Smart Notifications for detected events that contains People, Vehicle, Animal, Audio Alerts and Other Motions. There is even a recent Package detection that allows you to know when a package was delivered to your porch. All these alerts can be configured by camera. For example, a camera in your garage might not need to alert you of packages and a camera in your backyard might not need to check for Vehicles... :) And finally, Call a Friend is a way for your system to call a friend when an event was detected.
### Local vs. Cloud Storage
The way recent updates of the Arlo firmware for the Base Station work is that any Smart Notifications events are recorded in the Cloud Storage and can be filtered or retrieved easily. They are recorded in HD. When you plug in a USB drive in the Arlo Pro 3 Base Station, you can have a rolling recording of all events. Every single movement is recorded to the local storage (not just identified People, Vehicle or other). This is why I have a 128GB microSD car in my Arlo Ultra. The Arlo Pro Base Station does not support microSD, but has a simple USB port for a USB drive (stick or hard drive or your choice). Something like a short {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B015CH1PJU" "SanDisk Ultra Flair 128GB" >}} could be a good choice, or if you want the absolute smallest the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07855LJ99" "SanDisk Ultra Fit 128GB" >}} is an even better choice. Both are USB 3.0 and offer enough speed to read and write without any worries, I would stick to known reputable brands though since the local recording is kind of your "master" recording of all events. If you ever need to refer back to something that happened and if it was not identified correctly with the smart features, at least you have the recordings.
The way the Arlo app allows you to set up local recording is like I said earlier with a rolling recording, meaning that it will fill up to about 90% capacity and then start deleting the oldest videos to save new ones. This is where the size of your storage will impact the number of days of recordings it will keep. The larger the better, especially if you leave for vacations over many weeks.
## Two-Way Microphone and Speaker
When an event is triggered, you can load up the live feed and using the microphone button speak to the person that stands in front of the camera. This is useful for friends, neighbors or even the delivery guy to leave more instructions.
## Recording Samples
Here are a few recording samples to show you want the Arlo Pro 3 are capable of. For each recording sample, I will list some of the settings and positions so that you know what to expect. One thing that I noticed is that both the cloud video and the locally stored video are 1440p whereas for the Arlo Ultra, only the locally stored videos were 4K.
### Backyard, During the Day
During the day, recorded as a People detection.
from Cloud Storage, resolution 1440p, 4.4MB (H.265)
### Backyard, During Golden Hour
During the day, recorded as a People detection.
from Cloud Storage, resolution 1440p, 3.8MB (H.265)
### Backyard, During Dusk
During dusk, recorded as a People detection.
from Cloud Storage, resolution 1440p, 3.8MB (H.265)
### Front Lawn, Night with Night Vision
During the night, recorded as a People detection using the infrared night vision.
from Cloud Storage, resolution 1440p, 5.4MB (H.265)
## Conclusion
As you can see from the above videos and features, the Arlo Pro 3 seems to be a better balanced product than the [Arlo Ultra](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/07/08/arlo-ultra-security-camera-review/) given that the video are sufficiently detailed and processing HD video is less resource intensive than processing 4K. I noticed that the battery life was better with the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07X36VWCT" "Arlo Pro 3" >}} versus the Ultra and if you don't want to charge your batteries too often.
This is doubly important if your camera is pointing in an angle where lots of movement is occurring. With the Ultra I had trouble lasting more than a few days, but I feel the Pro 3 would last more time than this as with my constant passing in front of the camera for most of the day, the battery was still at 92%.
Overall, the experience was great all the way from setup to recording movement and identifying what the camera saw. I used to have issues over the last year but working relentlessly with the Arlo Support, we were able to get through these issues with notifications and Person recognition. Just in time for me to test the Arlo Pro 3! Happy to report that all these nice paid features are working great!
The trial for the cloud services is only 3 months for the Arlo Pro 3 which is a bummer as it was 1 year with the Arlo Ultra. I would love to see this extend or have a promotional pricing for the first paid year.
The Arlo products are expensive, they have always been expensive, but they do offer great features and they work reliably. If you can afford them, you will not be disappointed by them. Personally, I still rock my Arlo Ultra and completely rely on it to see what's happening in front of my house, every single day!
---
### [Airthings Wave Plus Review, Air Quality and Radon Monitor [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/08/17/airthings-wave-plus-review-air-quality-and-radon-monitor-review/)
> With all the time we now spend at home, it's primordial that we breathe clean air. After an isssue with the quality of my air, and my usual knack to have more data about things I use in life, I have reviewed the Airthings Wave Plus, a stylish indoor air quality monitor that also detects radon! Let see how this can change your life!
Sometimes you ask yourself questions about your surroundings. You read stuff online and you wonder about the air quality in your home. However, after a cursory search on Amazon, you realize they are lots of devices out there and they all mention weird acronyms that mean nothing to you. They must be good at what they do, but before using them you need to understand what they report and how to act on that information.
This is where a solution like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JB8QWH6" "Wave Plus from Airthings" >}} comes to the rescue. This round piece of plastic houses many little sensors to do what other devices do, report numbers on the various pollutants of your indoor air. But it does so much more than this. It not only reports very accurate numbers, but it also provided graphs to see how your air quality varies with hours, days, weeks and even months. For each type of pollutant, Airthings provides ample documentation that is easy to read and helps you quickly learn about the effects of pollutants and gases inside your home.
And for the developers amongst you, they even go a step further... More about this later.
## Design
Compared to the vast majority of air quality monitors out there, Airthings has one of the nicest, most minimalist design out there. After all, it's designed in Norway and for once, not assembled in China but in Tunisia!
The unit is quite simple, no buttons whatsoever, only a single motion detector so that if you pass your hand in front of the unit, a LED ring lights up and gives you a red, yellow or green alert. This tells you without looking at numbers the air quality measured by the unit. The unit has a magnetic backplate so if you want to install it on the wall, you can use the provided screw and do so with the backplate. The unit then magnetically attached itself to the plate. This way you can easily take it out to change the batteries.
The batteries should normally last you between 1 and 1.5 years. And if you use some of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07MBBW2S1" "Eneloop Pro" >}} batteries, you might be able to push this even further!
## The App
In 2020, you must have an app. This is plainly simple, you need to be able to take a look at the numbers from your phone and if possible have some kind of history. Even more with an air quality monitor, you need to be able to see trends, averages, and act on that information.
Airthings does provide a mobile app which you need to use to set up the Wave Plus. Once you got through the wizard and have your new Wave Plus setup, it needs 7 days to breathe and provide accurate readings. From the specifications, it seems this is because of the VOCs and CO2 sensors, they need time to set and provide accurate numbers.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-update.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-setup.png" >}}
After the 7 days are passed, you can now refer to the numbers and start changing your behaviour.
The app shows you your list of devices and the battery level of each of them. The main page of a device gives you a clear view of all six measurements. They even have a little circle that shows up yellow or red to point to the measurement that is concerning.
If you tap one of the measurements, you are greeted with the average value based on the timeframe selected below (48h, week, month or year). Swipping allows you go move between measurements.
## Measurements
Talking about the measurements, the Wave Plus provided 6 measurements. This makes the Wave Plus one of the products on the market with the most measurements. And the only one with a radon detector.
The complete list includes radon, total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs), CO2, humidity, temperature and air pressure.
The impressive thing here is the radon detection, usually you need to get some of those little black pucks, leave them be for 6 to 12 months and then send then to a laboratory for analysis. Using the Wave Plus you have an accurate reading with ~10% after 7 days and ~5% after two months. Here again if you want the most accurate numbers, you need more than a few days, but given that radon-level changes not only with airflow but also seasons and behaviour (like having the windows opened during summer and closed during winter), you should refer to this number on the long run.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-review-test-9041-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-review-test-905-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-review-test-906-c.jpg" >}}
The only sensor missing from this impressive list would be the PM10 and PM2.5. Particulate Matter of a 10 microns or less, or 2.5 microns or less is not being measured by the Wave Plus. This pollutant can be breathed and it can travel deep inside your lungs and cause all kinds of irritation, trigger allergies and asthma in certain individuals. Think of this as small dust particles travelling in the air. The PM10 is what causes the beige/brown haze you often in photos from China or India. Although less present here, there are days when the outside number rises to levels that requires you to think about it.
I do wish the next generation of the Wave Plus incorporate a PM10 and PM2.5 sensor, as with it, and the other existing sensor, it would cover 100% of what most of the air quality monitors can monitor.
## Features
- Six sensors: Radon, CO2, TVOCs, humidity, temperature and air pressure
- Samples air quality at 5-minute intervals
- Mobile app with graphs and online dashboard
- Physical LED circle for quick check
- Batteries last 1.5 years
- Can be installed on wall or ceiling
## Performance
As with many things in my life, I have an episode where my partner had trouble breathing during the lockdown. We never were at home for such an extended period of time and this caused her to start having trouble breathing.
We have central air and even an air exchanger, but never really got numbers from the air quality in our home. Our home is almost 10 years old and was built using the Novoclimat standard, a government approved guideline that makes sure houses are better insulated than usual and thus have basically no unwanted air leaks. This is great for saving on heating and cooling bills, but it has the adverse effect that if we don't actively circulate the air, it stays stale and significantly drop in quality.
### We Were Very Bad...
In the past, we used to put the central AC on during 30˚C and plus days, but rarely the air exchanger. Or if we did, we wanted to cool the house as quickly as possible so we set it to recirculate the air. This is a very bad idea, as all of the VOCs and the CO2, and even the radon, stays inside and moves around.
This was during summer. During winter, we also did not have such a great track record either. We, of course, being in Québec with our -30˚C, have to heat our house. Which we do at or around 22˚C during the winter, and have the air exchanger running on auto with around 35-40% relative humidity. This is good, but we often time do not set the air exchanger to circulate air from the outside. Can't wait to see how bad we are once winter invites itself...
### Numbers You Can Act On!
Now that I have a Wave Plus, I can get accurate numbers and act on them to correct the situation. Having the AC running without the air exchanger basically raised the CO2 and TVOCs levels very high, in the yellow section after about one hour and if left to its own device with us 5 in the house, it rapidly reaches the red zone. Turning on the air exchanger fixes the problems and brings back all the levels to green. Phew!
You know what also fixes all the problems? Opening the windows! Especially on a windy day, you can quickly get your air cleaned by opening the windows for a few minutes. All the levels with drops significantly.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-graph-48h.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-graph-48h-2.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-graph-month.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-wave-plus-graph-month-2.png" >}}
### The Enemy That is Radon
Radon is one of the worst air pollutants out there. It's odourless, does not seem to harm anyone until it's too late. And the end result of living in an area with too much radon can be lung cancer. So yes, you need to look into this. Seriously.
Airthings provides anonymized information regarding all of the Wave Plus devices out there and gathers the results on a [Radon Map](https://radonmap.com/). This can quickly tell you if others have low or high levels of radon in their houses and if you should take a closer look at this. A friend of mine (👋 Angelo!) lives in a High Risk area and got his house tested. I live in a Medium Risk area and thanks to the Wave Plus I can see that my levels (at least for now) are quite low. Having poor ventilation raises the numbers and even when measured on the second floor of my house, the number also rises. This means that the radon can easily circulate even to the bedrooms with the AC ON, but without proper air exchange practices.
I have also set up those little black pucks to do long-term (6-12 month evaluation) and I'll post back the results which I'll be able to compare with what the Airthings reports in 6-9 months.
### Data, Data, Data!
The mobile app gives you a great glimpse at the current situation and offers some graphs to see the last 48h, weeks or months. But if you like to see graphs and data, head over to the Airthings dashboard!
This thing is AMAZING! Just look at these graphs, you can see the data captured by the Wave Plus over the last few months.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-dashboard-all-categories.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-dashboard-details.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/airthings-dashboard-more-details.png" >}}
This is great to see how the numbers fluctuate, but I wished we could add events which would add a vertical line to the graphs. For example, "opened windows", or "turn on AC" because I don't always remember what happened before a spike or a drop. You can frantically refresh the app 30 minutes or 1 hour after you did such event, but I would love to see how my actions affect the air quality in a more interactive way.
### Network Connectivity
Using Bluetooth 5.0 allows the Wave Plus to communicate with your phone and using Wi-Fi, it can communicate with the remote server to upload data. The Mobile App however, requires you to be on the same home network to refresh the data. If you want to retrieve the data from outside your home, you will need to purchase the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08768D9J5" "Airthings Hub" >}}.
### Automation
You can also add cool automation when pairing your Airthings Wave Plus with Alexa, Google Assistant or leverage IFTTT to get alerts. Or even better, pair this with a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B06XX1QFGQ" "WeMo Smart Plug" >}} and you can even start a fan, dehumidifier or other device to automatically take care of risky levels without raising from your couch! :) You can even use any {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08D9N7RJ4" "Philips Hue" >}} product to get a visual, and colourful, notification when the specified level has risen.
Very cool stuff!
## Developers, Developers, Developers!
Airthings is sharing lots of code on their [Github page](https://github.com/Airthings). You can even set up a Raspberry Pi to regularly download the numbers from your Wave device. They have reader code for the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07S1Y7559" "Wave Mini" >}}, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07WWV7K3K" "Wave" >}} and the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JB8QWH6" "Wave Plus" >}}; as well as a Grafana exporter.
I will be sure to play with the waveplus-reader to extract the data. I could even probably build my own dashboard and add support for events... 🤔
## Conclusion
After testing the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JB8QWH6" "Airthings Wave Plus" >}} for many, many weeks, I can say with confidence that this device is very, very impressive! It offers a glimpse into an area of your life that you did not know could have such an impact on your well-being. Airthings provides in-app documentation to help you understand each of the metric, their impact and how to help with fixing a problematic situation.
The app is intuitive to use and offer nice graphs with your present and past numbers, but on the online dashboard is where all the juicy details are gathered. You can consult much more precise graphs and historical data. Given that the numbers are recorded every 5 minutes, you have ample data to learn about your situation.
I only wish that the Wave Plus would have a PM10 and PM2.5 sensor to really offer all of the sensors currently available on the market in its competitors. The Wave Plus does have the radon detection which is something quite unique, but in order to really know about allergens, dust and other things that can affect my air quality I would need to get another sensor.
---
### [Jabra Elite Active 75t, Small, Sporty and Multi-Device [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/06/19/jabra-elite-active-75t-small-sporty-and-multi-device-review/)
> A fresh new update from Jabra, the Elite Active 75t are here to offer a refined version of the great 65t from last year. What are they bringing to the table? Lots!
The world of wireless earbuds has dramatically changed over the last two years with not only the usual big guys like Sennheiser releasing interesting new products, but also other consumer product companies like Apple, Samsung, Google and Jabra. Jabra has a long history of various businesses and chat headsets, but they have also released a few models of wireless earbuds.
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B077ZGRVRX" "Jabra Elite 65t" >}} was well regarded last year, and this year saw the arrival of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07X9VG6ZJ" "Elite Active 75t" >}}, as a souped up revision that fixes all of the woes of the 65t.
## Design
The Jabra Elite Active 75t have nothing to envy towards other high-end headset, their design is quite impressive. The case has a very nice rounded shape and fits nicely in your pockets. The two earbuds are held with magnets, as is the case cover. It also makes a satisfying click when shut close! But what users were complaining the most about got fixed in this revision, it now charges via USB-C!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-66-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-67-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-68-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-69-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-70-c.jpg" >}}
The 75t also comes with three size tips to really be comfortable to your very own ears. Talking about ears, they are not what I would describe as small once installed, but there are definitely smaller than lots of what is out there.
They are offered in a few colours including Navy, Copper Black, Grey, Sienna and Mint.
The tips are not what I would consider the most comfortable tips out there. There are OK, but I've seen better. In the past I've had great success with the foam tips from Comply and I see they are {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B081QT4HS6" "already offering them" >}} in three sizes for the Elite line. If you like the 75t but feel the fit could be better, have a look at the Comply!
## Features
- Sweatproof, waterproof (IP57 rating)
- 7.5h of battery life (total of 28h with case)
- Fast charging case
- Bluetooth 5.0 compatible chipset
- Noise cancellation and transparent listening
- Customization (sound, EQ, noise cancelling)
- 2-year warranty
## Performance
The very first thing I wanted to test is the sound quality. This is often times what is mostly lacking some earbuds on the market. They too often have a ton of great features at the expense of sound quality. Given that these are earbuds, sound quality for me is of upmost importance! Comparing them with other buds and even full-size headsets like the [Sennheiser Momentum 3](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/18/sennheiser-momentum-3-perfect-marriage-of-quality-and-noise-cancellation-review/), they are surprising!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-71-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-73-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-74-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-evolve-elite-75t-review-77-c.jpg" >}}
The sound quality is very good and flat by default, which is what you want with earbuds that come with a customizable EQ. You can then go to the Jabra app, do updates if there are some, and customize the sound to your liking. I prefer to add just a bit of bass and some highs. Then the sound was perfect to my ears! I have yet to try the AirPods Pro but compared to regular AirPods and other earbuds I tried in the past, their quality is very good especially since they are not wired and have to go through wireless protocols.
As for the fit, well this is something very personal. Some people can't stand in-ear earbuds, some can't even stand the regular iPod and iPhone style earbuds. For me, they do fit nicely in my ears and the three different size tips are good to find the perfect fit. For me, medium is where I need to be.
Coming from AirPods, I did need to get re-used to in-ear earbuds. I rocked for a very long-time the [Microsoft Zune Premium earbuds](https://bloguedegeek.net/2008/07/11/review-ecouteurs-zune-premiums/) (review in French) for years and even upgraded them with [Comply foam tips](https://bloguedegeek.net/2009/04/13/embouts-de-mousse-comply-pour-ecouteurs-zune-premium-test/) at one point. But after years of {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0756CYWWD" "Bose QC35" >}}, [Sennheiser Momentum 1](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/05/20/sennheiser-momentum-wireless-review/) and [Momentum 3 headsets](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/18/sennheiser-momentum-3-perfect-marriage-of-quality-and-noise-cancellation-review/), and AirPods, I did need to get re-acquainted with in-ear audio devices.
Once properly installed, you do need to learn how to fit them right and once you do, you forget they are even there! They are comfortable and offer a good seal to passively block outside noise.
### Battery Life
Their battery life is great with around 7.5h of autonomy in the buds themselves, and a total of 28h if you include the case. One great thing I miss with my AirPods is the fast charging. If often happen I will forget to charge the case and realize, I have but a mere 20% left on the AirPods... The Jabra 75t can quick charge your buds for 15 minutes and get over 1h of listening time. But the best thing is the USB-C port! One more device going to USB-C is so great!
### Multiple Devices
I don't know why people are not talking more about this?!? This is the single, best, incredible feature of the Jabra 75t! You can pair them with up to 8 devices, which by itself is incredible. But the amazing thing is how you can switch between those devices. It's almost seamless!
I'm not counting Spotify here because the app itself has that feature built-in, so let's have the use case of Youtube. A video is playing on my Mac and I want to switch to my Overcast app on my iPhone. I pause the video on the Mac and hit play on the iPhone. The audio is now coming out of the iPhone! No need to fiddle with the active device like with AirPods! No bad connection, nothing!
**IT JUST WORKS (GREAT)!**
I should probably do a long-time review of the AirPods to explain my woes with them... but suffice it to say that I do spend most of my day switching devices. And if that process can be improved, believe me it has to with AirPods, the Jabra team really are going strong here with their painless switching between devices. It's really like the 75t knows where audio is coming out and it automatically switches to that for you.
### Noise Cancellation
The Jabra 75t have both active noise cancellation as well as transparent hearing which they call HearThrough. With just a click on the left earbud, you can go from noise cancellation to transparent earing. The noise cancellation is actually very good because, first of all, you benefit from in-ear passive noise cancellation since the 75t are placed inside your ear canal. Then, on top of this, you add technology that cancels the noise you get a great result!
The HearThrough works well, but I always find this mode to have too much background noise. I mean, I know it uses the microphone to pickup ambient noise, but the background "shhhhh" is a bit too much for me. Perhaps it could be toned down a bit. As for other sounds, like if someone speaks with you, it does sound reasonable natural.
### MySound
This is a very recent addition to the Jabra 75t. It offers a personalized test to check which frequencies you can hear and from that little test, customize the EQ for your specific earing. The MySound features plays short tones of varied frequencies and when you hear it, you tap a button. You do this about 25 times and repeat for the other ear. Once completed, it builds a personalized EQ just for you.
Does it work? Yes, it does! I played [Pull Me Under from Dream Theater](https://open.spotify.com/track/5CPXR6lDTvngxtmMZxnWmC), a song I probably listened to over 500 times over the course of my life, and on audio devices ranging from 2$ earbuds to full stereo worth north of 30,000$. Suffice to say, I know the ins and out of this song and I'm very sensitive to its varied frequencies. After applying the MySound profile, the sound not only sounded more rounded, but it also sounded less metal tin-y in the highs.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-mysound-1-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-mysound-2-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/jabra-mysound-3-c.jpg" >}}
Weirdly, it kind of "fixed" the audio and made it so much better! I mean it's the intended behaviour, but I was not expecting to see such a difference. I tried turning it OFF and reran the test a second time, I see a very noticeable difference! GN Group, the parent company of Jabra knows a ton about hearing aids, and it shows when you have something like this added to the latest firmware of great wireless earbuds.
## Conclusion
After rocking these for a few weeks, I must say that I am more impressed that I thought I would be. The welcome surprise was the way to toggle between devices, something even the great Apple can't get to work reliably with their "single device at a time" AirPods. The constant updates to both the mobile app and the firmware of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07X9VG6ZJ" "Jabra Elite 75t" >}} make them an impressive little product to rock. And with major new features, that actually increase the sound reproduction capabilities like the MySound feature that was recently released, rarely can you say that your audio product just got better for your own ears!
If in-ear earphones like the Jabra Elite 75t fit your ears, you should definitely get them as they are one serious contender for this year, and often more affordable than the competition!
---
### [Sabrent Rocket Nano, a Micro Nimble M.2 External SSD [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/05/11/sabrent-rocket-nano-a-micro-nimble-m.2-external-ssd-review/)
> Can such a tiny external hard drive rival with internal SSD speeds? Let's see how the Sabrent Rocket Nano do under my geeky thumbs!
2020 seems like a year where we will finally be able to carry the full power of Thunderbolt 3 in the palm of our hands! Last year, we got a few small very quick SSDs, but 2020 seems the power keeps increasing as much as their footprint seems to be diminishing!
A few months ago, I tested the [CalDigit Tuff Nano](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/29/caldigit-tuff-nano-compact-speed-demon-review/) external SSD with promises of doing a crazy speed of 1050 MB/s in both read and write! I remember that not too long ago, I was excited about "only" 300 MB/s! The drive was fairly small, with a rubber protection.
But today, I have something even smaller. Its footprint not only fits in your hand, you can actually close your fist around it! 😱 The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZWPH7G3" "Rocket Nano by Sabrent" >}} is an m2 SSD wrapped in a 100% aluminum case that promises 1000 MB/s of both read and write speeds!
## Design
This little guy is quite impressive to look at. The box seems make it seem like it's way bigger, so when you actually open it and see how tiny the external SSD is, you blink and can't believe it!
The enclosure is made of aluminum and act as a heat sink for those long transfer sessions when hundreds and hundreds of gigabytes are moved on and off the drive. It comes with both a Thunderbolt 3 cable (USB-C ends of course) and a USB-C to USB-A cable to maximize compatibility in these evolving times where the USB connectors are changing.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-03-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-06-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-05-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-04-c.jpg" >}}
Now, how big is the Rocket Nano? It's only slightly larger than a USB thumb drive. Its length is basically the width of a SATA SSD drive. It's half the width of an AirPods case, and only about 1 cm longer. Here are a couple of shots of it next to everyday items so you can get an idea of its size.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-02-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-03-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-07-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-08-c.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-external-ssd-review-09-c.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Dimensions: 69.9mm x 29.2mm x 12.7mm (2.75" x 1.15" x 0.5")
- Weight: 46g (1.62 oz)
- Available in six colours (black, grey, blue, pink, red and gold)
- Available in 512GB, 1TB and 2TB capacities
- USB 3.1 Gen 2 Interface with 1000 MB/s
Having extra storage is often an expensive upgrade when buying a laptop. Going from 1TB to 2TB with the latest {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B081FZV45H" "MacBook Pro 16-inch" >}}, costs 400$. For 100$ less, you can get a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZWLYX5W" "2TB Rocket Nano" >}}! (pricing in May 2020). If you don't need to have that storage inside your computer at all times, the Rocket Nano is a great way to save a ton of money! And if you need it with you? Well, hide it in your iPod Nano jean's pocket and it will always be with you where you go!
## Performance
Of course, the very first thing I did was to run a bunch of benchmarks to see how well this little speed demon behaves! For reference, I was testing the 1TB model in grey.
Using the regular disk benchmarking software, I got speeds on or around that 1,000 MB/s. ATTO Disk Benchmark reported 1,020 MB/s in both read and write, AJA System Test Lite said 963 MB/s in read and 968 MB/s in write and Black Magic Disk Speed Test returned 907 and 915 in read and write speed respectively.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-aja-disk.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-atto-disk-benchmark.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sabrent-rocket-nano-1tb-black-magic-bench.png" >}}
Most of the tools are reporting the advertised speed and that is amazing. Using it as an external SSD at these speeds do not feel like an external SSD at all!
### Sustained Transfer
The last test I wanted to make was a long-running transfer of just above 100 GB. Why you might ask? Often times, manufacturers will use a fast SLC cache of various sizes to allow for the maximum top speed for what they think is under the average transfer size. This way, they can save on cost as this fast SLC cache is way more expensive and would triple of not quadruple their costs.
To test this fast SLC cache you need to transfer files that are larger than its size, and note if you see a drop in transfer speed. For this, I'm using the excellent iStat Menu with the SSD option ON while looking at the graphic.
As you can see from the graphic above, I've done three separate transfers, separated by about 1 minute. You clearly see that there is a drop of about 40% after a little while. Looking the macOS file transfer window this happens around the 26 GB mark. Therefore, we can safely assume that there is probably a 26 GB fast SLC cache that gets filled and then the speed drops from around 950 MB/s to 500 MB/s according to iStat Menu.
This SLC Cache can be of any size from a few gigabytes to over 100 GB on more expensive desktop SSD drives. The Rocket Nano has a decent size cache that is around the average size on the market and it beats a few drives out there with smaller caches.
But what does it mean in reality? In a typical day-to-day utilization, you should not see any meaningful speed degradations unless you move over 100s of gigabytes regularly. Opening a photo library or even doing a 4K edit directly on the drive will not slow down since you don't work off ALL of the data at once. I personally rarely move over 50 GB of files in one single transfer, therefore instead of being around 50s for the complete file transfer, it will be about 70s. Not a very meaningful difference.
### Temperature
With all the above benchmarking and large file transfer, you might wonder how the aluminum case behaved? Well, it really did its job wonderfully. Knowing that these little memory boards can get so hot, you can't touch them, I have happy to see that the worst temperature I got was offered multiple 100 GB transfer and it was 51˚C. Certainly hot to the touch, but not enough to burn you. And after regular sized copies, it was around 40˚C in continuous use.
The case/heatsink does a very good job, as knowing how hot SSDs can get, it sure was hot to the touch, but not enough to burn, and it came down quickly after that to only feel warm!
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07ZWLYX5W" "Sabrent Rocket Nano" >}} is a tiny little drive that has performance of competitors 3 and 4 times its size. It's so small that it can fit comfortably behind your laptop, in your jeans pockets, even in the smaller pocket!
With sustained performance of 1000 MB/s, it's just like having another internal SSD Drive. I see absolutely no difference running Final Cut Pro or Photos on it. The only time when you might not benefit from its full potential is if you transfer over 26 GB of files in one single stream. These times, you will see about half the speed due to an SLC Cache of about 26 GB.
All in all, I strongly recommend the Rocket Nano for someone looking to extend the total capacity of their computer. The speed is great and does not allow to see much difference in everyday use, even with professional tools. It does not run hot and with both a Thunderbolt 3 (USB-C on both ends) and a USB-C to USB-A cable, you can use it literally anywhere! As long as the computer is fast enough to drive the USB 3.1 Gen 2 interface! Nowadays, it's the computer that risks not being fast enough!
---
### [Twelve South StayGo USB-C Hub, the Hub to Rule Them All [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/03/22/twelve-south-staygo-usb-c-hub-the-hub-to-rule-them-all-review/)
> Imagine a dock that can be good at home and on the go, while allowing you to leave all your dongles at home. A dream? No, it's the StayGo by Twelve South!
There are a lot of Thunderbolt 3 and USB-C in the market and they usually look like a thick slab of aluminum powered by a large power brick. They are ideal for your home office or office, but that’s where you will set them and you will never travel with them.
That a pity and often time, on the go, I have the same needs as when I’m at home. I need to connect devices to my USB-C port MacBook Pro but there are no good portable docks and I don't like bringing a complete kit of dongles when I work outside...
The [StayGo USB-C Dock by Twelve South](https://www.twelvesouth.com/products/staygo-usb-c-hub) is a solution to both at home and on the go, get it? StayGo? So let’s see if this hub really fulfills the promise of being a good home dock and a good on-the-go dock and as I'm a geek for numbers, let's run a few benchmarks with it!
## Design
The StayGo is a small size dock that still offers great connectivity for the size but it’s special power is how I how they decided to manage power. Instead of using a super thick power brick, they are reusing the power brick that comes with your {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B085CNGYV8" "MacBook Pro" >}} and offers 85W of passthrough power. And the cable to plug it into your Mac is hidden inside the dock! So when you are going out, you simply take the dock with you and you don’t need to think about the cable or have a weird dangling cable that’s in the way.
The whole dock acts as a heat sink for the heat generated through its use and it’s one of the only, if not the only one, with both a microSD and SD card reader. Three USB-A 3.0 for your fast external storage and one of them gives out 7.5W for charging your phone. The HDMI shoots out 4K video at 30Hz and the Ethernet jack is a Gigabit port that can do 1,000Mbps.
But where this little shines, is that it comes with one right angle USB-C cable for the desk and it can even store a short USB-C cable inside itself for use on the go! So you just grab the StayGo and run! No need for extra cables!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-336-c-57y3h.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-337-c-wdc0p.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-339-c-x0iv0.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-338-c-loh5p.jpg" >}}
The matte black design is great and it feels amazing in the hand! Great design, great looks!
## Features
- Compact form factor
- Power pass through (70W for your Mac)
- 3x USB-A, 1x Gigabit Ethernet, microSD and SD card ports
- 1x 4K HDMI at 30Hz
- Now power cord
- One integrated short USB-C cable
## Performance
Let's first talk about the power performance of the StayGo. From the marketing document, Twelve South says it's offering a passthrough of 85W for charging a MacBook Pro. This is very good as it closely matches what the 2018 and before MacBook Pro 15" were requiring. The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B081FZV45H" "new 2019 16-inch MacBook Pro" >}} requires 96W so you might not be able to run it to its fullest speed without seeing a few percentage points drop. For a compact dock like this, it's not bad at all and a good compromise. Worst case, when you leave your computer to eat or make coffee, it will regain the lost points.
When I plugged the MacBook Pro charger, it displays 86W of charging current (for an 87W charger). And when I plug it in through the StayGo, I have 72W displayed in the System Information. The way it works is that the 85W are passed through, but the StayGo needs 15W to function, so you are left with about 70-72W of charging power to your laptop.
As for external drive performance, I hooked up my [CalDigit Tuff Nano](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/29/caldigit-tuff-nano-compact-speed-demon-review/) {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07TP598RF" "buy it now" >}}), a disk that can do 974 MB/s and 792 MB/s in read and write speeds to one of the regular USB3 port of the StayGo. I got 419 MB/s and 57 MB/s in read and write speeds, but then when I used the powered port, the one that can provide 7.5W Fast Charging, I got 421 MB/s and 327 MB/s in read and write speeds. So if you need speed with an external SSD, make sure you use the powered port as it's much faster than the other ones. However, it's nowhere near as fast as a Thunderbolt 3 port which can basically double the bandwidth speed. Remember that the USB-3 ports are the 9 Gbps type, a lot slower than the 40Gbps of a Thunderbolt 3 port.
As for the microSD and SD card ports, yes you have both so you don't need to carry an extra microSD to SD card adapter, they are the UHS-I type that can do about 104 MB/s. With a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07YL5LP6C" "Kingston SD card" >}} rated for 90 MB/s and 80 MB/s, I was able to reach 67 MB/s and 62 MB/s, not quite the maximum power of the card but close.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-341-c-fmiku.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-340-c-oknxf.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-343-c-deoc7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/staygo-dock-twelve-south-review-342-c-ejka1.jpg" >}}
Given all of these performance numbers, it's clear to me that the StayGo does not try to be the fastest or more powerful dock, after all it does not require a huge power brick as does the other big boys like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JM3S5SJ" "OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock" >}} or the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MZ2ATGK" "Elgato Thunderbolt 3 Dock" >}}. The StayGo is also not the same price, and all of its specs are detailed on the website for full transparency.
## Conclusion
The [StayGo](https://www.twelvesouth.com/products/staygo-usb-c-hub) is a marvel of design giving how much it packs in such a simple case. It's the fastest, nor is it trying to be it. It's a "good to great" performer that has the smarts to be very useful on the go or on your desk. It offers the possible and flexibility to be all you need on the go, no need for those damn dongles and at the same time, it can be the dock for the office where you have Ethernet, an external monitor and a few external disks. This is where it shines, it is more flexible than any other small docks on the market, and it still can offer great performance to be able to resume work on the go without any need of dongles.
If you need the superpower of a Thunderbolt 3 dock, then either you wait to be home and use all the dongles your MacBook Pro needs, or you acquire the OWC or Elgato docks. Note that instead of being 99 $US these models from the two companies are about 300 $US.
Overall, the [StayGo](https://www.twelvesouth.com/products/staygo-usb-c-hub) does what no other docks do well, be practical both on the go and at home, while giving enough ports, power and performance to be well rounded for most of the setups out there, even professionals on the go!
---
### [Logitech MX Master 3, the King Is Back Baby! [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/02/22/logitech-mx-master-3-the-king-is-back-baby-review/)
> What can be changed with the MX Master 3 that was not already great with the MX Master 2S ? Let’s get into the nitty-gritty details of that new generation and why the King is Back!
After 2 incredibly successful iteration of its MX Master Mouse, Logitech came back with another version. But how can they make this incredible, already close to perfect mice even better? I mean, [I love my MX Master 2](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/05/23/logitech-mx-master-2s-review/) and I would not trade it in for another mouse for nothing in the world... And, from a tech reviewer’s point of view, what could even make this new version more interesting than the previous one?
I mean, it probably has a few new features, but could Logitech really make this mouse even better??
## Design
If you have used a [MX Master](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/04/12/logitech-mx-master-mouse-review/) or [MX Master 2](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/05/23/logitech-mx-master-2s-review/), you already know the shape of the mouse and the overall feel, you played with it in the past. However, what you have not experienced is the incredible upgrade they put in this revision. Every single thing on this mouse feels premium in a what that I did not anticipate could be done.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-178-c-lb58s.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-180-c-0ec7e.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-182-c-6vqmg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-184-c-n64nl.jpg" >}}
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071YZJ1G1" "MX Master 2" >}} was great, but now, we have more metal parts, more precise mechanism with a very BMW feel to them and it is an incredible feeling when you first start using it!
The new MagSpeed Electromagnetic scrolling wheels can scroll to incredible speeds but never does it feel cheap. It’s more precise, it’s metal construction is weighted and it’s super quiet. All things I did not think was possible, yet it’s in my hand as I type these words!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-190-c-bob8f.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-192-c-1vzy1.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-194-c-7fqnn.jpg" >}}
The side wheel is also made of metal and have the same feel to it. All the buttons are slightly different, giving out a stiffer yet more refined click when you press them. The mode shift allows you to change the mode of the scroll wheel like in the past, from what they call the Ratchet mode (the "tick-tick-tick" mode I call it) and the Free-Spin mode when it spins just like an [electric skateboard](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/10/29/unlimited-x-loaded-race-electric-skateboard-unboxing/)!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-198-c-cgvds.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-196-c-h8l69.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/logitech-mx-master-3-mouse-review-200-c-y9qvd.jpg" >}}
You still get the side scroll wheel, two side buttons, two main buttons and the thumb button as previously available. But the MX Master 3 now has a few new tricks up its sleeve.
## Features
- Re-engineered hardware
- Superfast, and silent, scrolling
- Gesture button
- App Customization
- Control multiple computers
- 4,000 dpi sensor
- USB-C
## Performance
As mentioned above the experience is quite impressive and it does not look like it when you just read the words on the browser. The feel, resistance when needed and quality of the comments feels like using a luxurious car knob.
You really need to experience it to really know what we are talking about !
The technology called Flow is not new this year, it was released last year with the MX Master 2S and it allows you to control multiple computers with the same Logitech mouse and keyboard. You exit the screen just like you would do with a dual monitor setup to reach the second monitor and automatically the second computer captures your cursor as if you switched mice.
The Gesture button is a new take on how you can customize actions for each of your app. This is the thumb button that is horizontal just under your thumb. When kept pressed it awaits your command, which is a movement going forward, backward or sideways. Each direction can be mapped to an action in your apps. For example, you could map one to the undo and redo action in Photoshop.
Plus you can also assign these actions to the side buttons and horizontal scroll wheel as you can with the mode switching button.
Really, this mouse is customization heaven!
It also comes with a USB-C port! No more fiddling to connect it! It has a Quick Charge feature where one minute of charging gives you 3 hours of use! And it even last 70 days on a full charge!
## Conclusion
Th {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071YZJ1G1" " MX Master 2S" >}} was an incredible mouse that I did not think could be made that much better. Logitech took the challenge head first and impressively past all expectations! The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07S395RWD" "MX Master 3" >}} hardware is better on all fronts, the customization is incredible, it even has a new sensor and finally uses USB-C with a 1-minute quick charge for 3 hours!
What else can I say other than, run and buy this incredible mouse! You will not regret it!!!
---
### [CalDigit AV Pro 2 4TB Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2020/02/01/caldigit-av-pro-2-4tb-review/)
> The CalDigit AV Pro 2 offers external storage, more fast USB ports and even power delivery for the professional out there.
CalDigit is making a great lineup of storage products, which includes a tiny rubberized external SSD, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MR7JGBS" "Tuff Nano" >}}, for which I already have professed my love for. But what happens if you need a bigger hard drive than what the Tuff Nano offers? Well, CalDigit offers the AV Pro 2, a versatile external hard drive with extra ports and power for charging your laptop!
## Design
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MZBCM13" "AV Pro 2" >}} is a slick aluminum external drive dock that comes with your choice of storage. It can be placed horizontally or vertically in a small transparent plastic holder and offers extra connectivity that a simple external drive does not.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-352-c-iyeph.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-351-c-nalsl.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-364-c-7wuz3.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-353-c-6hwi4.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-365-c-tfxtw.jpg" >}}
The AV Pro 2 is powered from a wall outlet and provides 30W of power to charge your laptop. Not enough to replace an outlet for the latest MacBook Pro, since these require 90W and more, but enough to charge it while idle or while doing light usage.
The single Thunderbolt 3 cable that goes from the AV Pro 2 to your laptop carries data and power. You also have an extra slim USB-3 port and two old fashion USB-A ports for USB drives or memory card reader. They can also charge other devices like your iPhone with a 7.5W charge.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-354-c-c4mvy.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-355-c-eth91.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-357-c-zrb9s.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-356-c-vpzxn.jpg" >}}
CalDigit is known to make very Mac centric products and this one is no different. It comes with software to easily mount or unmount drives and even works with the Apple SuperDrive.
## Features
- Solid aluminum enclosure with drive tray
- Lockable with a key
- 4-14TB (HDD), 1-2TB (SSD) capacities
- Can also be bough with just the enclosure
- Power delivery to your MacBook with 30W
- Extra USB ports
## Performance
The tested model includes a Hitachi 4TB hard drive. This does not allow me to fully test the performance of the AV Pro 2 since the Hitachi has a lowered maximum speed than what the CalDigit AV Pro is capable of. The SSD version of the AV Pro 2 has a maximum advertised speed of 430MB/s.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-359-c-80vg1.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-360-c-1wn7e.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-362-c-woq1v.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-361-c-zfni7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-review-363-c-y6oa3.jpg" >}}
As you can see from the gallery, I'm only able to reach about 145MB/s in read and write depending on the tool used. For photo editing and backup purposes, this is enough but if you are editing 4K video, you should consider the SSD version.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-blackmagic-speed-test-hm4qj.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-atto-disk-benchmark-qjtqd.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-aja-system-test-0lfvw.png, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/caldigit-av-pro-2-disk-mark-ndzrz.png" >}}
If you already have an SSD lying around, you should check out the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MR7JGBS" "enclosure only version" >}} which only costs 54$. This way you could get the best bang for your bucks.
### Sky's the Limit
There are ways to make the AV Pro 2 even better, and I really hope CalDigit is taking notes here. ;) Cranking up the power to 100W would be ideal given that the new 16" MacBook Pro has a 96W power requirements (61W for the 13" MacBook Pro). This way you could work, and render computational heavy tasks all day without a hitch!
The data interface being limited to 430MB/s should be upgraded to allow full Thunderbolt 3 40Gb/s performance and thus reach theoretical speeds of up to 5,000 MB/s! The most popular SSD NVMe stick on Amazon is the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07BN217QG" "Samsung 970 EVO SSD 1TB" >}} which only costs 168$ and can do 3,500 MB/s read and 2,500 MB/s read. Given the incredible speed at which this SSD stick can run I can only dream of installing one in the next AV Pro and benefit from the awesome speed Thunderbolt 3 can provide!
It's good that the AV Pro 2 presents itself as a dock, and I really like the extra port, but since we are now in 2020, there should also be at least one extra USB-C port (ideally two) and an SD card reader. I'm currently running an Elago Thunderbolt 3 Dock at work and the OWC Thunderbolt 3 dock at home, only the one from OWC has an SD card reader and I use it constantly. Perhaps this is more for someone like me, but I think the SD card reader would be a nice bonus!
## Conclusion
Having a sort of two in one where you have an external storage and dock all-in-one is a very good idea and I really love the design of the AV Pro 2. However, if you only need storage this is not the best use of your money. You would have much better performance out of the [Tuff Nano by CalDigit](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/29/caldigit-tuff-nano-compact-speed-demon-review/) with its 1,055MB/s speeds. But if you need a solution to charge your Mac laptop, increase your storage and have a dedicated space to plug in your memory card reader, or USB sticks, then the AV Pro 2 is the dream device that can fit all of your needs! Also, it looks great in all its aluminum glory! Just make sure you wisely choose speed or space with regards to your specific needs.
---
### [Aeropress Go, a Great Design Made Even Better [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/12/06/aeropress-go-a-great-design-made-even-better-review/)
> The Aeropress Go is the first revision of the Aeropress that changes its design in a major way. Will it be well received? Let’s find out!
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0047BIWSK" "AeroPress" >}}, this small portable coffee maker that is loved so much that it is often used as a comparison when making or tasting coffees. They even have a competition every year to crown the best coffee recipe using an AeroPress.
It is loved by many, yours truly included, and is often brought in travels because all you need is grinder coffee and hot water. This way no matter if you are on a remote beach or the highest summit, you can brew and awesome cup of coffee!
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07YVL8SF3" "AeroPress Go" >}} is a new model that is even smaller, but it has been redesigned to include all the accessories in one tightly closed AeroPress with a big red rubber cap. We are all up for redesigns to make the products we love better but how better is it really?
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-306-35vxk.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-307-yxd95.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-309-zqt8z.jpg" >}}
## Design
The first thing you see is the size of the new Go, it’s much shorter but retains the same diameter. It’s also less wide on the plunger side. Still keeping its hollow structure the biggest change is that you can now store away everything in there and cover it all with a rubber cap.
The scoop has changed slightly, but the biggest change is the stirrer, is now foldable and has more of a L shape. This allows it actually fit inside the hollow plunger part. There is also a new paper filter holder that can hold about 20 filters, or the great Able Brewing metal filters and a few more paper ones.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-311-57zde.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-310-3gytw.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-313-i38ch.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-312-g6cyb.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-314-wnzqs.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-315-jjmkv.jpg" >}}
The cap is a big flexible rubber cap that can be easily washed. It also serves as a shock absorber if you are clumsy like me and drop things all the time!
All the parts are Made in the USA! This is something very uncommon nowadays and I’m happy AeroPress decided to do this!
## Features
- New Design
- Comes with stirrer, scoop, filter holder and cap
- Comes with 350 paper filters
## Performance
As you can see from the above video, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07YVL8SF3" "AeroPress Go" >}} is much smaller than the regular version, but it can brew good amounts of coffee still. You can do espresso-style or American-style coffee by adding a bit of hot water to the extracted coffee. The techniques are the same, be the regular way or the inverted way, they both work properly. You can still use a mug or the provided container.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-317-cst74.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-316-m0cii.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-318-u72rt.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-319-r7tpp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aeropress-go-coffee-maker-review-test-320-yumgp.jpg" >}}
Cleaning is as simple as before, but where the Go really shines is when you pack it away. Its smaller footprint and new design really allows you to throw it in your bag. It not only is easier not to forget part of the kit, since it gets stored easily in one single unit, but it makes the same coffee, coffee lovers enjoy!
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07YVL8SF3" "AeroPress Go" >}} is a must-have! A product that any coffee drinker should have, not only for travelling, but also for everyday drinking! It does an amazing job at extracting all of the good taste of freshly grinded coffee beans. It’s basically just a joy to use, clean, and it’s always ready for more.
You should really look into pre-ordering the AeroPress Go! I’m keeping mine close to my vest for everyday coffees and for travels!
---
### [Sennheiser Momentum 3, Perfect Marriage of Quality and Noise Cancellation [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/18/sennheiser-momentum-3-perfect-marriage-of-quality-and-noise-cancellation-review/)
> Sometimes you need to choose. But what if you could have it all? Sennheiser is proposing the Momentum 3 as the best audio quality headset with an amazing noise cancellation feature. Is it possible?
After multiple years and multiple pairs of noise-cancelling headphones, I'm happy to see that Sennheiser is still working hard on this type of product! After testing the [Sennheiser Momentum Wireless 2](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/05/20/sennheiser-momentum-wireless-review/) in 2016, I was impressed by the choice of materials, the sound quality and the noise cancellation it offered. Remember that in 2016, you mostly only had the [Bose QC35](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/10/13/bose-qc35-wireless-headphones-review/) that did active noise cancellation and the Momentum were like a breath of fresh air since they had a much better sound quality and also offered noise cancelling. Best of both worlds!
Sennheiser recently launched the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07VW98ZKG" "Momentum 3" >}}, their third foray into the world of impressive audio reproduction, noise cancellation and now with a hint of smart assistant sprinkled on top.
## Design
Keeping with tradition the Momentum 3 are still adorned of leather on both the ear cups and the head band. They still offer the same type of metal band slider for adjusting the position of the ear cup and their curly cable that connect both ear cups through the head band.
The tested model was the black one, this time around we only have a single colour to choose from. The black leather, matte black plastic and the brushed aluminum make this a killer combo to look at! One feature that I really love, and most people will think it's useless, the L and R are actually printed inside the ear cup in big letter so it's very easy to know how to put the headset on the right way.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-150-2vgof.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-148-teyk7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-152-jh6bz.jpg" >}}
The Momentum 3 comes in a nice fabric case for storage and protection, and it comes with a 3.5m audio cable and one USB-C to USB-C cable. There is also a USB-C to USB-A adapter for when you do not have a USB-C port to plug into. You're all set with older tech and newer tech out of the box!
## Features
- Premium headset and premium sound
- Active user configurable noise cancellation
- Transparent hearing
- Ear cup buttons for control including smart assistant
- Integrated Tile for lost items
- Samart App
## Usability
Before we jump into the sound performance and active noise cancellation, there are a few tricks up the Momentum 3 sleeves that warrant a look. The headset is stored away inside it's own little case and when you unfold them, they automatically turn on. There is no ON/OFF button, just this gesture is enough.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-156-7m3up.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-154-w08nc.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-160-f2n7f.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-158-e4r70.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-162-3xgpl.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-164-e2xet.jpg" >}}
And just like AirPods, when you set them on your head, they resume playing! You heard right, when you put them around your neck or remove them from your head they pause the music and resume when they are back on your ears. It's not just an angle thing, they really are looking for some pressure that tells them they are on your head. Very smart!
And when you are done, and you fold them back on them, they turn off to save battery life. Speaking of battery life, Sennheiser advertises 17 hours of listening time and I can vouch for that. It sure does seem longer than this since they are constantly closing when you store them away. I mainly use them in my commute and they can last a good two weeks if I don't use them during the day or night. It's very impressive.
The right ear cup has all of the controls, which means you can play/pause, increase and decrease volume and now trigger the smart assistant of your phone with a dedicated button. The other 3-way switch there allows you to toggle between noise cancelling, transparent listening or simply passive with all features turned off is located at the top.
I have some trouble moving my finger to locate which button is the play/pause button since they are so thin, I kind of wished they were bigger. The 3-way button is great, though, I can easily hit that and switch the modes.
Since the headset automatically restarts what was playing on your mobile device, I almost never use the side buttons. Just like AirPods, it resumes and pauses when you put them on or off. It's a very pleasant experience!
## Audio Performance
When we are using a Sennheiser product, the main feature we are expecting is great audio quality and the Momentum 3 do not fall short of this. Once again, we have great balanced audio that is both clear and has just enough bass so that you feel it appropriately in a bass heavy song. Now, these are not Beats headphones, so you will not have an unbalanced sound with too much bass. I would compare the sound EQ to the Sony MDR7506 with a higher bass and treble response, and a good amount of extra presence. The music feels richer and more engulfing.
To my ears this is far better than the Bose QuietComfort line of products and also, better than the Sony line of noise-cancelling headphones. The Momentum 3 does not disappoint in terms of audio reproduction!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-172-rdsoq.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-174-6iryz.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sennheiser-momentum-3-headset-review-176-fswdw.jpg" >}}
The active noise cancelling has been put through its paces in the subway, bus, walking next to traffic and even next to construction workers. I stopped and listened to my music while the construction workers were making all kinds of noise, some shorts like bangs, others more constant and in all situations they were almost completely gone! Where the Sennheiser algorithm is best is when there is constant humming. I've tried them with low pitch and high pitch humming and in all situations, the sound was completely gone. This was very impressive.
The side effect of all that noise cancellation is that I rarely have to increase my volume over 50-60% to be bathed in awesome music!
I'm not a big fan of the transparent listening, as I'm wearing headphones only when I really want to exit reality and lose myself in music, podcast or a great movie. However, when I did try it on the street I was able to be aware of my surroundings. The sound was very balanced so that I could hear the outside world but not too much such that I wanted to turn it off or lower the "outside world volume". The few times I had to try it, it was better than I expected and also better than other headsets I tried in the past.
## Mobile App
As it is the case with most of our devices nowadays, there is a mobile app with quite a few options. The [Smart Control app](https://en-ca.sennheiser.com/smartcontrol) by Sennheiser allows you to pair your device to your phone and set a few key settings. Among them is the level of the noise cancellation. Not everyone finds the same level of noise cancellation comfortable; therefore you can hop into this app and change it to the ideal level.
Same thing goes for the transparent hearing level that you can also configure in the same way. Finally, an EQ allows you to personalize how the headphone sounds to your ears. Love more bass, just raise the lower frequencies. There are also a few other settings that you should at least visit once. You can for example, stop the music when you turn transparent hearing ON and disable Smart Pause when you remove the headset. Not sure why you would like to do so, but to each their own!
## Conclusion
Once again Sennheiser is offering an impressive headset with an amazing quality both in the design and material used, as in the feature set it offers. One of the best audio quality paired with a super effective noise cancellation technology, transparent listening and a complete set of user-configurable options that leaves some other headset crying for more. The Momentum 3 headset is worthy of its name and it takes what the Momentum and Momentum 2 offered to an all-new level by pushing the envelope even further.
I sincerely can't find much wrong with this headset. It's comfortable, it's audio performance is top and it's packed with features that you normally find sprinkled on competitor headsets but this time, one headset has them all. I remember being shocked at the quality of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00SOM7YWI" "Momentum 2" >}} and I'm happy to report that if you liked them, you will love the latest {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07VW98ZKG" "Momentum 3 headset" >}}! I can't say enough good things about this product, and if you are looking for the perfect marriage of audio performance and noise cancellation, don't look any further!
---
### [Unlimited x Loaded Tesseract Race Complete Electric Longboard Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/12/unlimited-x-loaded-tesseract-race-complete-electric-longboard-review/)
> The teams behind the two companies presents the Unlimited x Loaded Race Complete, an electric longboard powered by a versatile motor kit attached to quality brand name skateboarding parts! Let review this crazy kit!
After trying many boards with various quality of parts, it's very refreshing to see a collaboration between brands with a great reputation and an engineering company that has a powerful motor and battery kit to offer. Unlimited Engineering partnered with Loaded to offer a few kits that include a Loaded board, Paris tucks and even Orangatang wheels!
This is our review of the [Unlimited x Loaded Tesseract Race Complete](https://unlimitedxloadedusa.com/products/race), a dual motor, dual battery that can go faster and offer a crazy acceleration matched by few boards on the market!
## Design
The board I was provided for review is a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07CJQ8SHM" "Basalt Tesseract" >}}, a W-shape longboard made of solid, quality wood. This is one of the best boards I have seen and its quality is very refreshing compared to cheaper boards with a no-name part. Attached to this board, you have a nice set of Paris V3 180mm trucks, yes, both trucks are actually skateboarding trucks. No cheap copy here.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-072-dlxs4.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-073-w0fiz.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-075-o1il3.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-074-i8m3z.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-078-lpvg8.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-080-64gwo.jpg" >}}
The wheels are {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07CLMPP98" "Orangatang Caguamas" >}} in 85mm and 80A durometer in the front, and actual Orangatang Happy Thane PU in the back around the hub motors. First time I've seen actual Orangatang PU on an electric skateboard. Even the bearings are {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B003QB6D0Q" "Loaded Jehu bearings" >}}!
Basically, this board has 100% legit skateboarding parts. Then, you add the dual motors and dual battery made by Unlimited Engineering, a powerful kit of motors that can reach speeds of 42 kph and a range of 21 km. With that power, you can also climb a 20% incline hill.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-081-td8mp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-082-c21k5.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-083-2c919.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-085-tntjd.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-087-tp9hl.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-088-f0jdl.jpg" >}}
## Race Kit Features
- 42 kph top speed
- 21 km max range
- 4 kg standalone, 7.8k with Tesseract board
- 2 x 90 kWh batteries
- 2h30 charge time
## Speed
One of the first things people usually want to know is how fast can this thing go. Not that it's a safe thing to do to always go fast, but often times, you do get a nice flat stretch of street and it's cool to push it to the max!
The advertised speed is 42kph, but while I was writing this review, an update was pushed a limited the speed to 37 kph until further notice. I did the update unknowingly while I was ramping up my comfort on the board and thus I never got to experience that 42kph.
Out of the limited 37kph I was able to reach 35kph on the remote and 39.8kph on the [RideApp](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/ride-track-your-esk8-rides/id1271234198). Just a tiny little bit slower than the Exway (40.6kph) but much faster than the 30-32kph on the Boosted Mini X.
I was just hoping the update would be available before the snow got here so I could test this sweet 42kph... The app even says the custom mode is up to 50kph... so there is much more power to be given at a later date.
## Range
The advertised range for this dual battery, dual motor model is 21km and given that I've mostly ridden in either Pro or Custom mode, I only travelled about 11km in the end of the fall season. That's a little less than when it was the end of summer where I could easily do 12-13km in the Pro mode.
Moving down to the Eco mode, or Beginner mode, I can see myself reaching 21km easily... but when you are used to speed... it's hard to go back down. To me the board, fully charged in summer is good to get to work and back, I did so a couple of times and I had about 20% left on the board after a total of about 11km travelled.
Note that once you get into the 20s you do get some battery sag and you won't be able to ride as fast as when the board is fully charged. It's surprisingly still going faster than I was expected in those lower percentage digits.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-092-bib0s.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-091-cjjol.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-094-eg7pv.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-093-ektq1.jpg" >}}
## Comfort
This is where things get very interested. It's rare that you get so many quality components on an electric longboard. We start with a stiff but large, and comfortable deck, the Loaded Basalt Tesseract. This is a bit bigger than my ideal size, but I really like the quality of the deck!
Then, we got some sick Orangatang Caguamas in their orange hue. With a size of 85mm and 80A durometer, these were wheels I wanted to try out for a very long time. And I understand the reactions of people when they started to use them on their electric skateboards! These are amazing wheels, they have a nice contact surface, a smooth durometer that allows to absorb lots of the road bumps and at 85mm we have a good balance between speed and torque.
The board comes with a few rising pads that also helps a bit. Overall, the board is a lot more comfortable than what I was expecting given the weight and the thickness of the Loaded Tesseract.
You could perhaps add thicker or mushier shock pads or go even larger in terms of wheel size to help with the bumps. Or change the board to be a Loaded Vanguard just like the first two Boosted Boards.
## Remote
At first I did not think I would love the remote because of its size and shape, but once it's actually in your hand it's quite good. It has a nice screen to show your battery level for both the remote and the board, as well as the mode you are in. In the video above, you can see the screen refresh rate seems weird, but with your eyes you don't see this, it's perfectly fine.
The remote has two extra features that are quite useful, cruise control and boost. The cruise control works as expected, it allows you to release the throttle and has the board continues on its merry way. I don't really like cruise control so I did not use it much apart from testing it to see if it works as advertised.
The boost feature is quite cool, it allows you to get a quick acceleration jolt just like when you use a mushroom in Mario Kart! It has a great acceleration but it's not too jarring, I really like it! The sad thing is that it does not work in the Pro or Custom modes if they are already at the top speed. The reasoning is that it allows you to accelerate just like the Pro mode for a few seconds. If you are already in Pro mode with the top speed, then you cannot go faster. Still very useful for when riding in Eco mode and you want a big boost!
## Maintenance
This is very easy with this board as 90% of it is just regular skateboarding parts. The front trucks, wheels, bushings and bearing are all legit regular parts and in the back you have regular trucks, bearings and bushings. The only part that is non-standard is the motor and the Orangatang Happy Tang PU sleeves. But the way you attach a motor is exactly the same as if it was a regular skateboard wheel.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-097-jqked.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-100-gns90.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-108-b4vni.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-110-1wue9.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-114-e566i.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-kit-electric-longboard-review-116-df7vd.jpg" >}}
The battery units are self-contained and don't need any maintenance, the only thing you might need to look into once in a while is the motors themselves, one of my motors probably came a bit loose and turned around the trucks axle putting tension on the cable and ripping the cable rubber a bit. This is because the motor itself is attached only by the bearings to the trucks. If you look at other esk8s, you see that they often time have a peg or a non-circular shaped truck to make sure the motors are well seated and don't move.
## Conclusion
The [Unlimited x Loaded Race complete kit](https://unlimitedxloadedusa.com/products/race) is an amazing board with an amazing set of components. Some will say that this board is very expensive and they would not be wrong. When the Boosted Stealth is 1,599$ and you look at what you get in terms of a Tesseract Race Complete kit at the same price, it's actually more than what the Boosted Stealth is. Better speed, better range, less maintenance and almost all the components are skateboarding parts.
Of course, if you compare it with the [Exway X1 Pro](https://www.exwayusa.com/products/x1-pro) at 1,150$ it sure is more expensive, but you get to choose your board, get some renowned quality components and close performance if Unlimited releases the update to bring back the speed to the maximum the board can achieve.
I would also look into this if you already have a longboard and you wish to reuse it, as you can save 150$ and only have to bring your board and your trucks. Or you can always change the board later to a longer or shorter model for a season. Given that the price of Loaded decks are around 150$, you kind of get free trucks, wheels and bearings if you get the complete kit. Good value for that 150$!
The partnership between Unlimited Engineering and Loaded made an awesome board that is more interesting than many boards out there. Albeit on the more expensive side of things, you do get an amazing package that should last you a very long time! I highly recommend this electric longboard!
---
### [Unlimited X Loaded Race Complete Video Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/11/08/unlimited-x-loaded-race-complete-video-review/)
> After an unboxing of the Unlimited x Loaded Race Complete electric longboard, here is the full detailed review in video form, for your eyes to enjoy!
After [unboxing the Unlimited x Loaded Race kit](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Map-Md6fL94) hooked on a Basalt Tesseract, I've had to drive it around the south shore of Montreal and in the city of Montreal with all the cracks and nice, how can I put this politely, vertically curved pavement...
Above you will find a long video review of the board where I go over the performance, ride comfort, mobile app, possible customization and overall experience. At 14:33 it might seem long, but I really wanted to go into the details of this board and include a ton of video footage of different parts of the board and lots of riding clips.
Overall, this is a very impressive board and I really would love you to watch the above video review and leave me a comment on YouTube if you have any question!
---
### [Unlimited x Loaded Race Electric Skateboard Unboxing](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/10/29/unlimited-x-loaded-race-electric-skateboard-unboxing/)
> Unlimited Engineering partnered with Loaded to make a great electric longboard. Let's unbox the Tesseract Race Complete and go through an overview of the board.
After trying multiple electric skateboards of various flavours, I was very curious to see an actual partnership between Unlimited Engineering and Loaded Boards to strap a cool electric system to a quality longboards with 100% legit skateboarding parts made by trusted brands!
This is the unboxing of the [Unlimited x Loaded Race Complete](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/10/17/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review/) as well as an overview of the different parts of the board!
The board is made of only quality know brand parts, which is pretty rare in the esk8 world. The Race model I am reviewing is the dual battery and dual motor version which can go up to 42 km/h and for a range of 21 km.
The particular thing here is not only is the board a Loaded Tesseract, but the trucks are Paris Trucks, the bearings are Loaded and the wheels are Orangatang Caguamas! Including the PU around the hub motors! Very impressive!
---
### [Elago AirPods Dust Guard Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/10/17/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review/)
> AirPods have a nice case, but some magnetic dust can settle and ruin the inside of the case. Elago provides the AirPods Dust Guard for this purpose.
Anyone who ever had {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FKRQV12D" "AirPods" >}} knows that one of the worst things about them is the little grains of metal that stick to the inside of the case where the case cover closes. There are numerous techniques you can employ to clean your AirPods. Even after trying all of them, I still had some dark matter residue in there.
Once again, Elago has come up with a cool solution to an everyday problem. The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07Q2N4CSX" "AirPods Dust Guards" >}} are very thin pieces of metal that sticks using the existing magnets in your AirPods case and prevents that magnetic grime from getting attached to your AirPods case!
## Design
The Dust Guards come in pack of two if you ever rip one out since they are fragile because of their thinness. You simply try to align them inside your AirPods case and off you go. The whole process takes a minute to do and is very simple. You do need good dexterity and a good eye to get them aligned properly.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-034-lms38.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-035-g370g.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-037-hz1ib.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-036-i0rgl.jpg" >}}
Once installed, you basically forget about them. You clean the shiny plastic with similar alcohol base solution you would use to clean your phone or your AirPods case. They prevent the accumulation of grime inside the plastic that gets smashed there when the closing of the case occurs.
## Features
- Thickness of 0.4mm
- Fits inside the case
- Multiple colours
- Keeps this surface clean
## Performance
They are non-permanent and you will most probably often slightly pull on them when you clean the case. Just be a bit more alert to this and you won't have problems. I've had mine on there for many weeks and did a few cleanup sessions without any problems.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-038-u728z.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-039-qwq23.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-042-nx8vi.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-airpods-dust-guard-review-040-0jxr8.jpg" >}}
I think the metal looks great inside the AirPods case but most of all they really fulfill their role of keeping the inside cleaner. You have one less surface, arguably the worst one, to clean and this is a great thing!
Elago offers two versions of the Dust Guards, one for the original AirPods and one for the 2nd Generation AirPods and as you might be expecting, they come in multiple colours like Gold, Rose Gold and my favourite Matte Space Grey!
## Conclusion
If you are concerned with keeping your Airpods clean, the [Elago AirPods Dust Guard](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FKRQV12D) are the accessory to get, together with a nice rubber case. This is exactly the kind of product I was looking for after not being able to clean my AirPods case completely.
They are simple to install, a bit fragile and thankfully does not impact the case closing mechanism. They do take some space but it's very negligible. Overall, a great addition to anyone's AirPods case!
---
### [Twelve South AirFly Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/09/07/twelve-south-airfly-review/)
> AirPods are great, but I wish I could use them for non-Bluetooth devices. Twelve South answered the call with the AirFly!
With the arrival of the AirPods on the market, I've noticed people have started to expect a better user experience with their devices. It should be intuitive and just work. Kind of like all of Apple's products of old, sadly they have steered away from this for many of their later products. With the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07PXGQC1Q" "AirPods" >}} in your hands, you would prefer them to work with everything around you, but often times, all you have is a 3.5mm jack. Be it on the Nintendo Switch, in the plane across the country or even some television sets.
Don't worry, Twelve South has got you covered! The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07CB24GSV" "AirFly" >}} is their response to exactly this, a small device that pairs with your AirPods over Bluetooth and connects to a dumb device via a 3.5mm jack. Now, I bet you start to see all of the possibilities opening in your mind!
## Design
The AirFly cannot be more minimalist, it's a small rectangular device, very similar to the shape of the iPod Mini from the early 2000s, but more compact. It has a single button that allows you to pair devices and turn the AirFly ON. There are two ports on its side, one micro-USB to charge it and one 3.5mm jack to plug in the provided cable.
It comes in a small gray microfiber pouch for transport. That's really all there is :) Simplicity at its best. The only thing I kind of wished was that it would either use Lightning or USB-C as the charging port. I don't really have other devices that required a micro-USB so it's an extra cable to tag along during trips. With USB-C being the go to replacement and Apple having even embraced it, it feels more natural over micro-USB.
## Features
- Use wireless headphones with non-wireless devices
- AirPods compatible
- 8-hour battery life
## Performance
Setting this up could not be simpler, simply hold the single Airfly button down for 10 seconds until it flashes amber and white, then quickly to the same thing on your AirPods or on your {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0756CYWWD" "Bose QuietComfort 35 II headphones" >}}, wait a few seconds and the AirFly button should now be solid white.
You can now plug the 3.5mm cable of the AirFly in any dumb device like your television or the in-flight entertainment system of the airplane.
It works exactly as advertised and really brings out the fun of not having dangling cables during your entertainment. For a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MUAGZ49" "Nintendo Switch" >}}, I would recommend thin Velcro to attach it behind the console but also still fit in the dock. Otherwise, it's simply dangling there. In terms of battery life the 8 hours is accurate.
## Conclusion
Setting it up was a piece of cake, using it is marvellous, I really have nothing negative to say about the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07CB24GSV" "AirFly" >}}. On my wish list, there is a USB-C port and cable, as they are simply better in terms of usability and if I push this even further, having no cable at all with induction charging, it would be even better. Just drop the AirFly on a charging mat and you're fully charged in an hour (or maybe even less since the battery seems to be quite small).
Twelve South once again made an amazing product that I highly recommend. A joy to use, just like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07PXGQC1Q" "AirPods" >}}! It's not perfect, but very close to be! If only it had USB-C and induction charging this product could not be better!
---
### [DJI Osmo Action 4K Action Camera Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/07/25/dji-osmo-action-4k-action-camera-review/)
> This first generation of action camera by DJI, is it a bomb or a bust? Let's find out if the Osmo Action can kick the King of the Hill out of its throne!
The market for action camera has gotten much wider over the last couple of years, but rare are the actual real contender to the GoPro king of the hill. But this might change with the addition of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07RJMK2GV" "Osmo Action by DJI" >}}, famous maker of drones and gimbals.
This time around though, no gimbals, no hardware tricks like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07KVV1W5S" "Osmo Pocket" >}}, it is an action camera pure and refined!
## Design
At first glance you might think that the Osmo Action is but a copy of the GoPro design, but when looking closer at it you realized that DJI stood on shoulders of giants and perfected the recipe.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-237-1dm8u.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-238-gqq8b.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-239-gadex.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-240-dnxly.jpg" >}}
The shape is very cubic and even comes with a similar snap-on case but every part of it is improved. The snap-on Case does not kill your fingers when you try to open it. It’s much easier to open while at the same time, it’s still as sturdy. It also has little holes where LED lights can shine through. The camera itself is similar in that it has top and side buttons, on top we have the power and record button, and on the side the _Quick Setting_ button that allows so switch between modes or toggle the front screen.
Yes, there is a front screen to that camera!! In my video review displayed at the top of this review, I’ve used the feature considerably to record the review of the camera. It’s a square screen but it makes sure you actually know if you are aiming well at yourself for vlogging or for a friend to double-check your helmet attachment angle.
The two filmmaker things that the Osmo Action does incredibly better than GoPro is with the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07V2X55CQ" "USB-C adapter" >}} to plug-in an external microphone. It’s not a dongle of credit-card size like the G, it’s a short adapter that does not dangle needlessly. The second feature filmmakers will really like is the use of a screw-on glass element that can be swapped for an ND filter or Circular Polarizer without any force. On GoPros you can swap the front element but it’s hard and does not feel like it was actually designed for that purpose. PolarPro are selling a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07RK51P5K" "kit of 5 polarizers" >}} for the Osmo Action.
The case is compatible with regular GoPro attachments so feel free to reuse all of your current GoPro gear!
## Features
- Dual Screen
- RockSteady Stabilization
- 4K HDR Video
- 8x Slow Motion
- 4K60p Recording
- Waterproof up to 11m
## Performance
I took this little camera for a spin, as you can see in the video up there, I had fun testing its capabilities. Let's go over the main features of the camera but first what is the general feeling of DJI's first action camera?
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-242-tv47g.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-241-ff82o.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-243-i83ao.jpg" >}}
This camera is a charm to use. The touch screen is responsive and I was able to find all of the features I was looking for very quickly. The only one I had to Google was how to activate the front screen. You need to long press the QS (Quick Switch) button, or tap the rear screen with two fingers. You can also use the voice control, but I prefer to actually press buttons, it's much faster for me.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-243-gcylo.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-247-vg9ms.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-248-f9iwm.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-250-af2s9.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-251-1hm9e.jpg" >}}
### Dual Screen
The front facing screen is a good idea to film yourself, be it for a vlog or just when sing a selfie stick. It can also be useful for a friend to make sure everything is centred or angled perfectly. No more guessing game and I love it! Of course, the screen is square but as long as you centre your subject it's all good.
There is a weird delay when recording that is only happening when recording. I tried to capture this while recording. It's probably due to the camera working very hard to capture audio and video and it lets the actual front display with a delay to focus on the real thing, you know, recording high quality content!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-247-d9s34.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-248-5w0x7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-250-y3uco.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dji-osmo-actionamera-review-251-goa8l.jpg" >}}
### RockSteady
This is what I was looking forward to the most! The Osmo Action uses a software approach to image stabilization that looks great on product video and I really wanted to know how good it really is. I must say, it is really as good as on the product shots! When walking it removes almost all of the movement, your body makes and if you were to walk slowly rolling your feet from heel to toe, you could most probably remove all of the movement!
The output recording is still in 4K, therefore, it's not a feature you can only use in 2.7K as some GoPro forces you to do. You have full 4K resolution and 100Mbits of data to work with. Amazing!
Walking, running, skateboarding they all work great! Even when doing lateral moves, the camera follows and stabilizes the footage. DJI really outdone themselves with this stabilization feature! It's much better than the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07SJDF1T4" "GoPro 6" >}} I have at home. I have not tried the GoPro 7 which is the current model.
And what about 60p? Well, good news, you can have RockSteady enabled even with 4k60p footage! Once again, you do not need to choose between high framerate or stabilization!
### 4K HDR Video
This is where you have to make a choice, sadly. Either you go with the awesome RockSteady stabilization or you go with the better dynamic range of HDR videos. In a perfect world we would be able to have it all, but for a first version of their action cam, I feel this is not too bad.
HDR videos will have to be stabilized in post or only when you are on a steady playing field. The HDR video do add a bit of depth to the image and the shadows are better defined, while the sky is very blue and not overexposed. You can see my review up the article for video examples. I would not choose HDR over RockSteady, that sweet stabilization is so good! But if you know the camera will be stable, go for the HDR, always!
### 8X Slow Motion
The 8X Slow Motion feature is great because you Quick Switch to it and record, that's it. It does all of the heavy lifting internally. The output is an HD file with about 25Mbits at 30fps. You can very easily add it to your timeline with no configuration or basically no configuration. Personally, I still prefer 4k60p to get 2.5X slowed down but preserve the 4K resolution. But if you are capturing very, very fast action, it might be worth it to switch to 8X Slow Motion.
## Conclusion
Overall, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07RJMK2GV" "DJI Osmo Action" >}} is one killer product! It just got on the market and already it was priced more aggressively than the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07GDGZCCH" "GoPro HERO7 Black" >}} with 50$ less at 349$ (469$CA) and it packed in so much feature that it can rival the King of the Hill that GoPro is in the action camera market.
The RockSteady stabilization is so powerful that it really is impressive to see. Everyone I showed footage too was very impressed! Plus you get to have 4K HDR or regular 4K60p if you like to. The 8X Slow Motion is a cool go to feature that is confusion and configuration less that makes an awesome little HD clip with zero hassle.
The camera is incredibly well designed, I love the round threaded filter, the snapping case that does not destroy your nails when you to remove the camera from the case and even the more advanced features like 4K HDR and RockSteady leave you impressed. The microphone situation is good but could be made better but you could always use an external mic with a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07V2X55CQ" "cheap USB-C adapter" >}} so at least you got this going. I strongly suggest you look at the DJI Osmo Action as your next action camera for all the boxes it ticks for a first-generation product, this is impressive!
---
### [Boosted Mini X, a Concentrated Formula? [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/07/18/boosted-mini-x-a-concentrated-formula-review/)
> A shorter Boosted Board, is the Mini X a concentrated version of the famous V2 or is it a kiddie board?
After two good generations of longboards with a great collaboration with Loaded, for the deck, and with Orangotang, for the wheels, Boosted is now ready to build from what they learned and come up with their own products built from the ground up! Last summer they finally released a replacement for the Boosted Board, a super fast version called the Stealth and finally two compact commuter boards, the [Mini S](https://boostedboards.com/vehicles/shortboards/boosted-mini-s) and the [Mini X](https://boostedboards.com/vehicles/shortboards/boosted-mini-x). I'm focusing today on the Boosted Mini X, a compact board with the Extended Range battery!
This is the format that people were waiting for many years. Some with more courage actually moved the Boosted Board v2 (38-inch length) tech under a [Loaded Truncated Tesseract](https://loadedboards.com/collections/longboard-decks-and-completes/products/truncated-tesseract-longboard-skateboard) (33-inch in length). Although it's an amazing feat, it's not for everyone's to do. Many commuters actually use the bus or metro during their commute and there is a real need for a shorter board that does not become a hassle to take with you.
The Mini X is the answer to that need, I know it is because I also have this exact need!
## Design
This time around, Boosted build their own composite deck instead of relying on Loaded. Given the short length of the board and the size of the battery, sadly this deck cannot flex at all. It's totally rigid and I was afraid that this would become a problem for shock absorption having ridden other boards like the [Winboard GT-M8](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/01/15/winboard-gt-m8-2-0-an-electric-penny-board-review/) that was also very rigid. The Boosted Mini X board has a deep dish shape which should really help with handling and agility of the board.
As for the wheels, Boosted once again did their own thing with a brand new PU recipe. Their Lunar 80mm wheels should be smooth enough to absorb some of the road bumps but at the same time, not shred to pieces when riding the hard streets of Montreal.
Finally, the underbelly of the beast has the battery in the front and the electronics right after. You can see that this compact board is actually leveraging almost every single millimetre there is to get. The idea is to squeeze in as much battery as possible to increase the range over the Mini S.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-182-sqtuy.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-183-n7i7a.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-185-t1cqr.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-190-idfel.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-199-qr3uz.jpg" >}}
Overall, the Mini X looks amazing! I love the dark colour scheme and I'm happy Boosted tried something different than their signature orange! The design and component choice looks to be of good quality and the whole board feels solid.
## Features
- 20 mph top speed (32 kph)
- 14 miles of range (22.5 km)
- Custom Deep Dish Deck
- Custom Lunar 80mm 78a wheels
- Custom machined trucks
- 3 ride modes
## The Woes of a Reviewer
Before I jump in, I need to give specifics on the board I got for review. This is a refurbished Mini X. This means that the board was ridden before, it had a few scratches here and there and some of the parts were brand new. I did not have any belt service kit included, only the T-tool, the board and the remote.
After riding about 25km with the board, I started to have belt slippage which is easy to fix, but hard to get perfect. Boosted said to have about 1/2-inch movement on the belt once tighten, but I would prefer they actually sold a tool that separates the motor from the trucks at the exact distance it should be. After fixing this and riding some more, I started to hear a weird noise, turns out that both my motors are shot. I contacted Boosted just like every customer does to test the support and they were fast to respond and after sending them videos they quickly sent me two replacement motors.
They took almost 3 weeks to arrive, thus I had to postpone this review as I had almost no footage of the board for the video review. I finally replaced the motors, which is a real joke to do, really simple and really quick. These boards are well designed!
## Performance
Let's go over a couple of key points that should give you a good idea on what the board is and how it behaves. Keep in mind that I'm a 6-feet and 250 lbs (113kg) guy that likes to ride fast!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-186-ma4rw.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-187-5v3pi.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-188-mvrgj.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-189-7rrwp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-202-s6gpq.jpg" >}}
Some of the comparison will be against the [Exway X1](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/11/07/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-video-review/) which I've mostly ridden over the last two summer seasons. The Exway X1 can do 24 mph (38 kph) as its top speed and has a range of about 6-7 km in real life at the fastest speed.
### Speed and Braking
The very first thing I wanted to try was the Expert mode. I've ridden an Exway X1 at 38-40 kph every day and I wanted to see how the 32 kph of the Mini X would feel against the faster Exway. This Mini X maximum speed is a good cruising speed on a straight road and should be sufficient for most riders that are now crazy like me.
I would love a couple of extra MPH just to help with passing bikers since on my commute I use the bike lane and share it with fast riders that go around 32-36kph sometimes. The [Boosted Stealth](https://boostedboards.com/vehicles/longboards/boosted-stealth) has a 4 mph (6.5 kph) faster speed and I kind of wish the Mini X had it too.
I don't ride most of my commute at full speed but on the few stretches of straight road not too badly damaged I would have loved to have that sweet 38 kph!
Braking is much better than on any hub motors skateboard I have tried. The motors are powerful and they really help in stopping you quickly. Given my weight, I still need to account for a certain distance before a full stop but what I really like is that the power of the motors allow me to reduce the speed quickly when I need to negotiate traffic, pedestrians or bikers.
### Range
This is the part that I was the most afraid of. Given my riding style and my size, I was not sure that the promised 14 miles would be much better than what other boards gave me. The Exway is rated at 10 miles (16km), but at the fastest speed and my commute I can do about 5.5 km and have about 30% left. I can stretch my luck to about 7-8km at most though. Not enough for me to go to work and come back home; so I need to charge at work.
The Mini X is able to get me to work and back and I still have about 30-40% of the battery left, which totals to about 6.84 miles (or 11 km). Not quite the 14 miles, but mind you that this is on Expert mode, I'm heavy and I ride fast and hard. For me, these are great numbers. I can probably double that if I drop in Eco mode if I know I have a long commute ahead.
### Torque and Acceleration
This is the clear benefit of having belt motors instead of hub motors, their strength is much greater and thus it allows you to accelerate faster. There is definitely lots of power in that little skateboard and it's really pleasing! I had already tried a Boosted Board v2 in the past and the experience is very reminiscent of it. From a stand still the board accelerates gently for a second and then the real power kicks in so that you are not thrown out.
Once used, this is very easy to ride and I always give it a kick push or two to help with battery life and to get it to its full speed faster.
### Riding Comfort
Given that this is a stiff deck, I had memories of the [Winboard GT-M8 v2](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/01/15/winboard-gt-m8-2-0-an-electric-penny-board-review/) with its feeling of riding a 2x4 on wheels. I'm glad the Mini X is not like that! It's actually much better than I was expecting. It's not as smooth as a flexi bamboo deck like v3 or the Stealth for sure, but it's much better than I expected! Remember that I ride in Montreal where cracks and pot holes are everywhere, the Mini X really can take this crazy ride to a much more comfortable level. Plus, once you know how to make this better, it can significantly increase the riding comfort.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-182-0lqw2.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/boosted-mini-x-review-electric-skateboard-192-mt2of.jpg" >}}
## How to Take the Mini X to the Next Level
I've been researching this topic over the 3 weeks I was waiting for the new motors to arrive, and I'm happy to say that there are a few things you can do to make your Boosted Mini X experience even better.
Adding [shockpads](https://flatland3d.com/shop/all-products/boosted-boards/shock-pads/) will make sure the shocks are even more dampened, this is not an incredible difference, but it does make a significant difference if your roads are bad like ours. For 6$ it's an insta-buy.
The Lunar wheels Boosted made are great but only available in one single size, 80mm. To get a better riding experience, you should consider the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07CLMPP98" "Orangatang Caguamas" >}}, made of a soft 77a PU, they also have 5mm extra diameter. On the numbers, this should not make much of a difference, but you do get a 6.3% longer circumference, thus adding 1.5 mph to the total speed of 20 mph of the Mini X. This little gain is welcomed, but the overall size of the wheels, that extra 5mm, and the 77a durometer are what makes them absorb even more of the shocks.
Finally, this one is more of a maintenance thing, but I read that the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07K169N35" "Kevlar clad belts" >}} have a longer life expectancy that can go over 1,000 miles. I have not tried that myself, but being heavy and always on Expert mode, I have the feeling my belts are going to be messed up a long time before that. Therefore, this should be an item in your Amazon Wishlist for when they need replacement.
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07L3DP6SM" "Boosted Mini X" >}} is a great little electric skateboard with enough punch for most and a good enough range to last for a long commute or to and from a shorter one. The quality of the components and the high availability of parts makes this board something that will last and for which you can even customize some parts to allow it to flourish even more for enthusiasts. Shorter board means easier transportation when in a bus or metro and the torque allows a big guy like me to have fun while staying safe with a board that is responsive and fast when sharing the road with bikes and cars.
I really recommend this board to almost everyone, the DIY crew would prefer something even more powerful, but for the regular user, beginner or advanced, this is very high on my list of recommended esk8s! If you ever buy one and end up customizing it, or changing parts of it let me know in the comments as I'm very curious in what ways you make this great board even better!
---
### [Ultimate Ears MEGABLAST With Alexa Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/06/13/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-review/)
> The Ultimate Ears MEGABLAST checks all of the boxes, but is that enough?
The smart speaker world is expanding as I write these lines. It started with the Amazon Echo a couple of years ago and since then, Google and Apple joined the party. But none of those devices can take a good splash. What about actually going downstream with you? Nope, none of them can. But there is hope! The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B075WKS4D8" "Ultimate Ears MEGABLAST" >}} does check this box!
## Design
Usually, a smart speaker is a cube or cylinder shape speaker with microphones that has a short cable that ties it to the wall. But the MEGABLAST is not like that. It's actually powered by a large battery. It has a very nice and modern look, can go outside in the rain and even be dropped in the pool with zero stress.
It started with the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B014M8ZO8S" "Ultimate Ears BOOM" >}} years ago, I reviewed it on the now deceased Future Shop Tech Blog, and I really loved it! It had a great sound quality and could take a tumble and a splash like a king. Fast forward almost a decade and now the MEGABLAST is a bigger version that is both more powerful in the audio sense or the term and in terms of features with Alexa built-in!
The speaker is faithful to the very efficient design of the first generations with a large plus and minus button on the front and a power button on top.
## Features
- Very Loud
- 360° Sound
- Alexa Built-in
- Waterproof
- Customizable EQ
## Setup
The setup is very simple with the MEGABLAST, you can follow the simple app to add the speaker or use the simple Bluetooth setup you all know from forever ago. Both solutions are quick and easy to set up. The interesting part comes when you use the Ultimate Ears app to customize the experience offered by the MEGABLAST.
In reality, you will benefit from also installing the Amazon Alexa app so that you and your Spotify account for when you ask Alexa to play music. It includes a free version of Amazon Music but it's super-limited and you will quickly run into its limitations.
On the audio side of things, you can select one of the preset EQ settings or define your own. Then, you can enable or disable the microphone for those not wanting Alexa to listen in too much. I prefer to simply click the main button to close the speaker down.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-614-sgtui.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-613-ezzy6.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-615-uex7r.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-616-h2ypt.jpg" >}}
## Sound Performance
When you take the speaker by itself and listen to it, you immediately realize that it is capable of outputting a high level of sound as well as a very good quality reproduction of your favourite music. I tried it in different rooms and outside, and in every case, it sounded great and I could not complain.
But when you face it off against an opponent like my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00EWCUK1Q" "Sonos Play:1" >}} that has been optimized with the Trueplay room calibration, you can hear that Sonos has the upper hand. The MEGABLAST tries to send sound all around it, and therefore cannot be as directional and optimized as the Play:1. This is the only time I felt like the MEGABLAST did not have the best sound quality.
## Alexa Performance
This is where I had major issues with the MEGABLAST. It often times works but more than half of my request simply die in the void. The speaker not responding after waiting a few seconds. The good thing is that the speaker supports multiple languages so I was able to set it up in French for my kids to use, but ended up switching it back to English since most of what they do is ask for songs and telling English song names in French do not work great with any assistant out there.
Make sure you fully set up Alex through the ULTIMATE EARS app and the Alexa app to really enable its full potential. Sadly, you do not get the full Amazon assistant experience, but you still can control your music, request songs, it plays nicely with smart devices in your house and more.
If only they could fix that reliability issue. If you factor in the kids trying to speak to it with their lower voice volume, it works about 20% of the times. It seems the microphone is not as sensitive as with an [Apple Homepod](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/04/03/homepod-unboxing-and-review/) or a [Google Home](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/08/23/google-home-review/).
## Battery Life
The battery life is great and I never once had an issue with it needing to be recharged. I store the speaker away on its POWER UP puck, a contact charging dock that makes sure that no matter when you need the speaker, it will always be at 100%. I even took the speaker on a trip for multiple days and after many, many hours of playback it kept on playing as if nothing happened. It can provide up to 16 hours of playtime so you really need to listen to a ton of music for many days to actually drain the device.
Of course, playing at higher volumes will drain it faster so in a party scenario, you should use the POWER UP to have non-stop party action!
## POWER UP
Talking about the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B076D34QZH" "POWER UP" >}}, this is an optional accessory that allows you to simply drop the MEGABLAST on a round puck for it to be fully charged at all times! You simply swap the bottom centre hook piece with the included contact charging one from the POWER UP and plug the puck into the wall. That is it!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-617-e8lx1.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-618-knw06.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/ultimate-ears-megablast-with-alexa-619-z0qxq.jpg" >}}
For me this optional accessory is so useful that I highly recommend it for anyone looking to either use the speaker as an Alexa speaker or just to be 100% sure the speaker is always fully charged when you leave the house.
## Conclusion
Once again, I feel Ultimate Ears did a great job on their 360˚ speaker! By having water resistance, I feel you can really bring this little guy everywhere. Sound quality is great, although not as good as a Play:1, but being cordless and having a long play time, I cannot complain!
Now if only, it would have a better microphone (or microphone array), more reliability with Alexa requests and the full-Alexa skill set, it would be even better than Amazon's own products and a real mix between an amazing speaker, shock and water resistance and all the smarts you could wish for!
---
### [Boosted Mini X Unboxing on Video!](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/06/05/boosted-mini-x-unboxing-on-video/)
> A nice unboxing of the Boosted Mini X, a compact but powerful electric skateboard that can do 32 km/h and 22km of range!
I recently got my hands on a Boosted Mini X, a compact but quick electric skateboard from Boosted that can do 32 km/h and a range of 22km. Before doing the full review, here is the unboxing video and an overview of the specs with cool shots of the board up close; and clean, something that will not stay like that over time!
---
### [SmallHD FOCUS OLED 5.5-inch Monitor Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/05/10/smallhd-focus-oled-5.5-inch-monitor-review/)
> A 5-inch OLED display for your camera is what SmallHD offers with the FOCUS OLED and I've put it through its paces!
Many cameras nowadays come with a nice screen, often high resolution with a high brightness, but not always swivelling and always too small to fully rely on. I cannot tell how many times a bad picture on the small camera display was actually pretty decent once I opened it on the computer. And when you're doing video, you really need to get that focus right, at all times. This is hard, but I have a solution that will help you out tremendously!
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BFG8MH9J" "FOCUS OLED from SmallHD" >}} is a 5.5-inch monitor that attaches to your camera via SDI or HDMI and allows you to really see what's happening in front of your camera.
## Design
Since the FOCUS OLED is a touch-screen display, it does not have many buttons. Actually, it only has one to turn it ON or OFF. Once you turn it ON, you will experience something great visually. The OLED screen is bright and crisp, and really makes your content shine!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-665-c-im2n6.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-667-c-lka3q.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-668-c-oyog5.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-669-c-ewh65.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-670-c-3qck9.jpg" >}}
The FOCUS is powered by a standard Sony L-battery, those large batteries that can pack lots of electrons. SmallHD also has a kit of accessories to fit a fake battery inside your camera so that the big L-battery powers both your camera and the FOCUS monitor!
One of the accessories that comes with the FOCUS is a tilt arm that allows you to install the monitor in your camera's hotshoe mount. The display can tilt from face to back very easily and it even auto-rotates the image on the display. The word that keeps coming up in my head is simplicity.
Available in either SDI or HDMI configuration and OLED or LCD configurations, the SmallHD FOCUS has lots to please!
## Features
- 5.5" 1920 x 1080 Touchscreen Display
- 350 cd/m² Brightness, 60,000:1 Contrast Ratio
- Custom LUTs
- Anamorphic Desqueeze
- Waveform, zebra, focus peaking and more
## Performance
In terms of general performance, this display is relatively fast. Not the fastest touchscreen I found, but quick enough to get to the menus and enable and disable features in a timely fashion.
For someone like me using a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07B43WPVK" "Sony A7III" >}}, I do not need all of the features of the Focus OLED, since many of them require specific hardware. For example, the Focus can de-squeeze anamorphic footage captured with an anamorphic lens. This is great because you get a glimpse at the final result directly on your small compact monitor without the need to do post production on your footage.
The FOCUS comes with a bunch of features that you can turn ON or OFF to fit your specific needs. This list includes high resolution scopes, waveforms, false colour, focus peaking and real-time 3D LUTs.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-672-c-ju9tu.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-671-c-t84j9.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-673-c-7gq1w.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-674-c-snzud.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-675-c-1mea9.jpg" >}}
### Basic Features
Some of the features make lots of sense for almost everyone, intermediate to professionals and we'll go over them quickly. Once you see your subject, the thing you might want to do is look at that subject closer. The Pixel Zoom function allows you to use the pinch to zoom gesture and get up close to see the details of your shot.
The second feature you usually want to enable is the Focus Assist. This will allow you to clearly see what part of your subject is in focus. There is the exact same feature built inside Sony A7 line of cameras and if you are shooting manual, this is a must have!
Now that you see your subject in detail and know which part of the image is in focus, you might want to make sure you have the right ratio. This way if you want to try a nice 2.39:1 ratio or even one of the bleeding edge ratios like 2:1, you can very easily be set on one of the preset or specify your own. With these featured set you are good to go and film nice things with your FOCUS OLED!
### Advanced Features
We all have to film different types of shots depending on what we want to do with the footage. Some great Youtubers are using CinemaScope ratio (2.39:1) for smooth b-roll shots, and the regular 16:9 ratio for talking heads. You do not want to fiddle with your controls constantly and that's why the FOCUS has the concept of "Pages". Each page is a setup individually and you can easily swipe between them for when you change your filming setup.
After working in film for a while, you might want to start using lookup tables (LUTs) and since you might want to preview the final look without modifying your footage, the team at SmallHD has put in a nice feature called LUTs previewing where you save your LUTs file on the SD card and assign your LUTs to pages so that by the swipe of a finger you can preview the final look very easily!
After the Focus Assist comes a very important tool called Exposure Assist! Once again, you either a colour, a zebra, a waveform or a histogram to show you when you are overexposing or underexposing your shots. This can quickly tell you where your exposure will be clipping. If you need more control, the Exposure Assist even has a False Colour mode that leverages the Arri False Colour chart to display colours from red to purple depending on the % of the dynamic range you are getting. With the latest version of the onboard OS, you can even push this further and customize it to your likings!
### Less Obvious Features
The team at SmallHD did not stop there, they are pushing even further with more features that are probably not part of the "usual suspects" but nonetheless super useful; especially if you end up needing them!
To go with the cross-hair, you can have a grid and even safe zones that allow you to know where titles or old CRT TV would clip the image. But one feature that I did not realize I need is the image overlay.
This allows you to load an image on the SD card and use it with transparency so that you can, for example place an item back on the table, exactly where it was in your previous shot. You can even use the Image Capture feature to snap the image directly from the FOCUS OLED! And as usual, there is a bunch of settings you can fiddle with to get the most out of this feature.
Audio meters are often forgotten, but not this time. You can set a customizable meter for up to 8 inputs on the FOCUS OLED and even change the position and size of the meter to make sure it does not get in the way of your shot!
Crop & Scale and Size & Position allows you to change the cropping and position of the image on pages where you need to keep an eye on the histogram or audio levels at all times.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-811-c-4i3ff.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-810-c-ymrx7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-814-c-95nw7.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-812-c-os2uv.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-817-c-f0w71.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-818-c-6d9ve.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/smallhd-focus-oled-monitor-review-815-c-nazud.jpg" >}}
### Firmware Updates
One thing that I wanted to test absolutely, and caused my review to be a bit late, is the firmware updates. I had awful experiences in the past related to firmware updates on other products, so this is always something I love to test. The FOCUS has an SD card slot to load custom LUTs, as explained above, as well as [firmware updates](https://www.smallhd.com/community/os3-firmware-update). You simply need to copy the downloaded firmware file to the SD card and from the Settings menu, you can launch the update. It's quick and all went very well.
I'm happy to see that SmallHD is behind their products and keeps them up to date as well as change some of the interactions you have for the better like the colour of the LED in the Power button changes depending on what's happening in the boot sequence.
## Conclusion
A monitor is a must-have product in your arsenal as a videographer and until you actually tried one, you might not understand how useful and life changing they are. So much so that when I was filming with my iPhone, I kept my iPad close by for it to act as a monitor. Canon shooters know the usefulness of the small swivel display, but until you experience a 5-inch and more display you really are missing on a lot. You can set your camera further with a longer focal to get that nice compression and that punny little 1.5-inch display is not very useful.
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BFG8MH9J" "FOCUS OLED" >}} with its amazing panel is simply amazing to look at! Not only do you get a large image and can see all of the details of your footage, but with its feature list as long as an arm, you are bound to make the overall experience great by unleashing a real control on your video capture as well as always have an eye on what's actually happening.
I have not used the non-OLED version of the FOCUS but I must say that the dynamic range and colours reproduced on the FOCUS OLED is simply just a joy to use. I'm used to the nice, but small, OLED display on my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07B43WPVK" "Sony A7 III" >}} and going from one to the other does not feel like a drop in quality. This is important as you might be irritated when going to another larger, but less quality screen. This is not the case with the FOCUS OLED.
With the constant firmware updates released by SmallHD, you are getting an even better product than when it was released with new features and better performance. SmallHD knows how to keep their products amazing! I strongly recommend the FOCUS OLED (and regular FOCUS) for any filmmaker that would love to get a better grasp on their technique and improve the reliability of their capture skills with a tool that will increase the quality of your footage!
---
### [ComfySleep Organic Buckwheat Hull Pillow Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/04/22/comfysleep-organic-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review/)
> Can a century old pillow tech be that comfortable? Let's see how the ComfySleep Organic Buckwheat Hull pillow fares in comparison!
Over the last two decades, I really tried all kinds of pillows. It all started with a down-filled pillow that I got from my dad that I kept for way too long, then I moved to memory foam, latex foam, shredded latex and back to another type of memory foam. Then, I tried a water-filled pillow that eventually leaked... so I was back to down-filled pillow, this time with a mix of feathers and down for added support. And finally, I discovered the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B006O8EJ68" "ComfySleep Buckwheat Hull pillow" >}}.
Why all that change? Comfort is the reason. I'm a side, stomach and back sleeper so I need a pillow that does a good enough job of supporting me, while at the same time, not put too much strain on my neck when I'm sleeping on my side or stomach. This is probably the longest quest I made around comfort in my whole life! Most of the mentioned pillowed ticked one or many boxes, but none of them actually were great and all of them eventually gave me neck pain, shoulder pain or back pain.
The latest contender is something that Japanese slept on for the last couple of centuries, a bag full of buckwheat hulls. ComfySleep actually provides this in a very thick and nice casing made of organic cotton twill. Let's see how this pillow worked out for me over the last month and a half!
## Design
The ComfySleep organic buckwheat pillow comes in four sizes, Standard, Classic, Classic Plus and Traditional. They are not as large as one would expect since the material is not down or feathers. I was provided by ComfySleep the Standard size pillow with an extra 2lbs of hulls, as well as the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00Q32VELI" "Classic Plus" >}}, same length as the Standard but a fair bit narrower.
The pillow is made of a predefined quantity of buckwheat hulls, a dry ingredient that is perfect for supporting your head and neck while at the same time being able to move freely around to adapt to your back and neck line. The casing is also made of organic materials, cotton twill this time, that has a strong zipper. This makes sure the content does not come out of the casing while you sleep.
And if you need to add or remove some of the hulls, you simply unzip and remove them with a large soup ladle. Each product comes with extra hulls because overtime, they might lose some of their thickness and adding some back will bring back the optimum comfort level.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-374-ywskw.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-373-5di6n.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-377-0wxsq.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Filled with thoroughly cleaned, organic buckwheat hulls
- Buckwheat grown in Canada
- Provides complete head and neck support for restful sleep
- Casing made from durable, 100% organic cotton twill
- Zippered opening allows for addition or removal of buckwheat to achieve your perfect level of support
- Breathable so that you sleep cool
- Family-owned business
## Experience
When you first open the box, you are greeted with your pillow already filled a pre-defined amount of hulls and a large Ziploc bag with extra hulls. You can first start to sleep on the pillow as it and see how comfortable you feel. Then over time, you add or remove hulls to fit your preference.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-378-5pfwo.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-379-0nxl2.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-380-qv3au.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-381-cfsd4.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/comfysleep-buckwheat-hull-pillow-review-382-bmftp.jpg" >}}
I first started with the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B006O8EJ68" "Standard pillow" >}}, thinking it's the recognizable shape. After a few days sleeping on it, I realized it was too large for me, pushing me too far down my bed and I was having my feet dangling out of the bed. I have a king-size bed and I measure 6 ft. I could have removed some of the filling but instead I decided to try the Classic Plus, a pillow with the same length, but narrower in design. I LOVED IT!
This {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00Q32VELI" "Classic Plus" >}} size can be used as a side pillow for people that want to have something next to them, or between your knees if you need a straighter line all along your body. In my case, I used it as a pillow and realized on the first night that it was perfectly filled and perfect size for me!
You need to know two things about buckwheat hull pillows. The first one is that they make noise when you move around or reposition your head. I did not find this annoying and I even heard people describe it as soothing (👋🏻 [iMyke](https://twitter.com/imyke)!). The second thing is that this material allows you to actually shape the pillow, but it actually holds in place! At first it's eerie, but then you realize how great this actually is!
I often turn from back to side or stomach, and I then move some of fabric to fill the arch of my neck and have full support from head to shoulders and it's actually quite soothing to feel this kind of support!
## Conclusion
If you are like me and tried a tone of pillow or are still searching for the Choosen One, have a look at {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B006O8EJ68" "ComfySleep Organic Buckwheat Hull Pillow" >}}, it's amazing and I could not be more excited for a pillow! The comfort level is through the roof even for a strong guy like me! It adapts and supports you to sleep perfectly. The extra hulls allows you to adjust comfort out of the box and over time if you feel the hulls have diminished in their abilities to hold you up correctly. You can even buy extra hulls for the coming years if you need more.
I really like the casing, the hulls, and the overall quality of this product. I strongly recommend this pillow to anyone. Period. After many decades, I finally found the type of pillow my body needs!
---
### [The SNES Omnibus by Brett Weiss, an Amazing Retro Anthology](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/04/07/the-snes-omnibus-by-brett-weiss-an-amazing-retro-anthology/)
> Rarely do books hit a bull's eye in my retro gamer heart like the SNES Omnibus! Brett Weiss did an amazing job gathering information, comments, and reviews of all of the Super Nintendo game repertoire!
Rarely do books hit a bull's eye in my retro gamer heart like the SNES Omnibus! Brett Weiss did an amazing job gathering information, comments, and reviews of all of the Super Nintendo game repertoire!
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/0764355325" "SNES Omnibus" >}} is an in-depth look at what not only shaped my childhood, but completely revolutionized the gaming industry. When all you could see on TV were ads about how faster the Genesis was, the Super Nintendo kept innovating with new game genres, ton of RPGs and incredible game direction that would leave a deep and wide mark on gamers all of the planet.
I remember reading [Electronic Gaming Monthly](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electronic_Gaming_Monthly), Gamepro and Nintendo Power each and every month to get new reviews of games I could soon either purchase or rent for 3$ a day at the [Super Club Vidéo 2000](https://imtl.org/image.php?id=7572). Brett not only compiled the full list, but he also brought back from the past how the games were received and what industry experts were saying about them.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/brett-weiss-snes-omnibus-book-review-354-c-noc0g.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/brett-weiss-snes-omnibus-book-review-355-c-h7mr4.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/brett-weiss-snes-omnibus-book-review-352-c-dxz32.jpg" >}}
If you are ready for an amazing blast from the past, make sure to pick up the SNES Omnibus Volume 1 today and while you're at it, go ahead and preorder the Volume 2, it just got pre-released and it will be in your hands on April 28th!
{{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/0764355325" "The SNES Omnibus: The Super Nintendo and Its Games Vol. 1 (A–M)" >}}
{{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/0764357255" "The SNES Omnibus: The Super Nintendo and Its Games Vol. 2 (N–Z)" >}}
---
### [Elago W5 Apple Watch Stand Review, a Gameboy Tribute ](https://hipsterpixel.co/2019/03/25/elago-w5-apple-watch-stand-review-a-gameboy-tribute/)
> Another shot straight to the nostalgic heart, the W5 Stand is a Gameboy shaped Apple Watch stand by Elago!
Sometimes a product gets released and it’s just too great no to consider it. I am particularly fond of products that have a modern take on a nostalgic aspect of my childhood so when I saw the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07KYK9THJ" "elago W5 stand" >}} a Gameboy looking stand for the Apple Watch, I had to snap a few pictures of it!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-285-c-6otgg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-284-c-j3a51.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-286-c-hcf8w.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-287-c-mk4n1.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-288-c-ualx1.jpg" >}}
You might remember the [Macintosh stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/02/17/elago-w3-the-cutest-watch-stand-in-the-shape-of-a-macintosh/), the [Lisa stand for iPhones](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/21/elago-w4-stand-the-imac-watch-dock/) or even the [iMac stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/21/elago-w4-stand-the-imac-watch-dock/), I really love all of them and elago makes a great job of creating them out of quality materials!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-289-c-1jag5.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-290-c-q5qls.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-291-c-f0bsu.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-292-c-0yb3z.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-293-c-0v6xp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-294-c-hg8hm.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-295-c-rfy52.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-296-c-ueyw1.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w5-stand-apple-watch-review-297-c-8m7zw.jpg" >}}
This {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07KYK9THJ" "W5 Apple Watch Stand" >}} is no exception, it comes as a single part and you need to provide the Apple Watch charging puck, but once you do you get an awesome result!
Bonus points if you set an old green Gameboy wallpaper like me ;)
You liked the Gameboy and you have an Apple Watch? Just get the W5 Stand it’s dope!
---
### [Google Pixel 3 XL Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/12/17/google-pixel-3-xl-review/)
> Google's flagship phone for 2018 was recently released and we took it for a spin! Let's see how the Google Pixel 3 XL stacks up against modern phones!
Once again this year, Google is trying to hit the market hard with a new flagship device. The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07K3X5JTP" "Pixel 3" >}} is available as the regular Pixel and the Pixel XL once again, tries to hold the large full featured top of the line flag. Is this Pixel phone worthy of the flagship title, and is it a good iteration over the old {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0767538YH" "Pixel 2" >}} and worth the 150$ price increases over last year's phone?
I've been rocking the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07K3X5JTP" "Pixel 3 XL" >}} for the last few weeks so let's check it out!
## Design
The Google team in charge of the Pixel 3 hit a home run in my book. They managed to keep the design close to home, while making it cleaner, nicer and still add a touch of fun with the mint green power button. Yes, I have the Clearly White model! The glass back is beautiful to look at and I love the design lines on this device. It does not scream out like the Hydrogen One while at the same time feel refined.
In terms of design esthetics, for me the Pixel 3 XL is a pure joy to look at!
### Display
The Pixel 3 XL display is now a large 6.3" AMOLED panel that, for someone using a Plus size iPhone as his day-to-day device, feels perfectly sized. The Pixel 3 XL and my iPhone in his case are eerily similar in terms of footprint. The major difference is the screen that covers a lot more of the front surface.
In terms of colours, this AMOLED display is really nice. The colours are very accurate and I don't see any blown out greens like I saw in the past on some devices. People mentioned the skewing of some colours when you tilt the device sideways, and yes I can see this, but how often do you look at your screen at an extreme angle? Sometimes I think fanboys only try to find the smallest grain of salt in the cogs...
There is a notch, and seriously you guys need to get over this. I've used an iPhone X and I've tried a few other devices and that notch situation is so overblown I find it crazy. Yes, the display is not completely covering the top, yes it's not perfect, but seriously, I think this is a fair compromise especially if it's designed in a way that is aesthetically pleasing. Embrace the notch, but make it look good. I'm looking at you Essential phone... 🧐
After not even a day, I totally forgot about the notch and ended up really liking the display with this notch. Just like the iPhone X, it's not aggressive to live with this notch, especially when you consider all the tech they crammed inside this little space.
### Pixel 3 Case
I really like first party case, but when I saw the announcement about the fabric-covered case I was definitely a skeptic. I was happy to see that they kept the minty green power button. I know many of you will find me weird, but I really, really like this little touch of colour on the side! ☺️
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-1030-y9p.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0940-x02.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0980-ib5.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0990-8ld.jpg" >}}
Once I got the Pixel 3 XL case on, I must say I became a convert. I was thinking of getting a rubber case or something like it, but that fabric gives just the right amount of grippyness and looks very, very good! It does not impair the ability to reach the fingerprint sensor on the back and I ended up keeping it on the device at all time!
### Pixel Stand
This is one of the types of gizmos that you think you don't really need, but... First of all, it's inductive charging, by itself it's a very useful feature. Second of all, Google added functionality so that once you "dock" your Pixel 3, it becomes a full fledge Google Home device responding to "OK, Google" queries. Great idea! This basically replaces the Google Mini people were putting on their desk. And finally, it includes 10W charging allowing you to charge your Pixel 3 XL quickly for when you place your phone on your desk for short amount of time.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0940-w51.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0950-a7u.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0960-s0p.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/google-pixel-x-xl-review-0970-35h.jpg" >}}
Bonus idea, I really dig. Google made sure that it can display your best photos as full-screen while charging. It really looks good as a mini wallpaper display!
This charging stand packs in quite a punch. It can charge your phone fast with 10W of power delivery, as opposed to the regular 5W on Qi chargers and 7W with Apple's fast inductive charging. But when you set your phone on it, you have the choice to enable the Google Assistant mode of the phone where your Pixel 3 actually becomes a full fledge Google Home assistant! It responds to your voice with the classic "OK, Google!".
The stand is made of high-quality materials and shares the same design esthetics as the Pixel itself. It's white and looks great just by itself. If you get a Pixel phone, I would strongly suggest you get this also.
### Squeeze Me!
Just like some of the HTC phones, the Pixel 3 has the Active Edge technology that allows you to trigger an action by squeezing the phone in your hand. Thankfully you can set the intensity of the squeeze so it does not trigger all the time and so it does not require a Hulk level squeeze to work. Sadly, all it can do is trigger the Google Assistant and when you are receiving a phone call, a squeeze will silence the call. Not bad, but more customization would be welcome.
## Features
- Amazing new camera system and features
- Google Assitant and Assistant Mode on dock
- Fast charging compatible; including on Pixel Stand
- Screen Time to manage your phone usage
- Titan M security chip
## Specs
- 6.3-inch QHD+ OLED at 523ppi
- 12.2 MP f/1.8 dual-pixel camera
- 8 MP wide-angle (f/2.2) and telephoto cameras (f/1.8)
- Qualcomm® Snapdragon™ 845
- 4GB of RAM
## Performance
Powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 845, a slightly more powerful CPU than the one in the Pixel 2, the Pixel 3 XL is not a slouch. It's very responsive and the overall experience is great. Some features, especially games, could benefit from a newer CPU like the 850; which is simply an overclocked version of the 845 currently in the Pixel 3. If this was the only change from last year, most of the new camera features would be impossible to use. For that specifically, Google introduced a new Pixel Visual Core chip that supercharges most of the photo-taking capabilities of the Pixel 3.
Be it the HDR+, Top Shot, Portrait Mode and the Night Sight features, all of these would be significantly slower without the Pixel Visual Core helping crunch these calculations! This brings us to what many considered the biggest changes to the Pixel phones this year... the camera!
### Camera
The actual sensor is not much different from the one in the Pixel 2. Most of the new Pixel 3 features are or will be back ported to the Pixel 2 in the coming months. The more processor intense features will not be back ported because they need the Pixel Visual Core 3 to be able to function in a relatively fast fashion and for some, like the Top Shot feature, it is still MIA.
Let's take the Night Sight mode, where you take a low light or even nighttime photo and after the magic processing, it's almost as if it was taken during the day! If you quickly go to Photos after taking the photo, you will see the original version and an overlay marked "Processing..."; then after a few seconds you actually see the processed version. This only takes a few seconds, but I'm sure it would take another 5-10 on the Pixel 2. Compared to the processing done on the iPhone XS, I agree it's not as intense, but Apple was able to cram the processing right in the viewfinder. Therefore you see the resulting pic even before you click the shutter button. If Google could have more powerful silicone, they could even do the same!
The quality of the images taken by the Pixel 3 XL are quite simply amazing. Sharp and with well-balanced colours, always. It's a real joy to look at! Quite literally, dSLR level! When working with hard conditions, even without the Night Sight feature, it really gives out superior photos. It does so very fast and even features like the Portrait Mode works great. On the Pixel, this is all software achieved since it only has a single camera lens. The way Google approaches things with its Portrait algorithm has always been one of the best and the Pixel 3 XL gives out amazing results.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/good-photo-contre-jour0-40n.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/good-photo-hdr-example0-x55.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/good-photo-portrait-tree0-kuv.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/good-photo-portrait0-5zk.jpg" >}}
From my recordings, the 4K video looks good, but when you have such a powerful photo camera, you are kind of expecting something amazing on the video side. Don't get me wrong, if you mix the Pixel XL camera with a nice Moment Case and a wide-angle lens, you will be able to take amazing videos. I was just expecting more.
You can record 4K30p and 1080p/120p (60p or 30p). The often preferred 24p is nowhere to be found.
#### Night Sight
This feature needs to be discussed a bit more. The camera actually takes a bunch of shots and then processes the result to make sure it can leverage the best of all the pictures. It eliminates all of the noise and really makes the image look as if they were taken during the day. It's not perfect and you can clearly identify those photos as being taken with Night Sight mode ON. However, for the situations where you are missing a small amount of light, it's really great!
Here's a bunch of examples taken with the Pixel's regular camera, then with the Nightsight feature ON and finally with an iPhone 7 Plus.
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/grass-pixel0-ur0.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/grass-pixel-nightsight0-dgw.jpg" "Pixel 3 XL, Pixel 3 XL with NightSight" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/morning-iphone-7-plus0-v5v.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/morning-pixeljpg0-eq2.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Pixel 3 XL" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/morning-pixeljpg0-eq2.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/morning-pixel-nightsight0-um8.jpg" "Pixel 3 XL, Pixel 3 XL with NightSight" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/snow-pixel-iphone-70-ub6.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/snow-pixel0-xa0.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Pixel 3 XL" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/snow-pixel0-xa0.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/snow-pixel-nightsight0-sfw.jpg" "Pixel 3 XL, Pixel 3 XL with NightSight" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/stop-sign-pixel0-apm.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/stop-sign-pixel-nightsight0-zt0.jpg" "Pixel 3 XL, Pixel 3 XL with NightSight" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sunsetting-iphone-7-plus0-jqq.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sunsetting-pixel-30-zoc.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Pixel 3 XL" "lazyload" >}}
### Selfie Camera(s)
The camera is great but what's even better is the second selfie camera that is equipped with a wide-angle glass. This allows you to fit a lot more good people or landscape in your photos. It's like if you arm became more than twice its current length all of a sudden!
I'm not a big selfie guy, but I can see the appeal and this will be well received by many!
### Android 9.0 Pie
Google is really getting their shit together with separating most of the OS features into single apps, like the laughter or the camera. This way more and more people, even those without an available Android update, can have a close to vanilla experience with Android the way Google intended it to be. And that OS is really good. Coming from an iOS user, this is high praise. I am at a point where I can recommend Android as much as iOS to anyone, it's solid, stable, feature full and tries novel ideas that are pushing both OSes forward.
### Price and Value
The price is, however, the pain point. This Pixel 3 XL tested starts at 899$ for the 64GB model and 999$ for the 128GB model. I complained about the iPhone XS prices and I will complain about the Pixel's price too. The jump from the iPhone X to iPhone XS does not warrant such a big increase in price and similarly, Google decided to do the same thing with the Pixel and raised the price for no apparent reason. The Pixel 2 XL was 749$ when it came out last year.
Apple started the trend of raising prices and it really seems other manufacturers like Samsung and Google followed suit. Not a good idea, in my opinion. At least, you could get a free Pixel Stand when you pre-ordered the phone so that's a 79$ consolation prize.
The Pixel 3 XL, is such a great device, I was hoping the price would stay the same so that it could get even more units sold since even the Samsung Galaxy is a 1,099$ phone. The Pixel is cheaper, but being kept at 749$, it would have been quite a hook into Samsung's jaw!
## Conclusion
Overall, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07K3X5JTP" "Pixel 3 XL" >}} is the definitive Android phone to get this year; at least until now! According to many the Google Pixel 2 camera was still the best camera on a smartphone before the Pixel 3 came out and now, with the new smarts in this camera, the Pixel 3 phones are now even further ahead the competition! I strongly recommend the Pixel 3 XL to anyone looking for a great phone!
The camera and the work the Visual Core chip is doing is quite simply incredible. Just look at the sliders of photos up there for quite impressive examples. Google hit hard with Top Shot, Super Res Zoom and the nice wide selfie camera. All of which have a wide aperture and powered by Google's custom silicone we achieve results that basically keep it in the Top 1 position on the market!
The performance of this phone is great even if it does not have the best CPU when it got release, but with a full-day battery life and quick charging you will definitely not feel constrained! And Google is behind its product 100% having release multiple great updates since the phone was released. Including one that caused apps to be closed due to a high memory consumption issue when using the camera and its powerful algorithms.
If you are looking for an Android phone this year, this is the phone to get! And if you are curious about Google or would like to switch to Android for a change, you will have a great experience!
---
### [Exway X1 Full Review, Faster Than a Boosted Board!](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/11/08/exway-x1-full-review-faster-than-a-boosted-board/)
> The Exway X1 is a powerful electric skateboard that resists water and offer great performance, low maintenance at a very good price!
This is not my first rodeo on an electric skateboard and I've come to be quite used to the hub powered world of electric skateboard. When seeing what people were sharing about the [Exway X1](https://www.exwayusa.com/product/exway-x1/), I was really wondering if this board was all that mighty and great as the early videos showed it to be...
I've been riding an Exway X1 for many weeks now, and after camera troubles, I'm finally able to film and edit my review. If that's what you like hit the Play button in the hero image and read this through afterwards!
## Design
The X1 is a stiff deck electric skateboard that actually includes everything you need INSIDE the board and not under the board like Boosted or Juiced actually does it. Sure, you do lose the flex of the deck, but you also gain waterproof capabilities! The Exway X1 is rated IP55 and can survive puddles, rain and more. The only real downside is that you will need to clean your bearings more often.
The deck also has a nice concave shape that really helps with the overall control of the board when turning corners and carving around obstacles. I felt great on the Boosted Board, and the Exway is as great and it does not have the very nice Loaded deck. One particular component that so often have problems is the trucks. Often times, you will see cheap trucks being used on electric skateboard and in the worst scenarios, they can break and be very dangerous. Exway actually partnered with Seismic, a real skateboarding truck company to make sure they have top quality parts that will not break. Believe me, I've put more than 200 km on the Exway in Montreal where we have cracks and potholes that will put lots of strains on trucks when you hit them hard at 40 kph!
The wheels are 80mm with a durometer of 80A, great wheels for city riding as they absorb lots of the vibrations. The board has also shockpads preinstalled to help with this. The only downside to this diameter of wheels is that the PU around the hub motors is too thin for hard road conditions. The Exway X1 comes with 83mm PU around the motors. After 50 km I already had cracks on them, because 83mm is not thick enough to absorb vibrations like the front wheels do and is too thin therefore, it cracks more easily. Not a single crack on the front wheels, but lots of cracks on the hub motor PU. Thankfully there is a spare set in the box and we can already get [83mm wheels](https://www.exwayusa.com/product/wheels/?attribute_pa_wheel-choices=rear-wheels-83mm) and 85mm wheels on the Exway store! This will help greatly!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-963-imp3tskjqks865-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-966-impsmxxbfjvl2f-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-964-impfhv7gia9spq-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-962-imp7518c6g7xd9-jpg.jpg" >}}
### The Remote
The remote is very similar to the Boosted Board remote which, in my opinion, is the best remote out there in terms of control. The deadman switch and the wheel are just perfect. The Exway team took notice of this and built a very good quality remote. It does not have a deadman switch, but the wheel is almost as good. I'm also in love with the small screen that can not only display the battery of both the remote and the board at all times (thanks to a recent firmware update) but also show which mode you are on and the speed at which you are going!
This screen is incredibly useful and I don't know why not more companies integrate such a nice feature in their remote! Finally, the remote has a matte finish that holds very well in hand, sadly it can easily come off. It does not impact the performance, just that it looks a bit more beat up. Personally, I like it a little bit beat up, it shows that it's been used!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-remote-1mjyivsgunfb-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-remote-2n5kvm3149fj-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-remote-3ddgnn8l74hg-jpg.jpg" >}}
There is only one wheel for speed and one button to turn it ON or OFF, change the mode from 1 to 4, or even set the board to reverse.
## Features
- 40 km/h (25 mph) top speed
- 15 km (10 miles) of range
- 4 speed modes
- Curved deck, 93.5 cm long (36 inches), 24 cm wide
- Seismic 45˚ professional trucks (90A bushings)
- Customizable modes and firmware updates through mobile app
- 80 mm/80A wheels standard (85mm option replacement online)
- 83 mm/80A PU around the motors
- Waterproof (IP55 rating)
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-961-imp9ks3wl29nxd-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-965-impqz5xjcbco9p-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-968-imp09dcow0cul07-jpg.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-review-966-impj16pavcudd-jpg.jpg" >}}
## Performance
The performance of the board is quite simply amazing. If you were not looking, you could basically say that this is a belt-driven system! It's even more powerful than a Boosted Board! I could not accelerate as fast as a Boosted Board but I could go much faster than a BB v2! But where this product really shines is with every little detail that was carefully thought and rendered into a fully featured board, waterproof and high performance!
### Speed
In terms of speed, we can very easily know what is your current speed thanks to the speedometer inside the remote and clearly displayed on the screen. The board is rated at 40 km/h and I was able to reach very easily 38-39 kph with all 250 pounds of myself. It also accelerates fast to reach that top speed. This number is corroborated with speed radars in my neighborhood, they report the same speed. To be fair to the Exway X1, I also need to compare this speed with the Ride App, the mobile app that allows you to track your ride. With the Winboard and the Koowheel, I had to use this app since neither of them had any speedometer and at that time I did not have yet the speed radars.
I can reach 43 km/h according to Rideapp! Quite a bit more than the 38 km/h I got with the Koowheel using the speed hack!
### Range
As for the range, the manufacturer promises 15 km (10 miles). As with Boosted Boards, and all other boards, it all comes down to the way you ride, how many times you stop and how fast you go. I love speed and I do stop at red light, therefore, my maximum range is not as high as that promised 15 km. I always ride on the 4th speed with all customization options set to 100%. Also, I like to carve. In short, I have two speeds: stoped and full steam ahead.
For my style of riding (and with my weight on the maximum of what's supported), I can get about 4 to 5 km of range. But if I know I need to go further, I change the remote back to 3rd speed where I have set the acceleration to 80% and 75% maximum speed with a 100% on the breaking for security reasons. This way I can increase my range alot and reach about 8-10 km depending on the road conditions and riding style. If you really want to reach the full 15 km, you might need to go back down to the 2nd speed but for me this is too slow.
### Charging
I prefer to ride hard and fast and charge once I get at work. Using the charger, you can go from 0 to 100% in 2h. I usually have about 20-30% on the battery left when I get to work so in about 1h and a few minutes I get my board back to 100%. Brand new from this week, you can now get a [quick charger](https://www.exwayusa.com/product/quickcharger/) that charges at 160% the rate so you can do a 0 to 100% charge in 35 minutes! This way you can stop to get a coffee, take a few sips while reading the news and your board is ready to go once again!
The remote will need a charge every 2.5 weeks for me if I ride the board 5 km in the morning and 5 km in the evening. I would love the vibration to be less intense, if often time give me a scare when I'm concentrated on the traffic around me.
## Riding Experience
The Exway comes with a concave deck, great Seismic 45˚ trucks and bushings and a very comfortable wheel base. All this adds up to an amazing riding experience. Second to a Boosted Board that uses a flexi Loaded deck. The Exway deck is not flexible as they decided to install the batteries inside the deck to offer a nice waterproof rating. Carving is a pure joy and it really feels like you're riding a cloud! If the streets are freshly paved!
Acceleration is great, especially when your board is fully charged and breaking is good. It's not great because I'm a heavy guy and when coming at about 28 km/h I find it lacks breaking power to come a full stop. I nonetheless feel safe riding in traffic in Montreal.
### Voltage Sag
This brings us to the only downside of the Exway, the way the battery management system and battery behave when you reach the 30% mark or lower. At full charge, when I get out of my house the power throughput of the BMS is amazing. I really fly, accelerate super fast and get to that 38 km/h in a few seconds. After riding for a while, when I get close to the office, I'm in the 30% range and I now see that that the acceleration is much slower. It still goes and I can still climb small hills, but you definitely feel it.
Yesterday was an awful day with constant wind at high speed and I got to work in the 10% range, it was still going but very slow. It's like I was down to the first or second speed at about 16-18 km/h. There's really no solution to this unless you stop to recharge with that new Quick Charger that can do 100% in 35 minutes.
I remember having the same issue with the Boosted Board v2 but not that strong of an impact though.
## Waterproof
This is for city riders a real gift from above! No more riding around puddles or fearing drops of rains. The Exway can resist water splashes with its IP55 rating and I can confirm having ridden it on wet pavement and while it's raining. It even happened yesterday that I crossed a rain patch on my way home.
It works perfectly and I still feel the bearing are great, not perfect, but great and that's after riding the board for over 270 km. The only danger really is to yourself as the slick wheels will slip if you turn too fast or if you try to carve. Watch out and wear protective gear!
## Maintenance
Given that the design of the board provides protection from the elements, there is not much maintenance to accomplish. You basically have the bearings to clean once in a while and perhaps the grip tape. All the electronics are embedded inside the board and apart from the bearing nothing is exposed.
You might need to change the bushings on the board depending on your weight. They come with 90A durometer bushings and I have just received [98A purple bushings](https://seismicskate.com/product/bushings-for-aeon-truck/) that should allow for a better riding experience. Right now I need to super tight the trucks or else the board wobbles when I go fast. I'll be sharing a video shortly about the bushing replacement and the maintenance I will do to my Exway board.
## Conclusion
Overall the [Exway X1](https://www.exwayusa.com/product/exway-x1/) is the best hub motored powered electric skateboard for the masses! With its affordable price of 888$US at the time of writing these words, you get an amazing board designed to be low maintenance, resist water damage and provide sufficient speed for the most demanding customer.
If you are lighter than the 250 lbs I weight, you will even have more fun with faster and longer range than I had! If you can, get the 83 mm or 85 mm wheels and a Quick Charger as believe me, you will not want to stop riding it! The 80 mm PU on the back wheel is too fragile so if you need to ride into the city with awful pavement, you should seriously think about the 83 mm wheels at the very least!
I don't have any major issues to report that are exclusive to this board and my overall satisfaction is very high. I strongly recommend this board to anyone that is looking for a board that can grow with them if they never rode one in the past. It will offer a great experience once you are used to eSk8s.
### Notes to Manufacturer
> I write these reviews for geeks like me, the great guy or gal that will be purchasing this product so they know the type of experience this product provides. This section is aimed at the manufacturer and lists a number of enhancements of fixes that would greatly benefit the product.
To make this board perfect, you should offer it with options for different wheel size when purchasing the board. You just added new 83 mm and 85 mm wheels yesterday so I'm super happy about this as I was going to strongly recommend doing so! The voltage sag is not something you might be able to do much about with the current configuration but it's something that you should really look into for the 2019 update of this board (or your next Exway X2 board if one is planned!) Perhaps offer replacement bearings as this is really the only part that will eventually need replacement.
---
### [Exway X1 Electric Skateboard Video Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/11/07/exway-x1-electric-skateboard-video-review/)
> In video, here's what we think of the Exway X1 electric skateboard!
After many weeks on the [Exway X1](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jWqSshiBdj0), here is my full review, in video form. If you are looking for words, subscribe to the social accounts, the written review is coming up soon!
TL;DR: It's amazing, but not perfect! It is faster than a Boosted Board and have lots of unique features. Check out the video for the juicy details!
---
### [Exway X1 Unboxing and First Impressions](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/10/01/exway-x1-unboxing-and-first-impressions/)
> The Exway X1 gets unboxed, and we share our first impression of this electric skateboard!
Time for another electric skateboard review, well, not quite. This time it's an unboxing and first impressions! Then, later the full review will come!
The Exway X1 is a recent board that promises belt-driven types of performance, ease of use and quality inside a more affordable package with a bunch of smart features that you will really like!
## Exway X1 Electric Longboard
The [Exway X1](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c1OJhgF6ZwA) is the first board from the guys behind the Exway company and it's a seriously good first try! You can think of this as mix between a Boosted Board, a [Juiced Board](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/12/31/juiced-board-dual-2018-beta-review/) and sprinkle on the result some magic dust that adds smart features through a mobile app that does not only show the total range ridden but allows you to customize the behaviour of the board!
The main feature of this hub motor powered board is the fact that the whole thing is IP55 water resistant. This means that almost everything electrical in this board is hidden away. The board itself has a bottom part made of shaped plastic and the waterproof grip tape covers the top of the board for a great seal. The power connector, a usual suspect when water damage normally occurs, is water tight and uses magnetic charging.
The only damage you can get from puddles is rust on your bearings that requires a normal maintenance!
Head over to the included video for my first impressions and expect a full review very soon!
---
### [Elago HomePod Silicone Stand Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/06/15/elago-homepod-silicone-stand-review/)
> Here's our full review of the elago HomePod Silicon Stand, a new horizontal stand for the HomePod.
As always Elago made an extremely elegant stand for the latest product. This new {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07KC4ZR16" "elago HomePod Stand" >}} is made, as the name implies, for the HomePod, elago was quick on the draw for this one and the result is great. If only all companies were so reactive to come out with great accessories for new products. I'm looking at you AirPower. 😏
## Design
The stand is made to have the HomePod rest on its side. It’s made out of nontoxic silicon to prevent the speaker from slipping. The material is very similar to both Apple Watch stands. We have reviews of both the [W3 stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/02/17/elago-w3-the-cutest-watch-stand-in-the-shape-of-a-macintosh/) and the [W4 stand](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/21/elago-w4-stand-the-imac-watch-dock/).
## Features
The stand is available in white or black to match both HomePod colours. The white stand matches the white HomePod really well. Anybody that isn't deep into the sphere won't realize that's it's a third party accessories and as opposed to a genuine product.
## Performance
Not much to say in this department. The stand doesn’t block the microphones or speakers in any way. I didn’t notice any difference in sound quality because of its orientation. The HomePod also adjust automatically to different positions so technically some changes are made to the output once the speaker is set on its side. Having the speaker on its side also means that the Siri light is now facing in one direction. If the speaker is sitting up high on a bookcase for example, the vertical orientation makes the tappable surface easier to use. However, when the HomePod is set on a lower surface this prevents the 360-degree view of the animation.
## Conclusion
If you plan on setting your HomePod up high on a shelve, the elago HomePod Stand is a no brainer. The orientation greatly improves the visibility of the Siri animation and also makes the play/pause volume controls more accessible. This is exactly the kind of neat accessory elago excels at.
---
### [Boosted Launches Four New Boards Including a Mini Version](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/04/17/boosted-launches-four-new-boards-including-a-mini-version/)
> Boosted Boards just announced the Mini S, Mini X, Plus and Stealth boards, four new models just in time for summer!
After many months of waiting, a few leaks later, we finally have the new version of the Boosted Board! And the best thing is that it does not come alone! Boosted announced a total of four new boards this morning, two mini boards and two full size boards.
The [Boosted Mini S](https://buy.boostedboards.com/boards/boosted-mini) is a composite board that includes two motors on a short form factor of 29.5-inch while being able to still give a punch. Top speed is rated at 18 mph (29 kph) and the range is set to 7 miles.
If you need more from this board, you can get the [Boosted Mini X](https://buy.boostedboards.com/boards/boosted-mini) with a slightly faster top speed of 20 mph (32kph) and what looks like an extended battery allowing for 14 miles of range (22.5km). The small boards have a U shape board to allow for greater manoeuvrability and a new specifically designed set of 3 speeds.
If you prefer the longboard-style board made of bamboo, you now have the choice of two new versions. The [Boosted Plus](https://buy.boostedboards.com/boards/boosted-plus) is what looks the most as the V2 design, but according to information on Boosted's website, it's completely rethought. You get a new composite deck that's partly made of wood, but also other materials like polymer sidewalls, a high-density foam for vibration dampening and fibre glass. The looks are similar to the Loaded Vanguard board, but the board really is fully re-engineered.
You can still get that sweet 14 miles extended battery that comes standard in the new Plus as well as the 4 speed remote we all love for a 22 mph (35.5kph) top speed. The [Boosted Stealth](https://buy.boostedboards.com/boards/boosted-stealth) is not only an all-black version, with black wheels, but it's also slightly faster at 24mph (38.6kph) and also has the 14 miles range.
Prices are as follows:
- Boosted Mini S — 749$
- Boosted Mini X — 999$
- Boosted Plus — 1399$
- Boosted Stealth — 1599$
Also, you can still order the V2 Dual+ XR for 1399$, most probably for a limited time until the run out of units.
I'm looking forward to seeing the new boards in real life, this level of quality and the new lower price will make it for steep competition. That new shorter board really is something I was wishing for ease of transport around when I do my commute.
---
### [OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2018/01/31/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-review/)
> The OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock is offering the promise of a plethora of ports, all concentrated into a USB-C cable. Does it really offer the performance it promises, and most important of all, does it provide a reliable experience over months of daily use?
The world of inter-connectivity is large and full of half measures and lives on top of a mountain of dongles. But what if you're fed up with all that? What solution lies out there that can help you get ahead of the game with performance and functionality? A single product to rule them all, a product to allow you to use all of the lost connectivity from the new MacBook Pro redesign of 2016 and 2017?
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01N51P3BB" "OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock" >}} is exactly what you could consider a solution to all of your adapters, dongles and missing port problems! This new Thunderbolt 3 equipped dock allows you to bring back Ethernet, USB 3.1, DisplayPort and even Firewire 800 back to your MacBook Pro! The Dock comes with its own power adapter so it can even deliver enough power to charge your device while plowing through an SD card full of 4K videos and displaying 5K content on an external monitor!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-unboxing-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-unboxing-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-unboxing-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-unboxing-3-hp.jpg" >}}
## Design
Following the design aesthetics of modern Macs, the OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock comes in two colour schemes, Silver and Space Grey to match your most recent MacBook Pro. It also sports a nice dark plastic top to add a very distinguished look to your desk!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-up-close-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-up-close-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-up-close-2-hp.jpg" >}}
As it was the case with the previous generation Thunderbolt 2 Dock, OWC added ports to two sides of the dock. This time, however, the other side with ports is the front. So in the front you have some of the most useful ports that requires regular plugging and unplugging. You have a high-powered USB-A 3.1, a headphone/line out 3.5mm jack and a SDXC card reader. This last one is the one I'm using the most!
On the back you have four USB-A 3.1, one SPDIF, a Firewire 800 and an Ethernet jack. There are then two USB-C ports but really you only have one left as one is needed to plug the dock into your computer. And finally a mini DisplayPort to allow for an external display. This port is NOT a Thunderbolt 2 port and does not allow you to daisy chain other Thunderbolt 2 devices or use it for file transfer, its for display purposes only.
## Features
- 13 ports including USB-C, USB-A, DisplayPort, Ethernet, SD, Firewire and headphone jack
- Can charge your MacBook Pro
- Can drive a 5K or two 4K displays
- Daisy chain up to 6 USB-C devices
- 2 year warranty
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-on-the-desk-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-on-the-desk-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/owc-thunderbolt-3-dock-on-the-desk-2-hp.jpg" >}}
## Performance
I wanted to hold on for a long time to this dock before giving my final say as I had great experience with docks the first couple of days but overtime I realized that the reliability was simply inexistent. I'm happy to report that the OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock does not suffer like these unreliable docks. I've had hard drives installed on it both on USB-A and USB-C ports and they did not disconnect not once.
Same thing for the Ethernet, I was able to keep a constant connection to my home office switch while the Dock was kept ON and plugged. I would take my laptop away and back, and always find myself with a waiting Ethernet connection ready to be used.
With a modern Mac, a typical scenario would be to have an external screen and accessories like external drives, perhaps even a USB audio interface, all hooked to the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01N51P3BB" "OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock" >}}. Then, when you hook your computer to the dock you should get access to all devices. This part is easy, where usually devices have problems is when you remove and reconnect your computer many times over the course of many weeks. Overtime, many docks will have issues with the network connection or a USB drive will not mount. This is harder to test as you need to use the Dock in your daily setup and put it through a stress test over a long period of time. So, as you might have guessed, I did just that.
After a few months, I'm happy to report that not a single hard drive failed to connect and the network connection is still stable and strong. I only plug the USB-C cable in my MacBook Pro from the OWC Dock and my Thunderbolt Display in another USB-C port. I even moved all of the peripheral from my Thunderbolt Display to the OWC Dock so I could ask it to do as much as possible. I even tested having an SD card plugged in over time, and not a single disconnection or issue happened.
## Conclusion
The number of ports is impressive and allows you to add a lot of connectivity in a scenario that weirdly reminds me of those pesky Dell Dockstations for Latitude laptops from my Windows days. You only need to plug in a single USB-C cable and everything is instantly available to your MacBook Pro. Very useful for professionals that have a complete setup and do not want to tag along half a dozen adapters and dongles.
Given how stable the connection is with all the peripherals plugged it, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01N51P3BB" "OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock" >}} allows me to really only connect a cable to get access to it all. And best of all, once all is plugged, I can really forget it, as I know, it will keep a reliable connection to the mounted drives and the network. Something that is not easy to achieve in a world of varied external devices.
The design of the dock is amazing and fits perfectly the new colours of MacBook Pro to really be a good desk companion for your setup. The options are great and allow for a good range of connectivity, I only wished it would allow for one or two Thunderbolt 2 ports as I still have a few devices that are using this technology and I don't feel like adding dongles to the OWC Dock. There is a single mini DisplayPort that can be confused for a Thunderbolt 2 as they use the same connector but it's really only meant for display purposes.
Overall, I strongly recommend the OWC Thunderbolt 3 Dock. I've been a user of the Belkin Thunderbolt Dock and Thunderbolt Dock 2 for years and out of them all, the OWC dock is the one I prefer with its sleeker design and most of all rock-solid reliability!
---
### [Juiced Board Dual 2018 Beta Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/12/31/juiced-board-dual-2018-beta-review/)
> Had the exclusivity of riding the new 2018 beta Juiced Board Dual electric longboard and I must say that I was very surprised!
I had loads of fun with this one. The [Juiced Board](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/06/05/juiced-board-electric-longboard-review/) that I reviewed last June is getting an update for 2018. The new version is faster, stronger and early quieter! I was lucky enough to ride it on the very last days before we got that usual winter snowstorm weather.
Note that this is a Beta 2018 prototype and will most likely change in the coming months before the final version is ready!
> **Editor’s Note** This is a Beta prototype version therefore no scores will be given as it has incomplete or unfinished features.
## Design
The design is to the naked eye, exactly the same. Longboard style with some flex and a nice battery compartment. The difference is in the battery and on-board computer. This board has now 40% more torque, meaning that it accelerates much faster and can reach higher speeds. While the polyurethane is the same, 83mm 85A, smooth and shock absorbing for those awful Montreal streets, the hub motors are unchanged (all the magic happens in the on-board computer). The allow for that better torque and they also are almost silent! Well, as you can see in the video above, they are not silenced on a table, but when riding in the street they really make less noise than the wheels riding the pavement!
## Features
- 40% more torque
- Quieter hub motors
- Gentle acceleration curves
- All of the great things from the original Juiced Board
## Performance
I was not able to ride this board for super long, basically the guys from Juiced got back to their Alberta HQ and had already gotten a bad snowfall. So they asked me if I wanted to take it for a spin until the snow hits Montreal. I sure did!
I rode the board daily for a week and then got that damn snow. :( I was able to reach 34.7 km/h on a straight street. About 5 km/h more than the 29.9 km/h I got last June! I will take these 5 kph anytime! Also, the stronger torque allows you to reach that top speed quicker and that's the best new feature!
[Ride App on iOS](https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ride-track-your-esk8-rides/id1271234198?mt=8&at=10lqsC)
While riding the Boosted Board, I loved the instant acceleration the board gave me and I never really got something like this on a hub motor powered skateboard. However, we are now very close with the new 2018 prototype Juiced Board Dual!
The outside temperature was between -10˚C and -2˚C so I was not able to really test the range of the board since cold weather really kills batteries. I was still surprised to be able to go to work from my house, a 4.4 km ride (2.73 miles), and still have the board's LED blink green. Which means between 50% and 100% of capacity. I did not have enough time to ride it without recharging during the day so I can't tell if I would have gotten a 8.8 km range, more or less.
The new acceleration curves are better suited for beginners or to limit your speed in more crowded areas like campuses. My son that never rode a skateboard was able to get by quite well on the Turtle Mode set to Low. The acceleration was gentle enough not to throw him out of the board and the top speed is also limited so he does not get hurt.
When you gain confidence, you can move on to the next speed mode and, in my opinion, get the real fun out of the Juiced Board!
## Conclusion
The fast charging in just above 60 minutes, the quality deck and the overall amazing experience are still there and I really enjoyed the few days with the [Juiced Board Dual 2018 Beta](https://juicedboards.com/product/juiced-electric-skateboard-dual-drive/). I just wished for a gray Christmas so I could ride it a few more weeks, this did not happen. I know it's selfish :P
As things are, this new prototype could really well be a final product. I really hope the team at Juiced have accessories lined up for this year. A larger battery would be amazing as well as waterproof bearings since the board itself is waterproof!
Expect another review once the final version comes out later this year (no official date yet). For a 799$ electric longboard, all this performance is quite impressive and I can foresee a great future for these boards!
---
### [Glif Full Set Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/11/10/glif-full-set-review/)
> The Glif is back with a vengeance, it now offers a new design that looks and works better! It grips your phone like a kraken and never lets go! Plus the wooden handle and wrist strap are amazing accessories for it!
I have to admit, I’m quite late for this review. I’ve been a long-time backer of Studio Neat’s products ever since the original Glif and it’s only fitting that I review the new Glif Full Set kit I backed on Kickstarter.
This time around the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071JMNKC6" "Glif" >}} is much more than a simple phone holder, it’s back with a new design, equipped with two tripod mounts, a wooden handle and even a nice wrist strap. But what really makes this product interesting is all of the capabilities it now offers you!
## Design
Before the new Glif, you had to attach your Glif to some kind of camera frame with a few tripod mounts to be able to transform your phone into a real rig. Now the Glif has two tripod mounts to extent its capabilities and they sure help to make your life lighter!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-kit-review-boxe-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-kit-review-boxe-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-kit-review-boxe-2-hp.jpg" >}}
The Glif itself now has a nice mechanism that does two things. First it locks your phone in place, and then it applies a well-calibrated pressure so that the locked phone is also tightened in place. This way the phone is super solid and will not fall from its support.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-2017-the-glif-itself-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-2017-the-glif-itself-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-2017-the-glif-itself-2-hp.jpg" >}}
The hand grip is made of a solid piece of cherry wood, with a piece of cork and tripod screw to accept the Glif on one side and on the other side you can install the wrist strap. That strap is made of a great quality of para cord looped in a leather piece with a rubber faster. This allows it to be quickly adjusted to your wrist and offer a safer way to shoot with your iPhone.
## Features
- Glif with 2 tripod mount
- Solid cherry wood hand grip
- Paracord wrist strap
- Fit iPhone SE to iPhone 7 Plus with thick case
## Performance
The very first use of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071JMNKC6" "Glif Full Kit" >}} is easily understood to be simply shooting video with a much more stable hand than with a naked phone. But when you start to think about it, you can add a microphone and up your audio game, you can also add a light with a LED panel. With the tripod screw standard almost anything is possible!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/glif-full-kit-the-handle-5-hp.jpg" >}}
The quality of the Glif is great and the attention to detail is impressive. The Glif itself is both quick to install and release but also the way the mechanism is working slightly tighten the Glif around the phone to get that perfect shake it like a Polaroid picture move and keep the phone securely in place.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-mounted-on-glif-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-mounted-on-glif-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-mounted-on-glif-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-mounted-on-glif-3-hp.jpg" >}}
The top and side tripod screw mount allows you to add accessories and this is exactly what I was looking for! I needed a way to use my phone for recording videos and the handle is the very first step with a secured lanyard in case I drop it. And then to get the video game up a notch, I recently got a Rode microphone. But attaching took many tires. I ordered 3-4 components from Amazon and then Studio Neat’s Dan Provost pointed me to a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B015OF2DXW" "small cold shoe" >}} accessories that comes with a screw and is a low profile. I use it to attach the Rode mic to the top and I still have a second shoe for future expandability.
I will write a post on all of the different accessories I use for capturing great video!
## Conclusion
If you're looking for a great quality system to hook your iPhone to a tripod or simply a great wooden grip. The Glif is the smartest and most efficient system I have seen for holding a phone and I was even highly recommended the Glif years ago but now they made an even bigger step that allows you to radically shake your handle and the phone is as sticky as Spider-man on a brick wall!
You can get the Glif by itself or the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071JMNKC6" "full kit" >}} which I recommend. The handle is a great addition and I really like that it’s even made by hand by the guys behind Studio Neat.
This is one of the few products that gets a perfect grade from me.
---
### [Eero Pro Wi-Fi Mesh Network Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/11/05/eero-pro-wi-fi-mesh-network-review/)
> The eero 2nd generation is great, and there is something even better, the eero Pro Wi-Fi system is much more powerful and even uses Ethernet to increase your speed!
The eero mesh network system is offered in two main varieties, the [2nd generation Eero](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/18/eero-mesh-network-2nd-generation-review/) which we reviewed not too long ago, and the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "eero Pro Wi-Fi system" >}}. This second system consists of three "main hubs" instead of a single main hub and two Beacons. This system is recommended for larger, or longer houses with 5+ bedrooms or if there is an Ethernet wire accessible.
This will be a short review as almost everything about the setup and looks have already been discussed at length in my [2nd Generation eero system review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/18/eero-mesh-network-2nd-generation-review/).
## Design
Same box design as the other system, well thought of and using quality materials. Each unit is hiding its USB-C based power cable. Also included in the box is one Ethernet cable of an interesting thickness. Larger and sturdier than what we normally see included in router boxes.
All three units are identical, they all have a USB-C port and two Ethernet ports. This means that you have to think where this little device is going to be resting. Also, it is possible to use your Ethernet wired network to power the eero units and rely less on a wireless backbone.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-pro-wifi-mesh-network-system-75-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-pro-wifi-mesh-network-system-76-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-pro-wifi-mesh-network-system-77-hp.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Tri-band WiFi radios, simultaneous 2.4GHz, 5.2GHz, and 5.8GHz wireless
- Dual auto-sensing Gigabit ports for WAN and/or LAN connectivity
- No nightlight
## Performance
To really give you accurate numbers I’m going to use the same technique as before, this means to connect to my Synology DS1515+, a network attached storage unit connected directly to the main node. This allows me to test the transfer speed to a device that is capable of bursting a few hundred megabytes per second.
Since these devices have an Ethernet port, I’m going to do two test scenarios. The first is to leverage only the wireless capabilities of the eero Pro and do the usual benchmarks. The second scenario will be using an extra wired eero unit to see if this changes the performance of the network.
### 1) Wireless Scenario
After testing the eero system in a wireless fashion, here’s the results compared to other mesh networks and the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "2nd Generation eero kit" >}}.
| Location | **AirPort Extreme** | **Linksys Velop** | **TP-Link Deco M5** | **eero 2nd Gen** | **eero Pro** |
| :-----------------------: | :-----------------: | :---------------: | :-----------------: | :--------------: | :----------: |
| Basement Office | 50 | 32 | 32 | 23 | 25 |
| Basement Living Room | 70 | 48 | 52 | 27 | 49 |
| Main Floor Kitchen | 15 | 28 | 15 | 27 | 25 |
| 2nd Floor Masters Bedroom | 9 | 18 | 23 | 22 | 26 |
| 2nd Floor Bedroom 2 | 6 | 18 | 25 | 20 | 22 |
The performance is much more stable and faster than the regular eero system, especially when you have a direct line of sight to the first eero unit, the laptop can choose to connect to the second node instead and not suffer from performance reduction.
I can reach close to 50 MB/s and the rest of the house is reaching the 25 MB/s, a very strong number only rivalled by the TP-Link Deco M5. After having the network set for a few weeks, I once again did not have a single reliability issue requiring a reboot of any kind. Just like it’s small brother, the eero Pro Wi-Fi kit is super stable and fast.
### 2) Wired-Assisted Scenario
Since each of the eero units have two Ethernet ports, we can help them by wiring them to the home Ethernet network and thus all network traffic is accelerated. Now, I was wondering how much effect this will have. It's by no means required and you can simply use the eero units as wireless units.
So I plugged one of the units on the main floor of my house with an Ethernet cable. The 2nd floor unit does not have any Ethernet jack in proximity so I'm assuming the best performance will be mostly located on the main floor of the house but there might be a slight increase on the second floor too.
| Location | **eero 2nd Gen** | **eero Pro** | **eero Pro Wired** | **Change** |
| :-----------------------: | :--------------: | :----------: | :----------------: | :--------: |
| Basement Office | 23 | 25 | 25 | 0% |
| Basement Living Room | 27 | 49 | 56 | +14% |
| Main Floor Kitchen | 27 | 25 | 42 | +68% |
| 2nd Floor Masters Bedroom | 22 | 26 | 25 | -3% |
| 2nd Floor Bedroom 2 | 20 | 22 | 29 | +32% |
As you can see from these numbers, the performance increase is substantial on the levels where the wired unit is located. It also has a slight increase when you are directly below or above the wired unit. This seems to indicate that the eero systems prefer a wired node opposed to a non-wired node, a smart performance choice that tries to offer the best performance possible.
## Security
Remember the KRACK Wi-Fi WPA2 hack that was discovered not too long ago? Well, I [mentioned on our podcast](https://www.rgba.fm/67) that you should check your router manufacturer for a firmware update. Well, it so happens that eero has regular updates and about one monthly automatic update. An update that happens overnight when your network traffic is at its lowest. The eero team developed a fix in just a few days and were able to patch 100% of the eero networks in under a week! I think this is the fastest and really the safest network out there! Kudos to eero for this great deployment!
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "regular eero Wi-Fi system" >}} was already great and the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "eero Pro Wi-Fi system" >}} is even better. If you are craving for faster transfer speed either because your Internet provider offers you 200Mbits and above speeds, the eero Pro is the system to go. It's not the fastest on a direct line of sight, other routers like the Airport Extreme can be faster, but on a multi-level house the eero Pro system is unmatched in great speeds and most of all, reliability!
Never once did I have to restart my network because of some glitch, and we even had a few thunderstorms that are known to affect routers in my house. If you have a wired house, then you are in for an even better experience since the eero Pro will leverage as much as possible the wired nodes over wireless ones. You also get a speed increase that goes from 14% to 68%, which is really awesome!
I strongly recommend the eero system for anyone who really wants to treat their home network as a utility. You set it and forget it and, as Apple famously said, it just works!
---
### [Autonomous SmartDesk 2 Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/10/20/autonomous-smartdesk-2-review/)
> Autonomous are makers of the SmartDesk 2, a standing desk that is affordable, but is it powerful and top quality? Let’s find out!
Standing desks in modern offices are the new craze and the market know it. This is why you can find some that goes for 100$ all the way to the multiple of thousands. But the real trick is to guess how much you need to put in to really get the maximum value out of your investment. If I would tell you that there is a company that designed a solid system while keeping the price affordable and give you options?
Autonomous, makers of the SmartDesk, ErgoChair and ErgoStool have released this year the second generation of their popular sit stand desk. This time, you have an even better system and many more options to really fit your need and your design preferences.
## Design
The [SmartDesk 2](https://www.autonomous.ai/?rid=91a7aa&utm_campaign=referrals&utm_source=referrals_copy&utm_medium=91a7aa&utm_term=referrals_share&tag=2) is powered by one or two linear actuators (motors) to make sure the desk raises quickly without any wobble. The desk itself comes in a variety of colours as well as three distinct designs. There is the Classic, a 53"x30" rounded rectangle, the Ergonomic of the same size but with a cutout and the business edition exclusive Classic with a width of 70" instead of 53".
The difference between the Business and Home Editions is mainly that the business edition has two motors as opposed to one for the Home Edition. This makes the process of rising and lowering the desk much faster. In terms of choices of colours, you can now choose between the white, black or grey finish platforms and black, white, walnut, bamboo and light oak for the surface material. Not all colours and design are available together, refer to the SmartDesk Customization section to make sure your dream desk can come to reality.
The panel is located on the front with 4 presets, up and down buttons and the Memory button used to record your favourite position. These are push buttons and they feel sturdy and controls the whole system quite rapidly. You also have to wire holes on the back side that allows for cables to pass through if you need to. I'm more of the type to gather the cables behind the monitor and actually hide those holes with either a lamp or a plastic plant.
## Features
- 3 designs, 5 colours, 3 platform colours
- two types of motorized system
- Home Edition: 220lbs lifting capacity, 1-inch/second
- Business Edition: 300 lbs lifting capacity, 2.3 inch/second
- 30-inch deep desk allows for roomy setup
## Installation
As you might guess, the first step is assembling the desk on its platform. You will be receiving two boxes when you order your desk as each component is shipped in their own separate boxes. After an ordering mixup, I ended up with two desks, one black and one white. So I figured I should assemble both on the black platform to show you more pictures and experiment more the assembly procedure.
Both legs are held together on an adjustable rail so if you ever want a custom-top desk, you are more than welcome to install your platform on it! Autonomous even has a DIY kit for that exact reason if you already have a top desk that you want to continue using. All you need to do is assemble the legs and rail, and then fix the rubber pads in the 8 holes and start twisting that screwdriver. I do not recommend an electrical drill as you want it to be tight but not too much or you'll lose some of the rubber vibration isolation. The whole process should take you less than 20 minutes with the hardest task being to align everything perfectly. I started with the black desk and then when I moved to the white one, I did it in less than 10 minutes with no instructions. Very easy process!
Included in the box is a bunch of cable tighteners with a sticker side. You are welcome to use those, however, after a few weeks, they tend to lose their grippyness. I suggest to either use tie wraps around the rail in the centre section, there is a gap that is perfect for this, or buy 3M cable hooks that have a better chance of sticking up for a longer period. Autonomous also sells a [cable tray](https://www.autonomous.ai/?slug=cable-tray&modal=5) that measures 35" wide and allows you to install all the cabling there with the powerbar of your choosing. If you are not 100% certain of your setup or if you're like me and have an always evolving setup, I strongly encourage you to get the 19$ cable tray!
If you end up preferring the sticker way, make sure to clean the underside of the desk before sticking your cable organization gizmos as there was a fine dust on both desks I unwrapped.
## Sitting or Standing?
As a sit stand desk, you can go from one position to the other in less than 10 seconds; at least between my two favourite positions it takes 9 seconds. I was very new to that whole standing desk trend having only used a colleague's setup for about one hour. I was very curious to see if I could stand up most of the day or even all day. I was very happy to see that I could do such thing very easily and only having soared heels at the end of the day. Therefore, I strongly recommend one of those anti-fatigue mattress if you can. It will make the whole day bearable.
Over the weeks, I had no trouble standing all day long when at my computer, taking only short break to go out and get food or sit at the kitchen to eat. Ideally follow guides available online to get the proper height position for you and you will only benefit from the experience! After all, sitting all day is [considered the new smoking](https://www.huffingtonpost.com/the-active-times/sitting-is-the-new-smokin_b_5890006.html)!
Given the depth of the desk, it's easy to go from the standing position to a sitting one and have space to spare for all of your accessories and peripherals. Also, the depth of the desk allows you to get the perfect distance to your monitor for comfort purposes or even get one of those nice arm mount to hold your monitor in the air.
## Performance
The main function of a standing desk is to allow you to work in a standing position. But more importantly is the effectiveness the desk can take you to this position. The first feature is speed and the second is precision. I reviewed the Business Edition, therefore it rises at a speed of 2.3 inches/sec and in a very stable fashion. While moving a coffee or filled glass is in no danger to spill, the desk is super stable and that’s including a heavy Thunderbolt Display, an aluminum Elevation Stand and à bunch of other accessories. Since it did not slow down or showed sign of resistance I would be more than confident with a two or even three monitor setup. It’s rated at 300 lbs so it can take a lot of gear!
The second aspects, the precision, is when you need a slight adjustment because you removed your shoes or added an anti-fatigue mat. I’m happy to report that you can very slightly hold the UP or DOWN button and get that .2 or .3 inch adjustment to get the perfect height.
## Gallery in Black
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-5-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-6-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-7-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-8-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-9-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-10-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-11-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk-2-review-black-12-hp.jpg" >}}
## Gallery in White
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-5-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-6-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-7-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-8-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/autonomous-ai-smartdesk2-review-white-9-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
After rocking this desk for many weeks, I can now strongly recommend it not only because it’s affordable but most of all because of its quality that you normally see in other standing desk over 1,000$! The installation is super simple and can be done in less than 20 minutes, and the colour choices lets you customize the desk to your liking. The performance is great and the motors are powerful enough for that dream multi-monitor setup!
You even have options to get a longer, ergonomic, or more affordable version if you prefer. The DIY kit really shines if you have an existing desk or know of an artisanal piece of wood that would look great without the need to overlook a standing desk. If you are looking to gain from the benefits of working standing up, the SmartDesk 2 is the desk you need as your partner in crime!
## SmartDesk 3
During my time with the SmartDesk 2, Autonomous released the SmartDesk 3, the exact same desk but with an embedded tablet computer that track a bunch of things for you like your water consumption, the time you spend sitting and more. This is a very interesting idea and I’m sure many will like an all-around solution like it.
Here’s the video if you are curious!
{{< youtube "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hyHuQudKq4w" >}}
---
### [eero Mesh Network 2nd Generation Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/09/18/eero-mesh-network-2nd-generation-review/)
> The second generation of the eero mesh network is now available in home and pro configuration; and most of all in Canada. But how does it fair compared to the other products from Linksys and TP-Link?
After many years of waiting, the grand daddy of mesh network is finally available in Canada and, you have guessed it, I had to take it for a spin since I'm kind of on a roll here with consumer mesh networks after reviewing the [Linksys Velop](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/03/linksys-velop-mesh-network-review/), the [TP-Link Deco M5](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/06/30/tp-link-deco-mesh-networking-differently-review/) and a bunch [more routers](https://hipsterpixel.co/category/review/).
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "eero system" >}} is now at its second generation and builds on all they learned over the last few years with the very first consumer mesh network. This time around they are offering two types of kits. The first one contains a eero unit and two Beacons, and the second kit contains {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "3 eero units for Pro-level" >}} performance. I currently have the 1 eero + 2 Beacons kit installed.
## Design
The design is very similar to the first generation eero and even to the Deco M5. A rounded square with a USB-C port for power and 2 Ethernet jacks goes close to your modem and by pluging your local Ethernet cable in there you allow it to have access to the Internet.
The Beacons are what allows eero to extend the base network to other parts of the house. These smaller units do not require cable and include the electrical outlet prongs on their back. You simply plug them on your wall outlet and that's it! It even comes with a 10 lumens nightlight that gives out a gentle glow if you happen to install them in a hall or in a corner that can benefit from some late evening lighting. If not, you simply turn it off in the app.
All that is nicely packaged in an Apple-esque box with a great design. I love tha the packaging is minimalistic and shows you exactly what's inside the box.
## Features
_eero main unit_
- Tri-band WiFI radios with 2.4GHz, 5.2GHz and 5.8GHz
- 2x2 MU-MIMO beamforming antennaes configuration
- Supports 802.11a/b/g/n/ac
_eero Beacon units_
- Dual-band WiFi radios with 2.4GHz and 5GHz
- 2x2 MU-MIMO beamforming antennaes configuration
- Bluetooth 4.2 LE for fast setup
- Nightlight
- 700 MHz quad-core processor, 512MB RAM, 4GB flash storage
## Setup and Onboarding
As you can see from the specs, it still packs in quite a punch of power with the quad-core processor. But what we really want to know is two main points. First, how easy and reliable is the eero and, secondly, how fast is it really? To be fair to all of the contestants, I've used, once again, the same installation schema with the main unit in the basement in the machine room next to the cable modem, the first Beacon on the main floor close to one side of the house and the second Beacon on the second floor at the opposite side of the house. Up until now I though this was the ideal setup. More on this later.
The first thing you need to do is launch the mobile app on your phone. The setup process, just like on the Velop and on the Deco M5, will use Bluetooth to quickly pair each new nodes with the eero system. You are presented with a super simple and very clean configuration wizard that takes you by the hand to setup your network. Here's a few shots that sadly does not give them justice as all of the screens are slightly animated with accent colors. This has to be the most beautiful wizard I had the opportunity to look at. Both the Velop and the Deco M5 have very nice UI, but eero raised them a few bars!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-setup-configuration-assistant-wifi-5-hp.jpg" >}}
Setup was fast, actually much faster than the competition by detecting eero Beacons in 1-3 seconds instead of the 10-20 required by the other mesh systems. Then, the step where they are added to the main system was also much faster. All in all, I did not feel like I was waiting. Even the booting of the Beacons, until the LED flashes, is something that takes not much more than 20-30 seconds. Overall the complete setup took less than 5 minutes. Then I had a firmware update to do and over the last two weeks two more of those. eero cranks out update regularly as I can see, this is a good thing!
### Location is Optimization
During the setup process, eero takes a second to explain to you where to install your Beacons for optimal performance. I was sure that by using a Z shape setup where nodes are at opposite sides of the house would be the ideal scenario. It appears that I was completly wrong about this. eero suggests, for multi-stories houses like mine, to use an "I" shape setup. Where all the beacons are centered in the house vertically on each level. This gives you a radius that is supposed to cover the whole floor.
Given that I did not use this type of setup, I'm going to do two important tests here. The first one will be using the same locations for the components as I did with previous mesh systems and the second test will use a repositionned placement as suggested by the eero app onboarding.
## Performance
Once again, I'm using iPerf between a MacBook Pro 13" (Mid 2015) and a Synology DS1515+ NAS with four Ethernet ports to test the transfer speed over the WiFi network. As I did before, I will be testing it from the basement living room, basement office, main floor kitchen, second floor master bedroom and second floor bedroom. The following numbers are in Megabytes per second (MB/sec).
### Poor placement
I learned that I was not setting up my mesh networks properly. :( During the setup, the eero iOS app setup assistant informed me about ideal location for the type of house I have and I realized that by setting the nodes near the center of my house, as opposed to each end, the performance would be better. Here's the usual table of speed with the poor placement and better placement.
| Router/Location | **AirPort Extreme** | **Linksys Velop** | **TP-Link Deco M5** | **eero 2nd Gen** | **eero 2nd Gen Optimized** |
| :-----------------------: | :-----------------: | :---------------: | :-----------------: | :--------------: | :------------------------: |
| Basement Office | 50 | 32 | 32 | 18 | 23 |
| Basement Living Room | 70 | 48 | 52 | 19 | 27 |
| Main Floor Kitchen | 15 | 28 | 15 | 20 | 27 |
| 2nd Floor Masters Bedroom | 9 | 18 | 23 | 22 | 22 |
| 2nd Floor Bedroom 2 | 6 | 18 | 25 | 11 | 20 |
When I first setup the Beacons with the poor placement, I was very surprised to see these numbers. I did many runs of tests, and tried to understand why I was not getting better speeds. From all the chatter online, I was expecting the eero system to be as fast as my Airport Extreme, but from every corner of my house.
I was sincerly expecting much faster speeds, especially since my home connection to the Internet is 200/30 which allows me to reach 25 MB/s on download speeds; and I often reach 28 MB/s. Something I can't achieve everywhere in my house with the eero system when using the same location as I did with the other mesh network systems, the fastest speed being 22 MB/s on the master's bedroom. Whis is conviently placed one room away from a Beacon and directly above another one.
### Proper Placement
However, once I setup the two Beacons at the recommended location, centered on each floor instead of in the corners, I had much better speeds! Up to 82% faster on the 2nd floor and an average of 47% faster is indeed much better! Keep this in the back of your head when you setup a mesh network in a multi-stories house. Center is the key!
Granted, not everybody has a 25 MB/s home Internet plan so these speeds might not be required for you. Nonetheless, it's better to be optimized than not!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-2nd-generation-up-close-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-2nd-generation-up-close-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-2nd-generation-up-close-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-2nd-generation-up-close-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/eero-2nd-generation-up-close-4-hp.jpg" >}}
### Reliability
Regarding the second major point I listed earlier, the reliability, this is where most of the routers I tested failed. I often have problems when using the routers for longer periods than what my reviews usually allow me to. Over a few weeks, you normally do not have much problems with routers, but once you start considering them as a utility, they need to work 100% of the time. If not, the wife and kids will quickly jump on your back for having a poor networked houshold!
I do consider my network to be more complicated than average. I have a network that includes anywhere from 15 to 25 devices connected at all time. Three network switches always ON, about 10-14 wired devices and almost as many smart gadgets, tablets, computers, iPhones and more wirelessly connected. So reliability for me is of prime importance.
Up until now, the most reliable router was the Airport Extreme. It only require a reboot once every 7-9 months, something I never was able to achieve with other routers. Some even required me to reboot the router 2, even 3 times a week when many devices started to loose a connection to the Internet.
I've only been rocking the eero 2nd generation for just over three weeks and I did not have a single node disconnect or device loosing connection. I applied a single firmware update and never rebooted the device. Something that makes me thing that reliability is amongst the best out there. I still can't say if it's up to the Airport Extreme's reliability but it sure looks like it's aiming to be.
## Conclusion
The setup process is amazingly simple, super fast and frankly great looking. I can say with confidence that the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "eero 2nd Generation" >}} is the simplest and fastest to configure mesh network out there. Even when you need to customize your network and have over 20 devices on it like me. Adding Beacons is a real charm and takes less than a minute, much faster than other mesh networks. And the app even goes the extra mile to make sure you position your nodes correctly (I was not), to extract the best performance out of them.
With speeds of 20 to 27 MB/s, the eero system does not replace wired Ethernet but allows you to leverage 200Mbits Internet connection properly. But what it lacks in supreme velocity, it makes up in reliability. Never once did I need to reboot a Beacon or the eero main unit. And if you really want to squeeze all the performance out your eero, check out their {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B071DWXLYL" "Pro Wi-Fi system" >}} that includes three eeros main units (tri-bands each, instead of dual-band like the Beacons). I would be very curious to see how much faster a Pro system is compared to the Home system. :)
Overall, the eero 2nd Generation is now on the top of my list in terms of reliability, flexibility and general performance. Extra points for making me realize I could better place the Beacons, while the competition only checked if the signal was strong enough for them to communicate. The price is also a bit high, but in the range of the Linksys Velop and other similar products. Nonetheless, for the same price I strongly recommend the eero system for anyone that has reliability or deadzones in their house.
---
### [FlexSafe Review, a Must Have Portable Safe](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/08/29/flexsafe-review-a-must-have-portable-safe/)
> Finally a solution to store your valuables when at the pool or at the ocean, the FlexSafe is a secure, RFID blocking pouch that safely holds your valued items.
You probably had this situation come up during your travels. You have your iPhone, a GoPro camera or any other kind of valuables hidden in a bag under two or three towels and when you finally decide to go into the water, you keep on turning back looking at your stuff to make sure nobody is trying to steal it. You are there to enjoy yourself, but keep having this constant stress and self inflicted reminder to double check your stuff, from the ocean or pool, and when you get back to your chair. AquaVault has a solution for this situation and a pretty damn good one too!
The [FlexSafe](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/809943597/flexsafe-the-ultimate-portable-safe/) is a purpose-made pouch that can hold your valuables and attach itself to a chair, fence, stroller or even bicycle with a 3-digit lock. This way you can store away your stuff in a waterproof, slash proof and theft proof container that can give you the peace of mind you need to really enjoy the time in the water!
## Design
The FlexSafe is made of a material that is slashing proof, meaning that a thief cannot easily slash its way through the bag. Also, there are other layers of important materials like an RFID blocking material so that thieves are not able to scan your wallet cards as well as a more rigid material so it can protect your stuff from bumps and bruises.
The main compartment is closed by a thick zipper that folds back on itself when you lock the FlexSafe. This makes sure that once in a close position, you cannot simply unzip the pouch. The locking mechanism is strong and sturdy and accepts a 3-digit number code so you can easily and quickly lock and unlock it. The interior is basically empty, it's a big pouch with no dividers. I have large hands and I could easily fit 2 and 1/2 close fists in there so there's ample room for keys, keycards, wallets, iPhones and a GoPro HERO 5 camera. Basically, everything I had on my last trip 2 weeks ago!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-67-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-70-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-71-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-72-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-73-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/aquavault-aquasafe-review-75-imp-hp.jpg" >}}
On the exterior you have a bunch of rubber hooks and mesh pouches if you have other non-valuables like swimming goggles, a pencil or other nick-nacks you need to have around. On the bottom of the FlexSafe you have a hole to help it dry if ever water was to get in. And finally, there's a loop to attach it to your belt so you always have it ready for action.
## Features
- Slash and theft proof number locked pouch
- RFID blocking material
- Water Resistant
- Strong locking mechanism
- Enough storage for two phones, two wallets, passports and a GoPro
## Performance
As I explained earlier, I was on a trip and I wished I had this exact product as I did have an iPhone and a GoPro with me at almost all times during the week. There were long chairs that would have been perfect for the FlexSafe! The main pouch flap that wraps around a chair, bike frame or stroller is wide enough to fit on almost any tube-shaped object. Even wardrobe poles do the trick, just make sure you can't just remove the pole and take the FlexSafe out!
The thickness and strength of the FlexSafe are impressive and I feel reassured that it can hold my valuables safe. The added loops and mesh pouches are great for other random stuff with low value and I like that it has a handle for carrying it.
The only thing I could see updated or made better is the numbered wheels for the locking mechanism. They only go down, you cannot turn them on the opposite direction and they should be bigger or gripper. I often missed my number by one and have to do a full circle again to get it right. Nothing major here, just something I could see better. I'm wondering if the bigger size FlexSafe+ has a larger keypad...
## Conclusion
Overall the FlexSafe is a product I strongly recommend as I've spent the last two decades worrying about my iPhone hidden in a back under towels. Thankfully, I was never the victim of theft but I easily could have been. With the FlexSafe I know my valuable will be safe!
The FlexSafe and FlexSafe+ are [currently on Kickstarter](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/809943597/flexsafe-the-ultimate-portable-safe/) and you have a few more days to back the project. It's already funded so you know that you'll be getting your reward when they are ready to ship. They have also been featured on SharkTank and accepted an offer from one of the investors. I would strongly suggest you check out the FlexSafe+ as it also comes with a motion alarm that emits a 110 dB alarm if moved. Perfect for your bike or even your electric skateboard when recharging at the local coffee shop!
---
### [Everyday Backpack 30L Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/08/06/everyday-backpack-30l-review/)
> How does the king of Kickstarter backpack, the Everyday Backpack 30L, does IRL for a tech commuter? Let's find out!
It's known that a few products really shine on Kickstarter and other platforms of crowd funding, and in the backpack or bag categories very few reach the same level of the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01M6C2Z91" "Everyday Backpack" >}}. A total of 26,359 backers invested almost 6.6M$ in the Everyday Backpack, Tote and Sling. I saw this campaign go by and reach unprecedented levels of success. But in the end, once in hands of tech reviews and commuters like me, how well does it fare?
I've been carrying the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01M6C2Z91" "Everyday Backpack in its 30L version" >}}, the bigger one, on my back for many weeks. Probably more than I should before I wrote my review, but I really wanted to have a feel for it in various situations. Some days it would be basically empty, other days I would bring my camera with me, some days I would pack it so much I had to play Tetris to fit it all in there. Also, I wanted to give it a run in my commute by bus and by skateboard on my faithful Penny Nickel. In short, I took it everywhere!
## Design
If I could put the design of this back into one word, it would be flexible. It's impressive the number of straps, hidden features and compartments that can be adapted in this bag. Let's start from the outside. You have a quality and sturdy weatherproof fabric called Kodra. Available in two colours, this fabric is very good. I had a few falls on my skateboard and even scrapped it against a wall once and I still can't see visible markings on it. Very impressive. On the top and sides, you have a handy handle that allows you to carry the bag.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-5-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-6-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-outside-7-hp.jpg" >}}
### Straps, clips, lots of them!
In terms of straps you have hidden straps everywhere. Let's start with the chest strap that can be removed if you do not like it. No need to cut anything like other bags! On each side, you have pouches with an elastic and a magnet to keep it closed, and one more hidden strap that allows you to set up your tripod and securely fasten it to the bag. On the bottom, you have yet another magnetically shut pouch where long straps are hidden. These allow you to attach something to your bag, like a short {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0093GJ1ZC" "Penny Board" >}}, thanks to little loops on each side you can make an "X" with the strap and hold it securely. On the back, you have swivel shoulder straps to adjust to your shoulder size comfortably. And even a space behind the padding to slide the backpack on a suitcase arm for easy carry.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-5-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-straps-6-hp.jpg" >}}
Everywhere you see hooks or clips or parts where straps go through, you have this very thick but light metal part that is much stronger that anything I saw in regular bags. It's kind of a mix between the design and strength of climbing gear but in a soft carefully designed fashion. Very impressive to aptly mix the two!
This comes to the part of the bag that you will most likely use the most. The main compartment is closed by a magnetic hook on a rubber system that does not only shut particularly nicely but also very tightly on a multi-position "scale". You can attach it to 4 different positions depending on how full the main compartment really is. This might seem like nothing, but trust me that what you usually see is bags that advertise a certain capacity but does not keep shut when filled. The Everyday Backpack can be closed securely even on the highest setting.
### Laptop Section
On the inside, you have an accessory pouch accessible through the laptop compartment zipper. In there you can store small devices, cables, batteries, SD cards or other things in a soft fabric section. Right next to it you have the padded laptop section that can accommodate laptops up to 16" in size. The cool thing here is that there is actually two compartments, one for smaller size, ideal for a [13" MacBook Pro](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook-pro) and one ideal for a [15" MacBook Pro](****) that can be used at the same time. Also, the 13" fits snugly in there and does not actually reach the bottom of the back. This means that the pouch is making it suspend in the air and allows you to drop the bag on its bottom without being scared of breaking your 13" laptop. As for the 15" there is a gap below its pouch and the ground so it's not hitting the ground directly but could be more exposed to a hard drop. This does not mean that the laptop is in a precarious position, there is sufficient padding to protect it. Trust me I fell on my side from my skateboard and all the content of the bag was still in perfect shape!
### The belly of the beast
Inside the main compartment is where most of the valuables will be stored. Being a camera bag, this means that it has well-designed separators that can be used to house your lenses and cameras on different levels but also folded as "walls" on a same level. This allows you to store lenses horizontally and vertically for maximum flexibility. The Velcro part is actually micro-Velcro hooks that are less prone to catch dust but still offer a better than regular Velcro grip. Each little adjustable flap is also filled with a shock-absorbing material to protect your gear.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-4-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-5-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-6-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-7-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-8-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-9-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-10-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/everyday-backpack-30l-review-inside-11-hp.jpg" >}}
The gear is accessible through the main pouch but once you have it all laid out, you will need to use one of the side pockets to access your gear. These side pockets also contains more compartments that hide more space for accessories, books, cellphones, etc. And it's hidden behind a zipper fabric to keep it all nice and tidy.
What about theft? You must have heard from people getting their gear stolen because it's more easily accessible from more openings. Well, Peak Design thought of this and included anti-theft straps on the zipper so that you can loop it around yet another loop so that nobody can access your gear without tampering with the zipper. This makes it harder so thieves will look elsewhere for easier targets.
## Features
- Available in 20L and 30L, colours Ash or Charcoal
- Made for photographers, commuters, and more
- 3 FlexFold dividers
- Side pockets, laptop pocket, key tether
- Many straps to secure stuff on the outside
- Patent-Pending MagLatch for main compartment
- Wheatherproof and premium materials
- Event fits a DJI Phantom 4 or Spark easily!
## Performance
Now that I went through the bag in about 1,200 words, what did I think of it?
Like I said in the intro, I used it to lug around big things like a skateboard helmet still in its box, a complete kit of Google gear including a Pixel phone, a Google Home and a Daydream VR kit, all in their respective original boxes with room for an extra external battery. It's amazing that you can fit as much stuff in this. But the magic happens when you actually strap it on your shoulders. It actually feels great even when it's empty or completely filled.
The chest strap and the hidden waist strap make sure you get it all very stable. Even on a skateboard, you can tighten the shoulder straps and get this backpack tighter so it does impact your balance too much. I even wore it for many hours straight and I must say that it was very comfortable.
The organization is very customizable and if you have one dSLR with 2 or 3 lenses, you will have lots of places for more gear. You can even fit two cameras and multiple lenses, so yes, there it lots of places.
## Conclusion
Looking at the website the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01M6C2Z91" "Everyday Backpack" >}} the 20L version is 259$ and the 30L is 289$. Not cheap, but considering you're getting a backpack that can work for you every day of the year and be flexible enough to be a faithful sidekick on all types of situations, it's really like buying multiple bags at once. Or buying a single bag instead of 2 or 3. The only challenge now is to choose between the 20 or 30L format. If you are large like me, the 30L does not look humongous on your back and you can fit more in it, however, if you are smaller, the 20L will still give you all the nice things in a format that fits better with your body shape.
I strongly recommend that you look into this bag for your next purchase, as I was really not expecting that many nice ideas when I watched the video. I mean, it looked nice but it also works amazingly well too! I really adore products that are well designed AND full functional objects. Highly, highly recommended!
---
### [Sony FE 90 mm F2.8 Macro G OSS Lens Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/07/20/sony-fe-90-mm-f2.8-macro-g-oss-lens-review/)
> The 90mm f/2.8 lens from Sony is a great macro lens capable of great performance, but sadly, it's not perfect.
When looking for a good macro lens that is compatible with the full-frame Sony E-Mount there are not that many possibilities. Sony is now offering two models, the first one released being the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00U29GNEG" "FE 90mm F2.8 Macro G OSS" >}} lens. This lens is a prime lens that sports a few nice features that make it a great product. Here’s how it behaves in the real world!
## Design
The 90mm is quite large and heavy, actually more than I was expecting. This is not necessarily a problem as when you shoot macro subjects you need to be very stable and the weight really helps. At 602g (1.32lbs), it can carry the title of being sufficiently heavy. On it aside you have a few buttons and selection switches that try to make your life easier.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90-f28-g-oss-macro-lense-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90-f28-g-oss-macro-lense-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90-f28-g-oss-macro-lense-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90-f28-g-oss-macro-lense-3-hp.jpg" >}}
The first switch is there to minimize the focus travel and give you a focused image quicker. It has three positions, infinity-0.5m, 0.5m-0.28m or Full. That last setting is covering the whole focus range but will hunt more for the focus on large apertures. The two other modes are limiting the focus hunting by shortening the distance it travels. Just make sure you think of the relative distance of the subject. The lens has a magnification ratio of 1:1, or 1x if you prefer. You won’t be able to zoom in on bug eyes but you can nonetheless do bug shots! As you will see later on, you can get close enough for many nice setup.
The other switch is the optical stabilization which has two positions, ON or OFF. Very useful when composing the shot! If you want to switch from AF to MF, you have this nice push/pull ring on the lens. Not everyone likes this, but for a macro lens it really comes in useful when the lens does not stop hunting.
## Features
- E-Mount Lens, Full-Frame Format
- Aperture Range: f/2.8 to f/22
- 1:1 Magnification Ratio; Internal Focus
- Aspherical, ED and Super ED Elements
- Nano AR Coating
- Direct Drive Super Sonic Wave AF Motor
- Optical SteadyShot Image Stabilization
- Sliding Focus Ring for Af/MF Selection
- Focus Hold Button; Focus Range Limiter
- Minimum Focus Distance: 28cm (11")
## Performance
I really love what this lens is capable of and from a pure specs perspective is very good. When using it in real life though, I did have some issues with it. Not with the image quality or sharpness, but rather with the general use of it. The focus distance selector is there for a good reason, the 90mm is way slower to focus than I was expecting. Compared to my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00FSB79FU" "Sony 24-70mm f/4" >}}, it's much slower.
This should not be a problem for portraits but when you're trying to get as close as possible to your subject and do a macro shot, it's going to hunt a lot. Selecting either close macro or wider shot really helps though. Also, the wider the aperture the tougher it gets for the lens to properly focus.
As you can see from the following photos, the macro capture is very good, just make sure you have ample lights, this helps a lot!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-macro-subject-close-up-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-macro-subject-close-up-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-macro-subject-close-up-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-macro-subject-close-up-4-hp.jpg" >}}
If you were expecting super mega macros, well, this is not the lens for you. It's magnification ratio is 1:1 so you can get up close and see the details of your subject but don't expect to get those bug eye shots fit in the frame. You will be able to get the insect by probably only most of its body.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-lense-screen-up-close-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-lense-screen-up-close-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-lense-screen-up-close-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-lense-screen-up-close-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/sony-90mm-lense-screen-up-close-4-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00U29GNEG" "Sony FE 90 mm F2.8 Macro G OSS" >}} (SEL90M28G) is a great sense and for a few years the only real full-frame option from Sony. Nowadays, we also have a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01LC8GMV4" "50mm f/2.8" >}} that has since been released. If you do not care for cropped images, there is also a 30mm f/3.5 that could be considered.
The quality of the 90mm is great and it's a great companion for your Sony full frame camera. I strongly recommend it but know that it's not as fast as you might be expecting to focus. This is no major problem as you can select the distance and you eventually get used to this limitation. Just don't use it for action scenes as you might be able to quickly capture the still you're looking for.
---
### [Juiced Board Electric Longboard Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/06/05/juiced-board-electric-longboard-review/)
> The Juiced Board is an affordable electric longboard that does not compromise on the performance and has top of the line specs.
Electric skateboards are super popular this year and we have already seen many models of longboard that are over 1,000$US if not even 1,500$US. A Canadian company is trying its way at make this dream board, affordable, powerful and really democratized for once!
[Juiced Boards](https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/juiced-boards-authentic-electric-longboards--3) are a special breed of electric longboard boasting high-powered hub motors, 4 different riding speeds and a rapid 45 minutes full charge. But that's not the most important, the price tag of 449$ for a single motor and 599$ for a dual motor is what makes this board standout!
> **Editor's Note** . This review of a pre-production dual motor Juiced Board with a few incomplete features and unfinished parts.
## Design
The design of the board is very similar to the one popularized by Boosted Board, bamboo longboard with stub nose and orange wheels, but that's only what you see without scratching the surface. The Juiced Board and the Boosted Board are much different when you start looking at them closer.
The Juiced Board has a maple and bamboo board that is stiffer, yet still flexible and efficient for shock absorption. On the outside, the shape and look is great and allows for stability and carving if you desire too. The big 83 mm wheels are especially good in Montreal where we have notoriously bad roads. Just carve around the potholes, this is not an ATV by any measure!
The < 99Wh battery is installed below the deck, on the rear, and has a single button for powering it and pairing the board with a remote. It has one power plug and a USB port that can even charge your smartphone while on the go! However, its main use would be for a system of lights and backlights. Both of these ports have a rubber cap that allows the battery to be completely sealed.
I've seen mentions online that Juiced Boards should not have so blatantly copied the design of the Boosted Board. I agree that they should have chosen another colour as for the shape of the board, we had this shape for many decades and Boosted even get their boards from Loaded which has been making them for a while. I think the real downside is that people stopped me thinking I had a Boosted Board and I had to explain the difference. If it had its own colour, it would have been unique and overall better for the brand.
### Remote
The remote has a simple slide toggle used to drive the board forward or stop. Powered by triple-A batteries, the remote has two switches, ON/OFF and Low/High settings. Under the battery compartment is a third switch to toggle between the turtle or hare modes.
Not included in my pre-production unit is the smoother acceleration on the turtle mode. In the final units, if you are in the turtle mode you will have less of a kick to help you getting used to an electric longboard.
## Features
- Electric bamboo + maple longboard
- 20 mph (32 kph) max speed
- 7 miles range (11 km)
- 15% grade hill climbing
- 45 minutes to charge
- Regenerative breaking
- Water Resistant
## Is That Thing On?
When you take it out of the box, you quickly see the quality behind the product. And you instantly reach for the power button! Slide in batteries in the remote and boom you are good to go. You cycle through the modes to hear the hub motor roar and let me tell you it's way quieter than I was expecting!
## Technology
Before I get into my experience with the Juiced Board, there are a few things to note that makes this board quite interesting. Apart from the quality longboard deck and wheels that are obvious and the price.
Hub motors are located in the wheels therefore you do not have any strap or mechanism exposed at all. You kick the skate up, carve like you want and even run in puddles of water. The motor being sealed inside the wheels and the battery being encased in what looks like a carbon fibre enclosure, there is no risk of damage running it on wet pavement. Since hub motors in the Juiced Board are less powerful than a Boosted Board, I don't think it's as dangerous to ride on wet pavement. I did a 7.4km (4.6 miles) ride right after it was pouring rain and city workers even cut the grass around the bike path so it was a real puddle and grass fiesta! Not once did I get scared to or skid. Stable all the way.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-22-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-24-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-26-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-20-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-29-hp.jpg" >}}
The battery recharges in 45 min which, in my opinion, is the longest time it should take to recharge such board. I can see myself going to a cafe and taking a 45 min break to eat a snack and drink a good coffee. But when it's getting into the 1h15 like other boards, it's a bit too long, in my opinion.
## Riding Experience
This is the part where I mention how great and fun the product is and though I was guessing it was fun, I did not expect to love it that much! Growing up, I was more of a blader than a skater and I did own a skate for a few weeks at one point. But the sheer fun of riding at full speed and carving while doing so is amazing! On a bike path, I could see myself going faster but in reality I spent most of my time in the streets and in Québec they are awful so 32 kph (20 mph) is fast enough.
{{< youtube "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qpetqHMeMK8" >}}
Braking occurs when you press down on the toggle, it basically recharges the battery while doing so until you are stopped. It does not go backwards so it's a much smoother braking than belt drive systems. I measured the breaking distance at about 3m (12 ft) when going full speed. I had to emergency brake once or twice and it's easy to shorten this distance a lot by hitting your foot on the ground.
But how did I use the board? I wanted to use it as a mean of transportation to and back from work, as a quick "Daddy, we are out of milk" situation, let's go to the mall and back and plain fun let's ride for fun.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-21-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-22-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-27-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-board-review-trucks-hub-motor-30-hp.jpg" >}}
The quick ride to the convenience store is simple, quick and not a bummer anymore. It actually makes the ride super fun and gives you small jolt of adrenaline to wake you up :) The ride to the mall was the one I mentioned above where it was wet with puddles of water and freshly cut grass. My pants were soaked and full of grass bits but it was always very fun to do. Especially since there were hills and puddles and it was an almost non-stopped ride.
Finally, the ride to work. This is the one that has the most benefit as it's much faster than to use the subway! Instead of walking 3 minutes, take a subway for about 12 minutes and then walk another 10 minutes (that's a total of 25 minutes), I can do this exact same ride in about 8 minutes and I even cut some time off my initial bus ride since I exit ahead of time and probably save another 5-7 minutes. All in all, the ride is much more fun, partially on a bike path so it's safe and it saves me about 17 minutes twice a day! And I could even pay less in terms of monthly pass if my workplace was not already providing it for me! Saving about 40$ per month from April to October would me 280$ right there!
## Performance
I was wondering and have been wondering for a while how my weight affects the performance of the board. After all, with my 115 kg (253 lbs) I'm way over the usual 80 kg used as the reference on various electric board specs. I'm happy to report that even if this is not final and still a pre-production hardware I was able to get very close to the promised numbers!
I fully charged the board during the day and at sunset, I took it out to fully test it from 100% to 0%. I was able to reach 29.9 kph (18.58 mph) as my top speed and the whole drive had an average of 24.4 kph (15.16 mph). I had the button pressed down about 99% of the time, only released it when I had to a make 90˚ turns. I was able to achieve a total distance of 10.18 km (6.33 miles). For comparison, the specs sheet says 32 kph (20 mph) and 11.27km (7 miles). All in all, this is pretty impressive considering my weight!
And when I was out of juice, I was able to easily get back home by kick pushing myself as the hub motors work like a regular wheel when you don't have any power. No belt system to slow you down!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-boards-outside-shots-28-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-boards-outside-shots-35-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-boards-outside-shots-36-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-boards-outside-shots-33-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/juiced-boards-outside-shots-31-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
The Juiced Board is a great electric longboard that can help with your commute and bring back some fun into small otherwise tedious errands. I would go as far as to say it can save you time and money and probably pay for itself in less than 3 years on bus pass savings only!
The promise the team made was well delivered and I was able to come close to the promised specs even though I'm heavier than the usual guy on the specs. On the longboard side it's a great board, quality woods, great trucks and huge wheels that help with those Montreal pavement cracks. The board is fast enough for cities and the technology of the hub motor is superior to belt systems as you do not need to replace anything and no mechanical parts are exposed to the elements.
I did get to try a Boosted Board a few weeks back and even if it's a more powerful board, the Juiced Board is a much better value for the price. Remember that a dual Boosted Board is 1,300$US and the Juiced Boards dual are only 600$US (it was even 550$US as early bird, when the Indiegogo campaign started!). The way I see this, the Juiced Board is more affordable, has less maintenance and is as fun as a Boosted Board for less than half the price!
[Juiced Boards on Indiegogo](https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/juiced-boards-authentic-electric-longboards--3)
[Juiced Boards' website](https://juicedboards.com/)
**Where is the review score** Since this is a pre-production model, we do not give scores since the product is not yet launched. If we can get our hands on a final version, we will post an update to this review.
---
### [How to Increase the Performance of an Old MacBook Pro [Tutorial]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/04/06/how-to-increase-the-performance-of-an-old-macbook-pro-tutorial/)
> What can you do with an old Late 2011 MacBook Pro? Can you make it fast? Yes! With a memory and SSD upgrade, you can give it a new life with great performances!
Often we have an aging computer and sometimes it's not the best idea to simply replace it. If it's a few years old, chances are you can still upgrade the disk and the memory which will give it a great boost in performance. Depending on your base configuration, it might even take it from barely usable to lightning fast and almost up to par with recent computers.
## The Victim
Tyler has an old faithful {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07B8YBX7V" "MacBook Pro 13" >}} from 2011. A Late 2011 to be more precise. This laptop came with 4GB of memory and a spinning hard drive. If you do not consider the latest macOS release for which he cannot benefit from NightShift, his computer was still able to be updated to the latest macOS version albeit with some limitation like AirDrop and clipboard syncing not being present. For the rest, it's still a fully functional laptop that is just in need of a few great touches by Geeks like us.
## The Remedy
The board, CPU and GPU are all soldered so we can only update the memory and disk. It's not a bad thing since these are the things that have the most impact on this kind of upgrade. The challenge with such a computer is to find the best hardware, the fastest one, without diving into features that are not compatible or not supported by the laptop. For example, it makes no sense to get a SATA3 class SSD since the hardware only supports SATA2. Same culprits for the memory, you must select compatible memory going at the proper bus speed and respect the limits of the computer. Two modules of 16GB each seems interesting but it's not compatible with this computer. Even Apple only maxed out this computer at 8GB of memory.
Looking at devices, specs and all, we ended up selecting the following memory and SSD model that are both pushing the computer to the limit of its performances.
The memory selected is Kingston 8GB, {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01B5SKL40" "model KCP313SD8/8" >}}, two sticks of 8GB DDR3 PC3-10600 at 1333MHz will be compatible and offer the maximum memory compatible with the system.
The drive selected is a Kingston SSDNow V400, {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01FRP252S" "model SUV400S3B7A/480G" >}}, a 480GB capacity SSD that offers maximum speeds of 550MB/s reads and 500MB/s writes. Much better than the original 500GB SATA2 5400RPM spinning hard drive only capable of running at ~75MB/s or the Apple supplied SSD going at 175MB/s.
## The Operation
Thankfully these generations of laptops are very easy to upgrade, you simply remove the back panel, unplug the battery and there you have it. The HDD is there held in position by a simple bracket. Simply remove the bracket, install the new SSD with the original spaces and reinstall the bracket. You're done!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/macbook-pro-2011-upgrade-16gb-480gb-ssd-59-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/macbook-pro-2011-upgrade-16gb-480gb-ssd-60-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/macbook-pro-2011-upgrade-16gb-480gb-ssd-61-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/macbook-pro-2011-upgrade-16gb-480gb-ssd-62-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/macbook-pro-2011-upgrade-16gb-480gb-ssd-64-hp.jpg" >}}
The memory is even simpler to upgrade, remove the original memory sticks by losing the side arms, it pops up. Slide it out, and install the same way both new 8GB sticks of memory.
Reattach the back panel, screw in the 10 screws and you're done! All you need to do is boot off a USB drive that has macOS Sierra installed, follow the instructions and you're done!
If you need detailed pictures, here are two guides from iFixIt that a marvellous work of visually showing you the steps:
- [MacBook Pro 13" Unibody Late 2011 Hard Drive Replacement](https://www.ifixit.com/Guide/MacBook+Pro+13-Inch+Unibody+Late+2011+Hard+Drive+Replacement/7656)
- [MacBook Pro 13" Unibody Late 2011 RAM Replacement](https://www.ifixit.com/Guide/MacBook+Pro+13-Inch+Unibody+Late+2011+RAM+Replacement/7651)
## The Recovery
All in all, the whole procedure took about 10 minutes to complete and only required a Philips #00 screwdriver and a spudger to remove the battery connector go get in the case and a T6 screwdriver for getting the hard drive out.
The MacBook Pro Late 2011 had a very nice grin on its face after the surgery and he had a full recovery that only took about 1h. He was then on its feet running around much faster than before the operation! The performance difference was like getting a brand new machine!
## Side Effects
Even though Apple says it's not supported, the 16GB of memory were installed and recognized by the system. And most importantly, used when needed. It has been many years that Apple said that only 6GB or 8GB of memory was supported by such and such system, but a quick Google search proved the opposite. In this particular Late 2011 case, it's 16GB and it's fully supported by the OS and hardware.
The only downside of this operation is that the fans are kicking in much faster than before and going full speed for longer periods of times. This has an adverse effect on the battery life, sadly. We also tried an SMC and PRAM reset in case the hardware was not in-sync with hardware changes. We have also monitored the SSD temperature to make sure the Kingston SSD was not giving out too much heat. It stays at a cool 25˚C (77˚F), it's the CPU that quickly jumps to 90˚C (194˚F) and has the fan run like a kid on a sugar rush.
Sadly, the test machine looks like it cannot handle the sheer performance of the new components, or it's broken in some other way. Perhaps the CPU heat sink is not doing its job properly and should get a good cleanup and new CPU thermal paste.
## The Performance
The overall performance has been taken to a level that was never seen by this little laptop. It's way faster and much more modern feeling. Memory benchmarks do not really give it justice so I'm going to rely on a QuickBench SSD benchmark to give you an example of the speed increase of the upgrade.
Remember that the HDD was going at most at 75MB/s in the best of scenarios.
As you see, the SSD is able to easily reach an average of 450MB/s with peaks of 550MB/s in reads. So that's a 733% speed increase. ;) Quite nice I must add!
## Conclusion
Should you attempt this procedure? Yes! It's a lot easier than it looks and could be attempted by anyone given that you take your time and be careful. There are no batteries to remove and simply clip in the memory and remove a hard disk bracket. Nothing hard if you have the few tools needed on hand.
Given the performance increase and the cost of the components today, I strongly encourage you to do it since it can give you a few more years of use out of your MacBook Pro from 2011. Or pimp it up and sell it off to buy a great new [MacBook Pro with Touch Bar](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook-pro).
### Part Lists
- MacBook Pro (of course!)
- {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01B5SKL40" "Kingston 8GB Memory Module" >}} x 2 (~120$)
- {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01FRP252S" "Kingstons SSDNow V400 480GB SSD" >}} (~165$)
- [iFixit Pro Toolkit](https://www.ifixit.com/Store/Tools/Pro-Tech-Toolkit/IF145-307-1) (70$)
---
### [Elago W3, the Cutest Watch Stand in the Shape of a Macintosh](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/02/17/elago-w3-the-cutest-watch-stand-in-the-shape-of-a-macintosh/)
> The Elago W3 Stand is a small Watch dock that mimics the look of the original Macintosh, and it's available in beige!
Working in tech means, I've seen many, many docks and stand of all sorts. Many look great, some are special and other have novel ideas built in them. However, not many make me smile the same way the Elago W3 did. The idea is not revolutionary, not does it look like a complex dock, but it carries a feeling. A feeling that is known and shared by nostalgic computer geeks like us.
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01MYNE2BM" "Elago W3" >}} is a rubber stand for the Watch, in the shape of the original Macintosh. It has an attention to detail that is proof that Elago's designer care for what the Macintosh stood for. It accepts your Watch charger and when your Watch is comfortably installed in it, the green Nightstand mode text appears and you have a glimpse at a tiny old Macintosh on your desk.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-056-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-057-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-058-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-059-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-072-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-073-hp.jpg" >}}
## Features
- Offered in beige and black
- Compatible with original, Series 1 and Series 2 watches
- Made of scratch-free silicone
The installation could not have been simpler, simply get your Watch charger puck through the W3 and set the puck comfortably inside the rubber compartment of its shape. You have to provide your own charging cable though. You could always {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B012BN15LQ" "buy an extra one" >}} if you want to keep one for the office.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-076-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-079-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-083-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/elago-w3-apple-watch-stand-macintosh-review-084-hp.jpg" >}}
You are ready to set your Watch and enjoy monochrome screens of that nostalgic green hue that came from computers of that era. Of course, the Macintosh was a coloured computer but hey, it still looks amazing and retro!
It does a great job of charging and can even receive the watch without too much aiming as it naturally falls on the right spot. If you were looking for a great way to charge your Watch, well this one is cheap and looks amazing! I strongly recommend you this little charging dock!
## Bonus!
Here's a cute little image you can download and use as your wallpaper. I currently have it setup on my phone and I really like the look of it!
[Download the Elago W3 Wallpaper for iPhone 7](https://files.hipsterpixel.co/wallpapers/elago-w3-iphone-7.jpg)
[Download the Elago W3 Wallpaper for iPhone 7 Plus](https://files.hipsterpixel.co/wallpapers/elago-w3-iphone-7-plus.jpg)
[Download the Elago W3 Wallpaper for iPhone SE](https://files.hipsterpixel.co/wallpapers/elago-w3-iphone-se.jpg)
[Download the Elago W3 Wallpaper for iPad Air 2](https://files.hipsterpixel.co/wallpapers/elago-w3-ipad-air-2.jpg)
---
### [MacBook Pro With Touch Bar Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/02/15/macbook-pro-with-touch-bar-review/)
> After way too many months, we finally got a new MacBook Pro! The MacBook Pro with Touch Bar has landed in my hands and here's my reviews with lots of benchmarks!
It's been out for a couple of months now and I finally was able to get my hands on that famous [MacBook Pro with Touch Bar](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook-pro). This highly anticipated update to the MacBook Pro lineup was anxiously awaited by many professionals and even more consumers that prefer the 15" screen format. I only had the computer for a week but I think I'm past the honeymoon phase and I just had enough time to run a couple long battery benchmarks that caused so many headaches to both Apple and Consumer Reports.
## The Specs
First of all, let's cover which model I got my hands on. As you might know the MacBook Pro with Touch Bar, I'll call it MBPtb from now on, comes in two 15" configurations and two 13" configurations. We still have the mid-2015 15" and 13" on sale at a lower price than the Touch Bar versions. And finally, we have an extra 13", often called the MacBook Pro ESC, a version of the new 13" but without the Touch Bar.
All the new models are available in Silver or Space Grey. I was very happy to see that I could get the Space Gray!
The loaner MacBook Pro is a 15" base model, so it's equipped as such:
- Processor: 2.6 GHz Intel Core i7
- 16 GB 2133 MHz LPDDR3
- 256GB PCIe-based SSD
- Radeon Pro 450 with 2GB memory
This model retails for 2,399$ (or 2,999$CA).
## Packaging
Before we jump into the device itself, we must look at the packaging. Apple's packaging has always been over the top and this year, it's even better. Apple is now using the San Francisco font on the side of the box, instead of Myriad, and even more of the packaging is made of paper. All the attachments and loops for the cables, like in the iPhone 7 box, are now made of recyclable paper. Basically, the only plastic piece left is the insert of the box where all the components fit neatly.
If I had to make a bet, I would bet that we will see a 100% paper made packaging before the end of 2017. The iPhone is leading the way and I think that for the 10th anniversary [iPhone](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone) it would make sense to push the environment envelope even further to achieve this goal.
The box contains the MacBook Pro, the power brick and a USB-C cable, a very thick one that can handle that 87W needed to charge the laptop, and the usual folded paper holder with the regulatory and quick start guide (don't forget the Apple stickers!)
## Overall Design
Let's jump right into what is, in my opinion, what Apple does best and where very few other manufacturers are able to achieve. The MacBook Pro is the most beautiful piece of technology I could lay my hands on. The care and attention to details can only be really grasped when you handle one in person and in the comfort of your home. Yes, you can pay a visit to the Apple Store, but it's not the same as to have it on your lap and really take the time to use it.
> The MacBook Pro is the most beautiful piece of technology I could lay my hands on.
> {: .image .right }
The Space Grey colour is very well suited for this size of devices and if I had to buy a computer today it would be this exact colour. Silver is great, but I crave for a darker look. That is until the black MacBook makes a comeback, I'm sure it will one day!
The overall look of the MacBook might not be major on paper but as soon as you lay your hands on it, literally, you see the difference.
## Input Devices
The MacBook Pro with Touch Bar adds a new input method so let's go through each and every one of them.
### Keyboard
The keyboard as the 2nd generation dome switches that are in design similar to the ones on the [MacBook](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook) but with more resistance, bounce and sound. Instead of the higher pitch noise made by previous generations this one has more of a _clack_ sound. Being a mechanical keyboard aficionados, I do not care for the noise but for the first couple of hours it felt kind of weird. Coming from a decade of chicklet keyboards, the feeling is very different and can be polarizing. It's fine by me after a few hours of getting used to.
The part that still gets me with each revision of the keyboard is the arrow keys. Once again the Up and Down arrows share the same key space by being 50% of the width of a regular size keycap. I never hit the key I want and that's after using the Magic Keyboard for many months. I know it does not look as good but in this case function should be prioritized over function.
### Trackpad
The trackpad is using the same technology as the mid-2015 MacBook Pro, but 50% bigger. At first I thought bigger must be bigger but in this case it's too big. When you place your hands in typing position and rest them on the right and left-hand side of the track pad the base of your thumb can easily trigger a tap. I'm more of a tap to click users so that's why it's irritating.
If the size increase would have been 25% it would be just perfect. Also, when I use the trackpad, I have the tendency to rest my thumb on the edge where you place your finger to open the lid. The MacBook Pro with Touch Bar has such a big trackpad that it did get in the way of me resting my thumb. I need to change my muscle memory for this one and I can just move it to the side to the front of the edge and I would be fine.
### Touch Bar
The star of this release and for good reason! This new tactile bar that is app aware and context aware is a very nice piece of technology. I can easily find myself using it and looking at it for shortcuts. The app in which I find it the most useful is Photos. For my reviews and family photos I usually indulge in a bunch of precise editing and the new UI of the Touch Bar makes this super fast and super accurate to go over the different types of editing tools. In just a few taps I can realign the image, crop it and start adjusting the colours of white balance.
The incredible thing here is that Apple really embraced this new piece of technology and adapted all of their apps to use it. Some only inherited the default set of actions which offers basic functionality, but others went all in and integrated a ton of features like GarageBand, Logic and Photos. If only there was a Magic Keyboard with a Touch Bar...
The glass is matte, probably to match the semi-matte keycaps of the keyboard, and looks good as long as you do not place the computer in direct light. I give Apple a pass on this compromise as this is the very iteration of the Touch Bar. The screen looks great even from up close, it's just that there is a large gap that is more apparent in a well-lit room. I can only imagine how amazing it would look in one or two generations when the gap will be the same as on the iPad Pro or iPhone 7.
### Touch ID
I was dreaming of this day ever since the announcement of the iPhone 5s. This is perfect for 1Password and the great guys at Agile Bits really were fast to push an update of the app with the feature. It works very well! You can also unlock your computer with Touch ID and login your account. Sadly, Apple did not go all the way with the Touch ID. You still need to enter your password when you install apps or when an action actually modifies system files. On the iPhone, Touch ID is a first-class citizen and can replace your password 98% of the time. Not on the Mac. When setting up a new computer it actually is the worst part since that's when you install many apps and do lots of system changes.
For Apple Pay though, it's perfectly integrated! This is by far the easiest way to pay for things on a Mac and I love it! The potential is so great, I'm really looking forward to future system updates to allow Touch ID to be used in many more situations!
## Detailed Specs
**MacBook Pro**
- 2.6GHz Skylake 6700HQ quad-core Intel Core i7, Turbo Boost up to 3.5GHz, with 6MB shared L3 cache
- 256GB PCIe-based onboard SSD
- 16GB of 2133MHz LPDDR3 onboard memory
- Radeon Pro 450 with 2GB of GDDR5
- Intel HD Graphics 530
- Four Thunderbolt 3 (USB-C) ports
- One 3.5mm headphone jack
- 802.11ac Wi-Fi / Bluetooth 4.2
- 1.83 kg (4.02 pounds)
_Battery_
- Up to 10 hours wireless web
- Up to 10 hours iTunes movie playback
- Up to 30 days of standby time
- Built-in 76.0-watt-hour lithium polymer battery
## Performance
I took this mean-looking machine for a ride and as usual, tested all I could with it. I'm very transparent with my different benchmarks so you can reproduce them if you own this very same machine.
The first thing I did is update macOS Sierra to the latest update which included the following changes:
```
This update:
- Improves automatic graphics switching on MacBook Pro (15-inch, October 2016)
- Resolves graphic issues while encoding Adobe Premiere Pro projects on MacBook Pro with Touch Bar (13- and 15-inch, October 2016)
- Fixes an issue that prevented the searching of scanned PDF documents in Preview
```
### Computing Power
Using the latest version of GeekBench, I ran the usual CPU and GPU benchmarks, both in 64-bit mode. Here's the result of the CPU:
When comparing the results with the previous generation, the mid-2015 MacBook Pro, we are slightly under in both single and multi-thread benchmarks. Apple chose to release the new MBP with this Skylake chips because it has better power efficiency and because the 4-core versions of the Kaby Lake were not yet available in the configuration they needed. This is in part why they could reduce the size of the battery and according to their own benchmarks, keep the same battery life.
On the GPU side though, I do not have the number of the previous generation. Apple tout 130% speed increase using a Maya benchmark. I have no doubt that the AMD Radeon Pro 450 is faster than a R9 370X.
### SSD Performance
The SSD was fast, this was expected, but not that fast! I reached average speeds of 1.4GB/s on writing a large 904MB file and 3.0GB/s when reading it back. This is truly a game changer for those in need of fast, large file manipulation.
Here's the results across all types of filesize.
### Battery Performance
I wanted to build a couple of scenarios to test different types of usage, but I did not have enough time to really dive deep into automation to make this a reality for the present review. I nonetheless came up with a scenario that is close to what I used to run to test battery life of previous generations of MacBook Air and MacBook Pro computers.
#### The Setup
The machine is always fresh after a restart when running the tests. It also has minimal software installed when the test was run and no app was apparently opened apart from Script Editor and the browser being tested. Other browsers were not running the test.
The MacBook Pro with Touch Bar was updated to the latest version that included this fix from the 10.12.3 release:
> Improves automatic graphics switching on MacBook Pro (15-inch, October 2016)
The computer has the brightness fixed at 75% as is the keyboard brightness. Automatic adjustment of the brightness is disabled and the screen is kept on at all times using the good old [Caffeine app](https://lightheadsw.com/caffeine/). Wi-Fi is, of course, turned one as is Bluetooth, but no physical devices are connected to the laptop. I ran the tests twice and saved the average for the results below.
#### Consumer Reports
When running their tests, Consumer Reports had results ranging from 3h to 19h and many answered that they wanted the computer with 19h battery life. After validating their method with Apple, Apple said the following:
> "We learned that when testing battery life on Mac notebooks, Consumer Reports use a hidden Safari setting for developing web sites which turns off the browser cache. This is not a setting used by customers and does not reflect real-world usage. Their use of this developer setting also triggered an obscure and intermittent bug reloading icons which created inconsistent results in their lab.
Being a web developer by trade, I find this statement peculiar as I spend most of my days inside Chrome or Safari with the Developer Tools opened and the Disable Cache feature ON. Never did I once noticed any difference using previous generation machines and the developer tools. For me this reflects my real-world usage so I figured I should test the MacBook Pro with and without the Developer Tools enabled!
#### The Scenarios
The first scenario is simply running through a list of 8 pages from the top articles of TechMeme. I choose 8 different websites to get a good sample. This test was run with both Safari and Chrome. More precisely, I load a web page, scroll twice in the page to account for lazy loaded content and simulate how a human read a web page. Between each action, I introduced a 5s delay.
The second scenario had the same websites and the Developer menu was enabled. The Network tab of the Developer Tool was open and the Disable Cache feature was set to ON.
Both scenarios were running on Safari and Chrome. Why is that? Because I'm more of a Chrome kind of guy and I like to keep tabs on the progress of Chrome's efficiency. It's widely accepted that Chrome consumes more energy and I would love it to be as optimized as Safari.
#### The Results
Here are the numbers before a complete shutdown once the MacBook Pro reached 0% battery.
_Scenario 1 – Safari Web Browsing_
Total time: 7h26
_Scenario 1 – Chrome Web Browsing_
Total time: 6h27
_Scenario 2 – Safari Web Browsing, Developer Tools open + Disable Cache_
Total time: 6h41
_Scenario 2 – Chrome Web Browsing, Developer Tools open + Disable Cache_
Total time: 4h46
I was not surprised with the results with today's heavier website, lots of ads and running Javascript. Also, my test was serious and probably more intense than other lighter tests. I did not wait a full minute between page loads and kept the MacBook Pro very occupied. I do not consider these numbers out of line with what Apple says the MacBook Pro can do because of the intensity of the test.
#### Impact of Developer Tools
I'm very perplexed though as what to think of the impact of the disabled cache and developer tools in relation to the impact of battery life. I got similar results at each run and an impact of only 14% on the total running time.
Since Apple fixed a bug in the latest Sierra release, I do not think the developer tools were the culprit here and the graphic switching bug seems to be a much more obvious guilty party here.
I can say with confidence that when using this MacBook Pro or any previous MacBook Pro with the developers tool opened and cache disabled that I did not experience a significant loss of work time. Also, when using it in my normal daily workflow it does not appear to have less battery life than a previous model year in a similar use scenario.
## Product Usage and Experience
As I often do with these new gadgets, yes the Touch Bar is a cool gadget, I try to force myself and use it as much as possible and think about the future of where it can take us. The Touch Bar is one of those fun to look at technology that offers such a great potential that might not be apparent on the first try.
The ideas Apple put into this Touch Bar are great and it's easy to start using it in regularly used apps. Especially with all the care Apple put into its own apps to support it. Even the Pro apps are getting regular updates for the Touch Bar and make its integration better regularly.
I'm looking forward to third-party developers using it but for that we need a new Magic Keyboard with Touch Bar… hopefully we'll see this next month at the iPad event or at the latest this summer at WWDC.
### Issues
I had issues setuping the MBP, it was the first time I had iCloud setting screen froze on me in forever. I probably setup over 20 Macs over the last few years and this was the first time it crashed like that; after 45 minutes of that iCloud setting screen, I rebooted and it totally skipped the on boarding with nothing setup. I had to manually go in the Touch ID settings myself as well as other parts of the system to get everything properly setup.
And when I factory reset the computer, I did the usual Disk Utility erase and Reinstall macOS routine. Once again it had issues and took way too much time to reinstall Sierra. I'm guessing Sierra is still not super stable with these new machines that probably added much complexity with the Watch hardware powering the Touch Bar.
### Who is This For?
Well, many will say that professionals need the most powerful machine and that this MacBook Pro is not powerful enough to warrant its Pro-label anymore. Giving the time it took to update this MacBook Pro, I was expecting a much bigger CPU performance jump. The GPU performance and SSD performance is amazing though but not felt as the CPU seems to be the bottleneck here for most intensive tasks and has been for the last couple of years. Sadly, Apple is dependent on Intel which has recently announced that the 8th generation chip to be launched later this year will not be using 10 nm like it was initially planned. So even later this year we can only expect a 15% speed increase in performance.
The battery life is good with the new MacBook Pro but could have been better if it kept the 99.5Wh capacity of the previous generation instead of lowering it down to 75Wh. The 6-7h battery life could have been 33% better to 8-10h instead and many complainers would have been shut by this small decision. The battery life is not bad, but pro-users that are normally pushing the machine to its limit will feed that change in battery capacity.
If you are an app developer, you should get this model in order to adapt your apps to the Touch Bar and if you use the Pro apps on macOS you will benefit from the Touch Bar in your workflows. Also, if you move large numbers of files, the new SSD with 3GB/s of read speed will greatly help you!
But if you are only looking for a 15-inch laptop and your needs are not covered by the previously explained usage scenarios, you could checkout the mid-2015 model still on sale and save a good 400$ (500$CA) and perhaps use this money to get a CPU upgrade or SSD upgrade you might need.
## Conclusion
All in all, this laptop is unveiling a new user interaction paradigm that I really love and can see myself use on a daily basis. The upgrades done to the GPU and SSD are great and felt if you are intensively using those components. The CPU upgrade is disappointing and many pro-users would have hoped for a 32GB memory upgrade with good reasons. Battery life is good, especially if you are not a power user you can get a decent amount of use from it. However, if you use the laptop to its full potential you can find the lack of battery life concerning since you can easily get into the 4-5 hours range.
I feel like this new [MacBook Pro with Touch Bar](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook-pro) wants to show its potential and shine on your desk, but compromises have been made to warrant is portability and thinness once again impacting more important features for pro-users like battery capacity.
The port situation is problematic out-of-the-box, but you can easily get docks, hubs and adapters to fix this quite easily. Let's not kid ourselves, you just spend 2500$ on a laptop so you can spend a 100$ on cables and adapters if you need those. I only consider the port situation a problem until my Amazon Prime order arrives. At worst, 2 days ;)
It comes down to a matter of analyzing what you need in terms of power and if the power features of the new [MacBook Pro](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/macbook-pro) fits your work requirements. If your requirements are low, you could also look at the mid-2015 MacBook Pro that is quite a capable machine and perhaps fast enough for many users of MacBook Pro that do not have extreme pro requirements. The new MacBook Pro (2016) is a great machine that can also be the great partner in crime you might be looking for serious work and I'm already missing the Touch Bar...
---
### [Vizio D65u-D2 4K TV Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/24/vizio-d65u-d2-4k-tv-review/)
> Time to get on board the 4K train with a large TV, the D65u-D2 by Vizio!
The world of HDTVs and now 4K TVs is getting more and more of a complex place. We had 3D for a while that was offered in many flavours and now it seems to be the turn of 4K to blur the market. Don't get me wrong, I really love 4K and what it brings to the table but right now the market is full of diverging standards and it's a real headache when you try to get a good 4K TV.
One of the first 4K TV to hop on the HDR10 and Dolby Vision high dynamic range standards is the Vizio D-serie line of television. But only the ones with a little "u" after the diagonal size in the model name. I was luck enough to have one of these from Vizio, the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0170GE6K6" "D65u-D2" >}}, a 65-inch 4K TV that is in the affordable 4K range.
## Design
I have always been a fan of Vizio's design and the D65 is not different. The minimalistic design and lower left corner Vizio logo that is both non-intrusive and above all else not powered by an irritating LED like other brands. I have decided to hang the TV to the wall in my living room instead of using the included legs. Legs that are equally simple and do not get in the way.
The size of the bezel is not the slimmest on the market but its dark-coloured and really disappears once you have a movie playing. All of the inputs are located on the left side of the TV on a L-shape section with inputs/outputs on both sides of the L.
### Inputs
As it is now the norm, the TV has a total of 5 HDMI ports, 3 facing the ground and 2 on the side, but they are not all created equals. Only a single port can do 4K @ 60Hz, the other ones 4K @ 30Hz. Most households have a single gaming console so it's not a problem, but if you are a gamer, you'll have to make a choice. Or if you have a 4K Blu-ray player, you might need to invest in a HDMI Switcher that supports 4K AND HDR.
### Remote
This is perhaps the most displeasing part of the otherwise great television set. The remove has important buttons like shortcuts to the Netflix app and an Input button to easily switch inputs, which can be renamed by the way. The thing that irritates me and makes me want to throw away the remote, is not the layout either, it's the fact that the remote battery does not stay in place. The moment you hold the remote in your hand, the slight pressure from your fingers on the remote underside is enough to pull it open. Each and every time... It does not seem to be broken, or else it broke in transport as I had the same problem when I put in the batteries.
Other than that, the remote is well designed.
## On-boarding and Setup
The on-boarding is quick and effective. You can even do a speed test directly on the TV. One thing I really like to test when plugging a brand new TV is the difference from what the manufacturer considers its best settings for the image and what pros refer to as ideal settings online. Sometimes the difference is night and day and I always strongly recommend to go through each and every little detail settings to get it just right. In the case of the D65u-D2, the difference was barely noticeable. This means that when Vizio asks you during the on-boarding if the TV is for home or the store, you can safely assume that most of settings will be properly set to look their best.
This is a great thing for those that are not as geeks as us and lookup the best settings online.
One thing that I still can't understand to this day, is the use of stickers on the front of the TV. Vizio had a big yellow sticker on the right side of their D65u-D2 and guess what, I was not able to fully remove it. I would need to get some Goo-Gone and spend some time rubbing that awful smelling products on my brand new TV just to make sure it comes out completely. Please, do not use any stickers on the front and if, for some regulation, you have to. Use a type that can be removed as easily as the plastic film that protects shiny plastic on electronics.
## Features
- 65" 4K HDR Compatible Display
- 16 active LED zones
- 120Hz refresh rate (240Hz with ClearAction)
- SmartTV with preinstalled apps
- Inputs: 5x HDMI, 1x Component, 1x Composite, 1x Ethernet and 1x USB
- Outputs: 1x analogue out, 1x SPDIF
- 57.42”W x 33.21”H x 2.99”D for a total of 51.15 lbs
## Performance
I got to play around with this TV for a couple of weeks during which I discovered the great world of 4K and HDR. Even though this TV is 4K, the D65u-D2 is not HDR. Let's just say for the sake of this article that I managed to get 4K to work on two different sources but only one was easy to get it to work.
### 4K, Hz, HDR, Cables.. Argh!
Basically, you need a 4K(+HDR) source, cable, device and TV. The TV, you're covered, the Vizio D65u-D2 is a 4K Ultra HD that can handle the resolution thank to its V6 six-core processor. The source, well you have to either pay the Premium plan on Netflix to get Ultra HD or use an external source like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01M05030B" "Roku Ultra" >}} or an Android TV device with 4K compatibility. This part is not hard, as your device has 4K or not. The hardest part is the cable and HDR.
You see a bunch of cables came out over the last year with the new 4K TV sets, but none of those are actually compatible with HDR. Basically, you have cables that are HD, 4K@30Hz, 4K@60Hz and 4K@60Hz + HDR. You really need to pay attention to what cable you buy. Also, a new HDMI 2.1 standard was announced for 2018 where it will be able to handle up to 48Gbps of bandwidth up from 18Gbps for the 4K HDR HDMI 2.0a cables. But let's not go to far in this, the D65u-D2 is not HDR so any HDMI High-Speed with Ethernet or Premium would do. Just look at the specs.
### Roku Ultra in 4K
I connected my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01M05030B" "Roku Ultra" >}} using a high quality HDMI cable which I thought would do it all, but even me, I got screwed as it only does 4K @ 60Hz and not HDR. Thankfully, Roku includes a diagnostic tool to tell you which type of connection and TV you have. With the D65u I do have a green checkmark for 4K and 60Hz but not HDR. Not that it matters, but since we have so many different standards, I'm aiming for the best setup possible so that I can fully test the hardware I'm being provided.
Roku has a bunch of sources but not many are actually clear on what type of content they offer, except for Netflix and YouTube. Both try to inform you of the resolution of the video you're about to watch. Netflix has the Ultra HD badge (and a list of some of the Ultra HD content is [available here](https://media.netflix.com/en/company-blog/the-next-generation-of-tv)) and YouTube has the "4K" badge and even a 4K Video section with many of those 2160p clips.
You could also use the TV's smart features to launch Netflix and YouTube, but I don't find the UI that interesting. Plus, Roku tends to have more channels. One thing that I realized is that to get 4K on YouTube, you need to be signed in your account and only then will you see real 4K content. YouTube has this debug panel where it shows the resolution of the currently playing video as well as the bandwidth available and used. Very useful!
Netflix, on the other hand, is not as great. Even with the 4K plan and a 4K TV series, I did not see any noticeable difference from an HD 5.1 movie. In fact, I even downgraded my plan to HD only and played the same content to be sure. Netflix asks for at least 25Mbps of bandwidth, my TV gets consistently 31-32Mbps from both the Vizio network benchmark and YouTube's debug info panel. Netflix does not seem to have the same kind of information panel so I cannot know for sure the exact resolution of the content being streamed. I did access one of the hidden panel where you can set the quality of the stream from the default of "Auto", I set it at the highest possible value. And my account is set to the highest quality possible too.
## Real Performance
After all this work, I finally was able to locate great 4K content, namely MKBHD's videos as well as Unbox Therapy both crank out multiple videos per month with a great attention to detail and it shows. The D65u-D2 has a well above average screen quality and you can really see it quickly once you get the right content. That's the hard part, today it's quite a challenge to get the right content with all the above things to consider.
HDR would have been quite a nice addition, but sadly I could not experience it. Then again, apart from Netflix and YouTube there are not many other mainstream HDR streaming sources, unless you want to get a new 4K HDR compatible Blu-ray player like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01A9V6OI6" "Samsung UBD-K8500" >}} or the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01FWKIGFS" "Philips BDP7501" >}}.
If you take away the pain points of the setup and the remote that is quite irritating to handle, the end result is marvellous and I can clearly see where all this is going in terms of quality and what Ultra HD and HDR will bring to the table.
## Conclusion
The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0170GE6K6" "D65u-D2" >}} is a great 4K TV that makes us peek at what's to come. If you are on a budget and not fully ready to embrace 4K in all its glory, this affordable series of 4K TVs is what I recommend in order to get a glimpse of 4K but most of all to get amazing HD. In the future, you will be able to upgrade your setup and enjoy great SDR 4K content without a hitch.
However, if you are looking to embrace 4K and HDR, skip the D-series and look at the M or P series of television. They are similarly priced or slightly more expensive (in the 65" range), but you will get much better results especially if you plan to keep the TV for years to come, it will be ready to handle everything you throw at it since both series support HDR and come with a tablet remote control.
---
### [Material Dock for iPhone and Watch Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/16/material-dock-for-iphone-and-watch-review/)
> Our review of Studio Neat's Material Dock, a combo iPhone and Apple Watch dock milled from walnut with Portuguese cork backing.
The Watch being a popular iPhone accessory and the docks being somewhat ubiquitous to a point where Apple made one for its retail stores and for you to buy. It was only a matter of time before we would get combo docks and not long after we finally got one from Studio Neat. The [Material Dock](https://www.studioneat.com/products/dock?ref=DQqLP) is, as its name implies, a dock made of curated materials. This is the first product launched this year by Studio Neat, just before the [Canopy](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/13/canopy-a-magic-keyboard-case-and-stand-review/). We took this Dock for a spin, here's our full review.
## Design
The base of the [Material Dock](https://www.studioneat.com/products/dock?ref=DQqLP) is made of a single milled piece of walnut and the backing pieces are made of cork from Portugal, another natural and fully recyclable material.
There are two versions of the Material Dock, one square one that is made just for the iPhone and a circular one made for both the iPhone and [ Watch](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/apple-watch). This last gadget rests on its side, this means that you can benefit from the watchOS 2 introduced feature called Nightstand Mode where the Watch displays your next alarm and the time in a smooth green colour.
### Packaging
I rarely go over product packaging in detail, but since Tom and Dan, [Studio Neat's co-founders](https://www.studioneat.com/pages/about-us), took so much care into this step, I must cover it. This product requires two things from you. Your original Lightning cable and Watch charging puck, and a bit of assembly. You see this product was mainly milled and requires you to insert and position your cables properly so that they are perfectly aligned. Tom and Dan made a neat video (pun intended) detailing the few steps you need to get through in order to assemble but most of all, align the different parts perfectly to setup your iPhone and Watch.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-studio-neat-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-studio-neat-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-studio-neat-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-studio-neat-3-hp.jpg" >}}
The packaging is simple yet, it contains all the details and parts needed all the way to the little screwdriver to tighten the few screws in their brass inserts.
Plus they even included a nice smiley face saying Hello!
## Features
- Two versions available
- Uses official cables (not included)
- Includes all the hardware needed
- Made of walnut and cork
- Fully adjustable for cases
## Installation
You basically need to follow a few steps to rout the two cables the appropriate way and tighten the components together with screws and brass inserts. This way once you identified your favorite position, it will be kept as is forever.
This is very simple steps and I really like the attention to details to make sure the cable is routed in curves so that it stays in its place. Also, the Material Dock has two strips of suction tape that makes sure the Dock stays in place on your nightstand. You can wash those if they lose their stickiness with a bit of water on your finger.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-material-dock-assembly-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-material-dock-assembly-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-material-dock-assembly-2-hp.jpg" >}}
Once installed, you can dock and un-dock your iPhone with a single hand gesture. I sometimes have trouble finding the Lightning port in the dark since there are no lateral "stoppers". Most often then not, I'm quite good at docking but that one time that I'm off centre, I'm really off-centre. If there could be some guides or grooves to blindly install the phone, it would be perfect!
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-on-nightstand-apple-watch-and-iphone-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-on-nightstand-apple-watch-and-iphone-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-on-nightstand-apple-watch-and-iphone-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/material-dock-on-nightstand-apple-watch-and-iphone-3-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
I really love this product! I was a user of the [Elevation Dock](https://www.elevationlab.com/products/elevation-dock-3) before jumping in the Plus-size club but never liked how it looked on my nightstand in a prominent wood-based furniture. It looked better in my office, but the Material Dock is much better suited for my type of bedroom and I really love the craft to put in place by the artists at Studio Neat. The docking and undocking is easy and I really love to be able to snooze and turn off the alarm on my Watch without having to fiddle around in the dark.
Although a great type of wood was chosen, I would really love to see other types of hard wood like maple or ebony, it could be a limited run and for a limited time since it is milled by hand by Tom and Dan.
---
### [Canopy, a Magic Keyboard Case and Stand [Review]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/13/canopy-a-magic-keyboard-case-and-stand-review/)
> Our review of Studio Neat's Canopy, a case and stand for the Apple Magic Keyboard, from a longtime backer and product-design enthusiast.
The [Canopy](https://www.studioneat.com/products/canopy?ref=DQqLP) was a fun product to follow during its development phase. We have seen it on certain major pieces before it was even unveiled, then we learned more about its design and challenges thanks to a podcast. Finally, when it was unveiled, it was a clear just by seeing the product page and video what need it will fill and we immediately understood what it could do.
As you might have guessed I'm very interested in product design and development, so all this information is like candy to me! And being a backer of many previous Studio Neat Kickstarter campaigns and being the one that leaked the Material Dock, you can see that I had high expectations for this product!
## Design
When you open the envelop the Canopy comes in, you are presented with the product in a plastic bag. The keyword here is minimalism as you get the product in what is represented by a slim packaging. After opening the Canopy, you have a simple instruction sheet that explains how to install and snap the leather band in place.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-packaging-design-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-packaging-design-1-hp.jpg" >}}
The main part of the product is made of a gray fabric that has a very light greenish tint under 5,000K bulbs (yes, I installed {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01LOSEW32" "Philips SceneSwitch bulbs" >}}). I have a knack for these little colour variations and find it very pleasing to the eye.
On the lower part, you will find two micro-suction strips, one on each side. This is what sticks to your Magic Keyboard and acts as a semi-permanent solution to keep it on the Canopy. You can always remove it and wash the sticky strips if ever they get dirty from bag lint.
The arch, well the part that acts as a holder for your iPad has a snap on the back where you attach the leather strap for stability. The angle it offers is perfect and never once did my iPad wobble. My co-host Tyler expressed his concern because the edge of the Magic Keyboard is very sharp and with this accessory it rests on the iPad glass. This is the photo that triggered his question.
Once I installed my keyboard in the ideal position, I did not find the edge that close to the iPad glass. It's actually just a bit below the iPad edge so it's not rubbing against it. It took two tries to perfectly align the keyboard in the case and it then happened to fit perfectly under the iPad.
The design allows for easy transportation of the keyboard and a stand when you re-fold it back around the keyboard. The snap seems to be solid and should hold on for a long time.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-2-hp.jpg" >}}
The Canopy is so light and compact that even when I'm not actively using it on my iPad I leave it on to protect my Magic Keyboard as well as prevent unintentional key press when a member of my family passes by the office.
The installation of the keyboard is easy and solid. The same goes for the leather strap is perfectly sized and attach solidly.
## Features
- Tablet and phone stand, keyboard case, 2-in-1
- Fabric exterior, leather strap and metal snap
- Reusable and cleanable micro-suction strips
- 170g of total weight
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-3-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-4-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
If you currently have a Magic Keyboard and are looking at a great product to take with you the Canopy is the perfect companion. I can see myself using it all day and have already done so for many hours on end with no problem whatsoever.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-with-magic-keyboard-0-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-with-magic-keyboard-1-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-with-magic-keyboard-2-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/studio-neat-canopy-with-magic-keyboard-3-hp.jpg" >}}
There could always be more colours for this type of product as it goes with an iPad that the most recent buyers have chosen a colour for. And you know, people have preferences for this sort of thing. However, the choice Studio Neat made in terms of colour and materials are very good and should not be a problem for most as it's a sober combination.
If you factor in the extra cost for the Apple Magic Keyboard, the total bill tends to run upward, but that Magic Keyboard can also be used with your computer and will most likely last as long as your iPad or Mac. If you already have one, then this is a must buy that you will not regret!
---
### [Linksys Velop Mesh Network Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2017/01/03/linksys-velop-mesh-network-review/)
> Our hands-on review of the Linksys Velop, the company's first mesh networking system designed to grow and adapt to any home or business.
Some might say Linksys is late to the game, others might say they took their time to get things right. I'm in the latter camp. I always prefer when company spend the necessary amount of work to get a new product out, especially when it's new and innovative. Just look at the care Apple took with the [AirPods](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/airpods). They are loved by everyone and often refer as a joy to use.
Linksys just announced their first mesh networking product, it's called the Velop and as you might have guessed, it can grow with your needs or adapt to your house or business, no matter what shape it has.
## Design
Linksys has given lots more thoughts to its devices in recent years and the Velop is not estranged to this trend. They come in one, two or three packs, but in reality, all Velop devices are identical. Exact same hardware which includes a quad-core CPU, 4GB of flash and 512MB of memory.
Each little tower includes two Ethernet ports with different configurations depending on the node. The first node uses one for WAN (to your modem) and the second one is for your LAN. All subsequent nodes are using both ports as LAN ports so you can place them near your devices that would benefit from a direct connection instead of their older wireless connection.
Each tower is a pleasure to look at and fits well in a multitude of rooms. The wires are passing through a little triangular shape rubber holder and the power cable connector is even curved to fit perfectly with cables coming in with an angle. Hats off to Linksys for this design. To help with the setup, Linksys included a pulsing LED on the top of the tower, a LED that stays a solid light blue once the setup is complete. However, it's not a bright sharp light like some other electronics.
## Features
- Quad-core CPU with 512MB of memory
- 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports
- Powerful tri-band MU-MIMO 6-antenna setup
- Intelligent mesh network
- No practical limit to the number of nodes (Linksys tested 12)
- Bluetooth integrated to make setup easy
- Downstream channel dedicated and non conflicting
- Available in 1-pack, 2-pack, 3-pack kits
- Compatible with Amazon Alexa (soon!)
## Setup and Installation
If you owned a recent Linksys router, you might have already fiddled with the Smart Wi-Fi app. But often resort back to the good old in-browser configuration panel to get deep into the advanced configuration. The Velop takes a different approach to all this.
### Initial Setup
The setup and installation is an app only and boy is it fun to use! I would not think I would say that one day about a router installation! You effectively do need to connect to a network or fiddle with button presses. The iOS app took me through the process and used Bluetooth 4.0 to discover and do all the configuration!
The whole process can take some time, about 10 minutes for the first node and about 3 for each subsequent node, due to the Bluetooth communication being slow and the Velop mesh network doing its magic to be configured properly.
Linksys takes you by the hand for the setup process and it's a breeze. Nobody should be lost with this easy process. As you can see from the gallery below, they took good care to design an interface that is pleasing to the eye.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-setup-ios-app-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-ios-app-setup-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-ios-setup-installation-hp.jpg, https://img." >}}hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-installation-hp.jpg" >}}
### Adding an extra node?
I also interrupted the process before adding the third node just to see what would happen if, let's say, I bought a two-pack and needed to add a third one. Very easy, just scroll down to the _Setup a New Product_ to _Add Nodes to <Network>_ and follow the app instructions to add a new node.
### Advanced Settings
Well, this one is good and bad. There are a few settings, namely a MAC address filter, port settings and some connection type settings (DHCP, PPPoE, etc). But not as much as the more advanced users are used to.
This is both a good thing and a bad thing. For the regular user, it allows the configuration to be the best configuration possible, but the tinkerer might not like it as much. Personally, I wanted to change the IP range from 192.168.x.x to 10.0.x.x as I have a few devices with static IPs in the house. This was not possible, I therefore need to reconfigure Apple TVs and other devices hooked to network storage to use a different IP address...
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-advanced-settings-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-setup-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-setup-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/linksys-velop-dashboard-hp.jpg" >}}
### More Settings
Parents will be pleased to see that they have controls to block certain sites. However, I could not find the settings to manage a schedule per device. Help information refers to it, so it must be coming in a future update.
There is also a list of 3 devices that will be on a prioritization list. Velop will do benchmarks to make sure they can have the best possible performance and all other devices will use what's left of your bandwidth.
You can also setup a Guest Network and eventually enable it or disable it using the Amazon Echo voice command. The Velop is in the final approval stages so hang in tight!
## Performance
Now, to the part that we are all waiting for! I'm currently using an Apple [Airport Extreme](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/az/airport-extreme) as my main router. The reason being that even if it's old, it's super reliable and still offers great performance. I own a three-story home, so I have setup the Velop system as such.
### Positioning
The main node is in the machine room, basement, centre of the house. In the direct line of sight of the game room and diagonal to the office.
The second node is placed, on the first floor, far back, close to the patio door in the corner of the house.
The third node is on the second floor, centre position to try to offer a good coverage.
### How We Test Speed
I currently have a network attached storage that is using link aggregation to merge the power of 4 Ethernet ports and offer unprecedented connected power. I will post something about this in the future. Sufficient to say that this network storage can be fast, over 300MB/s fast so it makes a good test subject for speeds since it's next to the main Velop node and wired to it using a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00IXNQ6XQ" "Smart Linksys switch" >}}.
I'm using iPerf to test the speed over the Wi-Fi network. The NAS being the "server" in the scenario and a 2015 MacBook Pro being the client. I'm also testing from various locations in my home.
- Basement - Living Room
- Basement - Office
- Main floor - Kitchen Table
- Second floor - Master's Bedroom
- Second floor - Second Bedroom
This covers the whole house and can give a good test bed for performance of wireless products. Since it's the only house I have access to, I cannot say what will happen to multi-generation housings that are not necessarily high but instead very long. I think the Velop system might be even better suited for these kinds of configurations from what I can see from the testing below.
### Results
The following results are using MB/second as the unit.
| Router/Location | **AirPort Extreme** | **Linksys Velop** |
| :-----------------------: | :-----------------: | :---------------: |
| Basement Office | 50 | 32 |
| Basement Living Room | 70 | 48 |
| Main Floor Kitchen | 15 | 28 |
| 2nd Floor Masters Bedroom | 9 | 18 |
| 2nd Floor Bedroom 2 | 6 | 18 |
As you can see from these results, the Velop offer far superior range and speed when further away from the router. As much as twice the speed as the AirPort Extreme. However, it's not as fast when in a direct line of sight with speeds about 28% slower than the Apple router that came out in 2013.
This makes it hard to recommend the Velop as a direct powerful router replacement. If you have a recent powerful router like the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01JOXW3YE" "Linksys WRT3200ACM" >}} or {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07Y45V3TK" "EA9500" >}} you might not benefit from the Velop system, unless you live in a very large house. If your current router does not reach the far end of your house then the Velop is the perfect companion to cover the whole ground!
Note that my house is usually a good testing ground because it incorporates all of the recent isolation standards and they used lots of aluminum in its construction thus affecting greatly the reception. I can't get an OTA signal in without placing an antenna directly in the window and I rarely get 3 bars on my iPhone.
## Conclusion
I have not had such fun and nice looking router setup! It's a breeze and I did not have a single issue even though I was using pre-release software. Great job Linksys!
Is this router for you? Well, if you have a large house or housing complex then, yes it is for you. If you wrestle with network extenders, Powerline products and the likes, then you can benefit from an easy setup and great range performance of the Velop.
If you have a good recent router then the Velop will probably not make your life faster but it will take away much of the hassle of configuration and channel swapping. Plus it looks good even on a shelf!
### Notes to the Manufacturer
Here's a new section I'm adding with points that I hope will be taken into consideration by the manufacturer for future software or hardware updates.
- Ability to change the DNS server is a must
- Ability to look at the technical details of the wireless setup (40/80MHz, bands, channels, etc)
- Ability to change the channel manually
- Ability to change the IP range (192.x to 10.x)
- More parental controls (schedule, per app settings, limits in content download, etc)
---
### [USBPre 2 XLR to USB Interface Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/28/usbpre-2-xlr-to-usb-interface-review/)
> A strong contender in the world of USB interfaces for your audio recording needs, the USBPre 2 makes a strong case with an impressive list of features.
When you need to take that great audio from a microphone or an instrument and send it to your computer, you need a USB interface that will take the analogue signal and convert it to its digital form. There are many choices that start at 50$ and can go to the multiple of thousands of dollars for a rack-mounted version. What if you are a serious hobbyist and are looking for a solid, reliable solution out there?
The [USBPre 2](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/734341-REG) might just be what you're looking for!
What you are looking for is a device that can convert this signal, but what you are not looking for is something that will introduce noise or distortion to your pristine sound. This is why many solution exists. I think the USBPre2 is a solid contender and after using it for a couple of weeks here's what I think of it.
## Design
The USBPre 2 is often described as a solid metal box with lots of nobs and lights. It's pretty accurate, but it's much more than that. It's made of metal and looks like something a car could run over. The front does have signal level meters that can tell you how strong your recording sounds and if you hit the limiter. It has 23 segments and can be toggled between recording or playback.
There are a bunch of nobs including a gain control for each of the two XLR inputs, one knob for the output gain control, one knob for the monitor mix control and finally one more nob to control the output of the sound that goes through your headphones.
In terms of inputs and outputs it has 2 balanced XLR inputs, 2 Line In and two Aux In ports. All of these are located on the left side of the device. On the back side, you'got the Mic and Line out XLR ports, TOSLink input and output and one of the smartest ideas of the USBPre 2. Twenty, 20!, DIP switches that controls a bunch of features of the interface as well as a bunch of toggles that can change the feature of the many knobs on the USBPre 2.
Finally, on the right side, we have many outputs including 3.5mm and 1/4" headphone jack, stereo AUX outputs and S/PDIF outputs, and the last one, but nonetheless, the USB cable that provides the unit with power and allows your computer to receive and send audio through the interface.
## Features
- Low-noise microphone preamplifiers
- 48V phantom power, limiters, high-pass filters, and 15 dB pad
- Dynamic range greater than 114 dB (in 24-bit operation)
- Flat 10 Hz to 40 kHz (@96 kHz SR) audio bandwidth with very low distortion characteristics
- Precision, 23-segment, multicolour LED peak/VU meter
- High-output headphone amplifiers can drive a wide range of headphones
- Balanced outputs on XLR connectors with dedicated level control
- High-strength extruded aluminum chassis
- macOS 10.4+, Windows XP/Vista/7, and Linux, class-compliant audio device
## Podcasting Scenario
I'm currently using the USBPre 2 as a USB interface to record our podcast, [RGBA.fm](https://rgba.fm), and I've used various types of microphones. I've started with my old {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B007JX8O0Y" "Audio-Technica AT2005USB" >}} which has both a USB and XLR connection. Then moved on to a Shure SM57, SM58 and then, I finally decided to get a {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0002BACBO" "Shure Beta 87A" >}}. The great thing with the state of the art preamplifiers of the USBPre 2 is the absence of noise when the microphones are not picking up anything. This is particularly helpful when editing the audio, we do not need to tamper with the audio as much!
The Beta 87A is a power hungry microphone and the USBPre 2 does give it ample power and gain to drive it to perfection.
## Setting Up & Settings
Apart from the great preamps, the USBPre 2 is a dream come true for any audio enthusiast or professional as it can really bend to your preferences. Almost every nob can be reconfigured for something else. Remember those 20 DIP switches? Well, that's where lots of the power comes from.
You can, literally from the flick of a switch, enable phantom power (48V) to either or both XLR inputs for power-hungry condenser microphones like the Beta 87A. You can also add a low-cut filter if you are recording on the go in a noisy and windy situation. If you end-up recording loud noise, it even has a limiter built in that will attenuate loud recordings when they reach -4dB. And for those situations, you can also flip a switch to enable the 15dB padding for particularly sensitive microphones or very loud environments.
That's all on the first 10 DIP switches! The next 10 are almost all used to swap the functionality the nobs and controls for an alternate use.
Finally, the last few DIP switches are used to hardware select the sample rate when in a stand-alone mode. When no computer is present, this mode kicks in and follows your guidelines from the DIP switches. Using the last three B-Settings DIP switches, you can select 16, 32, 44.1, 88.2, 96, 176.4, 192 or 48 kHz.
I encourage you to take an evening or at the very least an hour or two to really play with all the settings to make sure you leverage the power of the USBPre 2. I use my {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0002BACBO" "Shure Beta 87A" >}} with phantom power activated, low-cut set to OFF, limiter set to ON (though I rarely reach it) and dual-mono enabled since I only record from one microphone. I use the USBPre 2 1/4" headphone jack with a pair of {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00SJ1KG06" "Sennheiser Urbanite XL" >}} and balance the sound so I can barely hear me when we record. I think my office setting is quiet enough, especially with a super-cardioid condenser microphone, so I do not need the 15dB padding, but I'll be sure to test it a bit and see if I can benefit from a bit less sensible setting.
### Recording on the Go?
Since the USBPre 2 can be powered by almost any USB devices, it needs 5V current and 500mA max, it can be powered by any computer USB port and even a USB hub. With it's design being mainly input on the left and outputs on the right, the USBPre 2 can be quickly and simply configured on a table for a temporary setup in Stand-alone mode.
### Software? What Software?
This is perhaps one of the best things about this USB interface. It does not need any software to enable or control its features. On a recent macOS computer, it's literally plug-n-play! It appears as a sound device in your audio settings and that is it. No need to configure anything else that click the interface in that window to make it active. On Windows, you need a special ASIO driver to enable the high resolution settings it can provide.
Maybe it's because I'm in my thirties and a software developer, but I really prefer a device with all the features built-in and not dependent on software, or OS updates, to break or tamper in any way with the functionality of my gear. For me the USBPre 2 does exactly what it should!
## Conclusion
After using the USBPre 2 for many weeks, I can totally understand why people regard this device as being the best USB interface on the market. I tend not to believe these types of saying until I can try for myself. And I did, I was impressed.
Everything about the USBPre 2, from the built construction to the versatility power given by the DIP switch, makes this one of the most flexible and adaptable interfaces on the market. It can really adjust to your setup instead of having to build your setup around it like you do with other interfaces or audio devices. Then, we move on the quality side of things. If you ever recorded audio or video, you know how a simple lack of quality can impact your work and your moral. The USBPre 2 really has top-notch quality and it feels like it can fight off a tank!
This awesome device comes with a price tag that is as great as its features and sadly this is not open to all budgets. The USBPre 2 is a serious interface aimed at professionals. Its cost is not aimed at regular consumers, but since it's so versatile and powerful, it's uniquely placed because similar interfaces are either desk size mixers or rack-mounted. The USBPre 2 can fit below an iMac on its foot.
I've been trying to find a negative point for the USBPre 2, but sincerely, I can't find one. The only thing I would recommend you is to study, really read in depth, the user manual. It contains very valuable information that will help you greatly to learn how to maximize your use of the interface.
Highly recommended.
---
### [TP-Link Powerline AC1750 Extender, AV1200 Powerline Edition Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/22/tp-link-powerline-ac1750-extender-av1200-powerline-edition-review/)
> Both a Powerline product and network extender, is the AC1750 Wi-Fi Range Extender, AV1200 Powerline Edition a good bet?
I always wanted to review a Powerline network adapter so after Tyler's review of the [TP-Link AC3200 router](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/10/20/ac3200-wireless-tri-band-router-review/), I thought it was time I tried just that. TP-Link has a few Powerline products so I figured I should take a look at the most recent, and powerful one, the AC1750 Wi-Fi Range Extender. A 2-in-1 product that features a 1200Mbps Powerline adapter and a 1750Mbits Wi-Fi range extender.
First of all, what is **Powerline**? It's actually the name of network adapters that transfers the Ethernet signal over your house's electrical grid. Allowing you to link two rooms without the need to drill holes for a network cable. They have been on the market for many years, but too often with very low, 250Mbits or 400Mbits, speeds. It seems that now we can achieve much better speeds.
This is what I'm going to try with the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01K1JJ0X2" "TP-Link AC1750 Wi-Fi Range Extender AV1200 Powerline Edition" >}}!
## Design
As it goes with any Powerline adapters by any brand, they are big bulky components that are made to be plugged directly into the wall outlet. Not on a powerbar, as it could filter out the "noise" that is used to piggy pack on your electrical grid.
The first component plugs in a wall near your router or near a network port in your house. It also has a standard wall outlet so it does not steal one of your outlets. The second component plugs in somewhere else in your house where you need a network cable. This second unit has three network port that can share the same connection through your electric grid. This second unit is bulkier than the other one and does not provide a pass-through outlet.
Note that this model is not the fastest TP-Link produces for this specific need. The {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01H74VKZU" "AV2000 2-port Gigabit Passthrough Powerline Starter Kit" >}} provide you with theoretically faster speeds, outlet passthrough on both devices but only two ports.
## Features
- Dual-band Wi-Fi with combined speeds of 1750Mbps
- 1200Mbps Powerline Connection
- Wi-Fi Clone and Auto-Sync Features
- Plug, Pair and Play easy installation
- 3 RJ45 network jack
- Single outlet passthrough on the origin module
- No outlet passthrough on the destination module
## Performance
The quick install guide is quite simple and allows you to install then in a few minutes. Just plug them, hit the pair button and they will sync up. They take about 30-40 seconds to be fully paired. You can extend your network or have the TP-Link software configured to clone your network. Recent devices will connect to the strongest signal when two networks of the same name are present.
The Wi-Fi setup and configuration screen is accessible via the TP-Link interface. It's clean and concise, and allows you to have complete control on your network settings.
In order to test the performance of the TP-Link AC1750 Wi-Fi Range Extender, AV1200 Powerline Edition, I tested the connection, both wireless and wired from 1) the same room, 2) a room on the floor above, and 3) on a second floor. This way I can accurately test the speeds at different distances.
The house used is my one, a 2011 built house up to specs with the current electrical standards.
### Same Room, Wired
The first test has both units plugged in the wall on the same room, on different walls. I'm not sure if they are actually on different breaker circuits or not, but this tries to reproduce a situation where you would like to plug a computer or TV in a room where the network cable is not available where the computer/TV is installed.
The connection was very stable going between 31 and 32 MB/s, that's about 240Mbps.
### One Floor Above, Wired
Moving one floor above, still wired the speed dropped quite a lot. The signal was still very stable between 10.1 and 10.8 MB/s, or 80Mbps. One floor distance actually cut the speed in three...
### Two Floors Above, Wired
Same setup again, but on the second floor of my house, still directly above the basement room where the origin module is installed. This time we seem to be stable and the extra floor does not seem to affect the signal much more. It is oscillating between 11.1 and 11.6 MB/s, or 88Mbps. Why the biggest number? Perhaps the wiring is more direct between the two plugs I used for this test.
### Two Floors Above, Wireless
Now, since this device is also used to extend the Wi-Fi signal of your network, it's only natural to test the signal from the furthest point of my house. As a base of comparison, I'll use my currently installed Apple Airport in the basement utility room, where all the (network, cable) wiring converges. From two floors above, I still get a stable Airport sign around 11 MB/s, auto selecting the 5GHz signal.
Using the TP-Link AC1750 extender, installed in the same room where the testing occurred, I managed to get between 3.9 and 9.3 MB/s on the 2.4GHz band, average of 5.2 MB/s. Note that this signal is fairly unstable, as there are many overlapping networks on this band reachable from the second floor. This was expected to have an impact on speed and reliability.
Switching to the 5GHz band, where there is no channel overlap in my area (thank God!), the situation is, sadly, not much different. The signal is not more reliable and I get an average of 3.92 MB/s, with values from 1.23 to 7.17.
For the last Wi-Fi test, I moved away to the opposite of the floor from the destination module. I managed to get 5.21 MB/s on average with values going from 1.7 to 9.7 MB/s.
### Results Analysis
What do these number mean? Well, let's take the Netflix speed grid recommendations:
```
0.5 Megabits per second - Required broadband connection speed
1.5 Megabits per second - Recommended broadband connection speed
3.0 Megabits per second - Recommended for SD quality
5.0 Megabits per second - Recommended for HD quality
25 Megabits per second - Recommended for Ultra HD quality
```
These are Mbps, so basically you need at least 3.12 MB/s for streaming 4K content. You should be able to stream 4K content using the TP-Link Extender if you are not too far from either the origin module or the router you extend from. As it goes with the Powerline products of all brands, your results will vary depending on many, many factors so you could have much better results than me; or worse.
For other types of Wi-Fi traffic, you should be good with no apparent slowness.
## Conclusion
Although it's not the fastest Powerline product out there, it offers a good balance of power and features. The three ports on the destination module make it perfect to hide behind a wall hanged TV with a port for the TV, a media box like [ TV](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/apple-tv) and a console.
With transfer rates between 10 and 30 MB/s, the wired Powerline connectivity is reliable and most adapted to distant rooms or same room without the need to pass wires. But if you only require two ports perhaps the potentially faster {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B01H74VKZU" "AV2000 2-port Gigabit Passthrough Powerline" >}} would be better suited for your need. If you need a network extender and a power line in one, then this TP-Link AC1750 Wi-Fi Range Extender is a great product to consider!
---
### [iPhone 7 Plus vs. Sony a7 Mk II [Photo Fight]](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/18/iphone-7-plus-vs.-sony-a7-mk-ii-photo-fight/)
> iPhones are getting better, but how better? Here's iPhone 7 Plus versus a Sony A7 II mirrorless camera!
You probably heard it a hundred times already, mobile phone camera are getting so good that they can be somebody's only camera and their quality is so good it even beats "real" cameras. Well, here is a little competition between an [iPhone 7 Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone-7-plus) and a mirroless dSLR, the [Sony A7 II](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1102008-REG) with a [24-70mm f/4 lens](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1008126-REG).
## The Contestants
### iPhone 7 Plus
This year's larger iPhone equipped with its 28mm f/1.8 and 56mm f/2.8 dual camera system. Capable of shooting sharp imagery and even a software portrait mode using the 56mm lens.
### Sony A7 II with 24-70mm f/4
The second generation Sony A7 camera, a mirroless camera equipped with the Sony 24-70mm lens capable of a 4.0 aperture.
Both devices have Sony sensors, by the way. This will be fun.
warning: The images below are quite big (average of 2MB each) and the total size of the page is around 65 MB. The images will load when you scroll near them so if you're on LTE and your plan is not generous, you might want to come back when on Wi-Fi.
## The Challenge Definition
I took a bunch of pictures with it devices using the same focal length, either 28mm or 56mm. Sadly, I did not have a f/1.8 28mm lens around so this is not a scientific test that compares two lenses in perfect conditions.
This is a "real-life" test to see how they perform under the same conditions. Apart from the focal length I did not change the ISO or aperture to let both cameras do their magic.
You will see both pictures with a slider to show/hide each photo in a before/after fashion. I tried to minimize my actions on the photo, so I did indeed have to crop them to they would fit centered, but I left the compression very high so it is not affecting the pixels and sharpness of the photos.
## The Challenges
Let's start the challenge! As the caption shows, the left picture will be the one taken with the iPhone 7 Plus and the one on the right, with the Sony A7 II. You can use the handle to slide back and forth to reveal both pictures.
### Outdoor Wide Shot
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-contrast-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-contrast-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-path-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-path-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Portrait Mode Moving Subject
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-soft-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-soft-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Direct Sunlight
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-sun-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-sun-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Shadow Portrait Mode with Overexposed Back
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-tree-portrait-iphone.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-tree-portrait-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Shadow Portrait Mode
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outsite-light-dark-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outsite-light-dark-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Overexposed in Shadows
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-car-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-car-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Lateral Sun
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-bush-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-bush-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Outdoor, Shadows with Sky
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-shadow-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/outside-shadow-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Indoor, Bad Lighting Shot
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-lowlight-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-lowlight-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Indoor, Bad Lighting Portrait Mode
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-lowlight-portrait-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-lowlight-portrait-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Indoor, Good Lighting Shot
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-light-toy-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-light-toy-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
### Indoor, Good Lighting Portrait Mode
{{< beforeafter "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-portrait-iphone.jpg,https://img.hipsterpixel.co/inside-toy-portrait-sony.jpg" "iPhone 7 Plus, Sony A7 II" "lazyload" >}}
## The Results
As you can see, they vary quite a lot. In some situations, the iPhone is clearly the winner with greater contrast, even exposition, but sometimes it's the Sony dSLR. These cameras are now very relying on software optimizations to make the best out of the subject photographed and it shows.
The HDR in the iPhone has gotten way better over the years and some of these shots clearly show it. In low-light conditions, though, the Sony is the clear winner with a lot less noise and photos that are much sharper. With these results I'm still baffled that a camera in my pocket, for around 1000$, can get so close to a 3000$ camera+lens kit.
Imagine what the iPhone 10 will be able to achieve!
## iPhone or dSLR?
This is the ultimate question! The iPhone is always with you, in your pocket and for many this is the best camera. For others, the ability to change the lens is so much more powerful that until the iPhone has 4-5 lenses on the back, they can't switch. I'm more of a photography enthusiast and will try to get the best shot with my iPhone when I have it on hand, while also making plans to bring my big equipment for other situations where I love to control all of the settings using physical nobs.
I think we should simply embrace the technological advances in both cameras and just take great pictures!!
---
### [iPhone 7 Plus Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/14/iphone-7-plus-review/)
> Was the iPhone 7 Plus a legitimate iPhone major update, what about the camera, new home button? Here's our review!
We normally get a new iPhone design every two years, one that is distinct from what came before. Think of the iPhone 4, 5 or 6. It was a pattern, but patterns are meant to be broken if you want to surprise and awe people.
This year's [iPhone 7 Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone-7-plus) looks like an iPhone 6S Plus^2 where it retains most of the apparent design of the last two iterations. But once you take a closer look, you start to see where Apple put its energy this time around, and it's not what you expected.
## Design
The design of the iPhone 7 Plus is a step in the right direction with the less apparent antenna bands. I never hated them but if they were not there I would be happier. When you take the new bands and the Jet Black or regular black you can only see them if you look for them. Out of symmetry the speaker grill and microphone are now an equal number of holes on each side of the Lightning port. With the 3.5mm jack gone, I prefer this kind of design.
The front of the iPhone 7 Plus is very similar to the previous generation, but as soon as you start the on-boarding procedure you realize the impact of the new Home button.
### The New Home Button
With its three levels of haptic feedback you can set it to your preferred force feedback and I strongly encourage you to force yourself and use the other settings to in order to put the finger on the perfect setting (pun intended). If you are coming from an iPhone 5s or iPhone 6, you might prefer the #3 setting. Personally, #2 feels the most real; like a real button press. The illusion is far from perfect but you definitely get used to it and after a few weeks it will feel natural and you won't think about it.
### What Headphone Jack?
I'm a big proponent to wireless headsets and earbuds, always was and the lack of 3.5mm port has not changed it. The only time I use plugged in headphones is when I'm in bed and watch episodes on Netflix and for that I have the included Apple EarPods with Lightning connectors. I just realize while writing these lines that I did not even try the included 3.5mm adapter in the box…
It's not a big deal, really, get over it!
### New Speakers
The iPhone is now including a regular speaker in place of the earphone speaker so it can get pretty loud when you're not in a phone call. Together with the regular bottom speaker they form a stereo array and offers a much louder sound than previous generations of phones. The EQ of the sound is still too strong in the highs and will only do for podcasts listening, in my opinion, and could be made better with [Overcast's](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/app/overcast-podcast-player/id888422857?mt=8&at=10lqsC) custom EQ feature if Marco gets around to adding it.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-77-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/iphone-7-plus-79-imp-hp.jpg" >}}
Overall, I welcome stronger speakers as they can be quite useful on certain occasion and the sound really is much better with them as a stereo pair.
### Handling
The form factor is identical and the texture is the same as the 6S generation. A bit grippier than the 6 but not by much. I'm a case guy so for me it does not really matter. Unless, you have the Jet Black!
In this case you should expose the phone it's a marvellous finish that should not get hidden away. Micro-abrasions, you say? It all depends on what you intend to rub against your iPhone 7. Personally, I tried to see if I could handle a Jet Black iPhone with my 10kt gold ring rubbing agains it, and it did not even do even a harline micro-abrasion. I was sure it would not do dommage as even unpure gold does not come close to stainless steel in terms or hardness. Looking at a hardness scale, I can see though that some rings or jewelry might scratch it. Here's one with common minerals that can be found near an iPhone.
| Hardness | Mineral |
| -------- | --------------------------------- |
| 2.5–3 | gold, silver, aluminum, zinc |
| 4–4.5 | steel |
| 5.5 | glass, cobalt |
| 6 | titanium, manganese |
| 7 | quartz |
| 7.5–8 | emerald, hardened steel, tungsten |
| 9 | tungsten carbide |
| 10 | diamond |
If you possess a ring made of tungsten carbide (9 on the scale) then you should watch out. Anything harder than 5.5 can be a big problem on an iPhone screen and anything harder than 4.5 can be dangerous to the back of an iPhone. Finally, diamonds are the worst if you usually carry them in your pockets!
### New Cameras
The back of the iPhone is the home of two new cameras, the iPhone 7 has a single 28mm f/1.8 camera and the iPhone 7 Plus has a second camera, a 56mm f/2.8. This camera combo offers the ability to zoom at 2x with only optical engineering and on the software side, Apple leverages these two lenses to recreate the bokeh effect, the blur you often see in portraits.
It was first released as a beta feature and for better overtime. Now that it's fully released, you can see for yourself the results. It does not replicate the perfect blur effect of +1200$ [Sony 24-70mm f/4.0](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1008126-REG) lense but it comes close to it often enough that I call this a revolution in mobile photography. Using the 56mm lens for it, you often see lots of noise in low light settings but if you follow the advice on screen you should really only use this with ample light and at a specific distance.
Talking about that guide, the Portrait mode does a great job of helping you to get to the right distance, not too far and not to close with enough light to generate the expected effect. It's also impressive that you can actually see the effect on the screen before actually pressing the shutter button!
The effect is very believable and apart from very specific scenes that have many level deep of objects (like a shrub), you don't easily see defects on photos. From my testing, gone are the fuzzy arms and missing hairs from the focused area. In a separate article, I will be going against a dSLR in order to show you how the camera behaves against something pro like a [Sony A7II](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1102008-REG).
## Features
_Common to both iPhone 7 and 7 Plus_
- Available in 32GB, 128GB and 256GB (Jet Black is only 128GB and 256GB)
- Choice of Black, Silver, Gold, Rose Gold and Jet Black
- Main 28mm camera lens is optically stabilized
_iPhone 7_
- 4.7" DCI-P3 Screen
- 2GB of memory
_iPhone 7 Plus_
- 5.5" DCI-P3 Screen
- iPhone 7 Plus has the dual-lens system
- 56mm lens is voice coil motor stabilized
- 3GB of memory
## Performance
I must say that this is the first year that I did not feel that last year's phone could gain something on the performance side. The [iPhone 6S Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone-6s-plus) does not feel slow, and it's Touch ID 2 sensor is super fast and accurate. I did not think it could benefit from any type of speed enhancement. Oh, was I wrong!
You immediately see the difference once you are done with the on-boarding flow. Swapping between apps is faster and I can really go faster than with the 6S Plus. Also, it retains the previous app states in memory much longer and it also has more Safari tabs in memory. Overall, the performance has increased more than I was expecting and that's always a welcome change!
### CPU Benchmarks
To put this in numbers, I ran the usual [Geekbench](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/app/geekbench-4/id1130770356?mt=8&at=10lqsC) benchmark suite. Here are the numbers compared to previous generations.
As you can see from these results, the iPhone 7 Plus is **38% faster than the 6S Plus** which was **68% faster than the 6.** So it is indeed not a "S" revision with the speed increase we could be expecting, but it's nonetheless a noticeable difference.
We have the same speed increases on the multi-core benchmarks.
### SSD Benchmarks
And following the result of an Unbox Therapy video of a few weeks ago, I figured I should probably start tracking the read and write speeds of the iPhone. I got the results from my devices and friends.
| iPhone | Read | Write |
| ---------------------- | -------- | -------- |
| iPhone 6 (16GB) | 172 MB/s | 18 MB/s |
| iPhone 6 (64GB) | 179 MB/s | 69 MB/s |
| iPhone 6s (16GB) | 291 MB/s | 146 MB/s |
| iPhone 6s Plus (128GB) | 505 MB/s | 328 MB/s |
| iPhone 7 Plus (256GB) | 528 MB/s | 379 MB/s |
We notice that there is a big difference between the iPhone 6s and 6s Plus. Similar to what Lew found out between the low capacity iPhone 7 and high capacity iPhone 7. You must understand that these are benchmarks and although they present you with big differences, in real life, you don't regularly read or write hundreds of MB so the difference is usually in the realm of milliseconds or tenths of seconds difference. I'm just a big nerd for numbers and like to see the evolution of the maximum speeds. :)
### Camera Performance
I really wanted to try the Plus version as I'm a big fan of the higher performance of the camera systems in the iPhones. Bigger screens and more RAM memory is what makes this Plus version the definitive version to get for me. This year around it's not "just" optical stabilization, but a completely new camera array with a second lens that apart from the 2x zoom also gives you the ability to leverage this lens for software generated bokeh effect.
And what an effect! I've been playing with this a lot and I must say that I really, really love the effect. I would say it's 90% close to what a dSLR could do and unless you are a photography nerd, you will not even notice the limitations. The Portrait mode works by guiding you on the ideal distance between you and your subject as well as having sufficient light to properly expose and have the necessary visual information to apply the radial blur effect.
Portrait mode is great but it's not all there is. The camera itself has gotten even better at taking pictures in low light thanks to a wider aperture and advanced noise cancellation. The 2x lens is great to getting close with your subject and with sufficient light it does a great job.
The low-light performance of the new camera is so much better than before. This is the single best enhancement when comparing it to previous generations. As you can see from the following shots, even at night with minimal light, you can still get a very usable photo.
Stay tuned for a following post where I put the **iPhone 7 Plus against a Sony A7II** in head to head combat!
I still have to find a way to harness the power of USB 3, if with a dongle or another cable it can benefit from faster transfer speeds.
## Conclusion
After playing with the [iPhone 7 Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone-7-plus) for a couple of weeks, I must say that this is a solid evolution of the well-known design that was the iPhone 6 and 6s. It's not a dramatically new look but the new Jet Black finish, better performance, great design changes and the awesome camera makes this phone another solid year for Apple.
The general performance, as well as the benchmarked performance takes an already fast 6s and makes it even better than I was expecting. The camera looked great on spec sheets, but once you put it to the test in real life, it really stands out.
### Is it For You?
That always depends on various factors, but if you are looking for a mobile phone with a solid operating system, a great camera with effective optical stabilization and a cool portrait mode; look no further. If you already have an iPhone 6s and do not care too much for the new camera, you should probably wait until the iPhone 7s to make the jump.
I recommend the iPhone 7 and [iPhone 7 Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/iphone-7-plus) to anyone with an iPhone 6 or earlier, or for designers that want to leverage the new DCI-P3 capabilities of the screen and camera. And for photographers that can make better and better movies with a camera that can now fit _11.8h of 4K video_ or _87k songs in your pocket_!
---
### [Belkin PowerHouse Charge Dock Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/03/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-review/)
> A smart solution to charge both the iPhone and Apple Watch on a single dock, the PowerHouse Charge Dock is Belkin's latest offer.
Belkin, always keen on releasing original products, is now proposing a 2 in 1 dock that is perfect for your iPhone and your watch. The [PowerHouse Charge Dock](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1282014-REG) is the name of the beast and it is aimed at your nightstand or office table.
## Design
We can clearly see the design language of previous docks made by Belkin, namely the {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00E7WERQ0" "Charge+Sync" >}} or the MIXIT Up series of colourful docks. The PowerHouse Dock has the same rubber top and plastic base. This time around, the top is black and the base is white. It has a little back for your iPhone to rest against and the Watch charger is included and part of the dock. You do not need to purchase a second charger with the PowerHouse, you can use the one that came with your watch for when you are on the go.
The iPhone section has an adjustable wheel to lower or raise the Lightning connector to the ideal height for your device and case. Naked or with a thick Otterbox case, the connector can be adjusted to the perfect height.
## Features
- Compatible with all Lightning equipped iPhones
- Compatible with all watches
- Single cable for both devices
- Adjustable height Lightning connector
- 3.4A total power (1A for Apple Watch, 2.4A for iPhone)
- 1.2M (4FT) cable
## Performance
The position of the Watch holder is perfectly positioned to either set your watch on it in a lazy way or close its band and set it properly. The look is nicer but I rarely take time to set it like that. Being a magnetic charger, I simply drop it there and that's it.
On the iPhone side, it's easy to dock your phone as long as you look carefully. There are no guides whatsoever so you need to align it straight on the Lightning connector. The connector is on a flexible pivot that can adapt to the height of the iPhone in its case. This is all fine and dandy on an office desk but when you try to use it in a nightstand situation, in the dark, it's a real challenge to aim it directly. The Express Dock for iPad did not have a vertically adjusting connector but it has a forward/backward adjustment that could help you set it just right. Then you could easily slide it along the back side and have it fit almost perfectly.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-apple-watch-iphone-07-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-apple-watch-iphone-11-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-apple-watch-iphone-12-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-apple-watch-iphone-13-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/belkin-powerhouse-charge-dock-apple-watch-iphone-14-imp-hp.jpg" >}}
## Conclusion
If you are looking for a great two in one dock for both your iPhone and your Apple Watch the PowerHouse Charge Dock is a great solution. It works great and charges both devices while only needing one single power cable. If you plan to use it in the dark, you might have some issues to aim it perfectly on the Lightning connector. It's not a problem if you can see what you're doing, on a desk, for example. Overall, I strongly recommend the [PowerHouse Charge Dock](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1282014-REG) by Belkin.
---
### [Spigen Mobile Stand S310 Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/02/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-review/)
> A small original mobile phone stand that fits well with your iMac or Thunderbolt Display by Spigen.
Sometimes you want to make sure your accessories fit the rest of your desk and for that you are looking to replicate the design of another component. This is exactly what Spigen did with their {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00YBA7BNY" "Mobile Stand (S310" >}}). They replicated the foot of the Thunderbolt Display or [iMac](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/as/imac). Here's a little review of it.
## Design
The Mobile Stand is taking the design language of the iMac and Thunderbolt Display and adds a little rubber resting place for your iPhone. It's wide enough for even the largest cases and can accommodate both the iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus.
There are no moving parts here. Basically a milled piece of aluminium with a rubber seat and one of those cleanable sticky pad on the underside. This way your Mobile Stand stays where you place it.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-74-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-75-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-76-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-77-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-79-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-80-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/spigen-mobile-stand-s310-81-hp.jpg" >}}
Although it fits almost any devices, the absence of an adjustment non does not help to hold on to your device and with slim cases it can wobble quite a lot. But the look is very good and fits perfectly with the Apple products it imitates.
You buy the Mobile Stand {{< links "amazon" "https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00YBA7BNY" "on Amazon" >}} and its often on sale.
---
### [Roku Express Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/11/01/roku-express-review/)
> The Roku Express is the most affordable streamer out there, but is it good enough to do its job properly?
Not too long ago, the good friends at Roku [announced a completely new lineup](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/09/26/roku-launches-a-complete-line-of-streaming-boxes/) of their media streaming boxes. The most affordable box of the line-up, the [Roku Express](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1292117-REG) is finally in my hands and I've been testing it over the last few weeks. If you remember the lineup, this is the 29$ box (40$CA) that will be very popular this Christmas season. Is this small, compact streaming device the one you are looking for?
## Design
The Roku Express is the replacement of the Streaming Stick from last year and instead of being plugged directly in an HDMI port, it comes with a strip of dual-sided tape and can be stuck to the underside of your flat screen (or on the side or top). The important thing is that the remote IR blaster must be in the line of sight of the IR receiver of the small Express.
You then plug it in the HDMI port of your TV and run the USB cable to one of your empty USB ports on the TV. Both cables are included for your convenience. If you do not have a USB port available, you can use the provided USB adapter for a wall outlet. Once stuck to your TV and plugged, you should see the Roku setup screen on your TV.
The only other feature on the device itself is the reset button to bring back the stick to its factory defaults. If you want to use the Roku Express with an older TV with only RCA connection, you should look at the Roku Express+ that comes with the appreciate cable.
## Features
- Compact Streaming Box
- Wi-Fi 802.11 (b/g/n compatible)
- Outputs 720p and 1080p
- Upscales 720p content on 1080p TVs
- Dolby Audio passthrough HDMI
- Compatible with Universal Remotes
- Power consumption: < 2.4W
## Performance
The setup process of getting the Roku Express on the network and create the Roku account can be done quickly and without a hitch. Then, it's only a matter of installing the apps you want to consume the media available. Roku is faithful to their four quick-access buttons sending you directly to Netflix, Spotify, Google Play or TED. If you do not have the channels install, the Express will gladly install them for you on the first press.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc02720-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc02721-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc02722-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc02723-imp-hp.jpg" >}}
The Roku operating system is the same as last year on the surface and offers the same feature. If you are missing voice search, you can use the [Roku App](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/app/roku/id482066631?mt=8&at=10lqsC) for voice search, regular textual search and even see your list of installed channels.
Now, in terms of performance per say. The Express does not feel like a 30$ device, it's much faster than I have anticipated. I was expecting something sluggish but it was not the case. It's not as fast as last year's top of the line Roku box, but it's fast enough that I can see myself using it daily. I'm really looking for my next review of the [Roku Ultra](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1292119-REG)!
The real problem I'm having with the Roku Express is that it's not behaving in a multi-device setup. I've got a few devices connected to my TV, an LG Blu-ray player, a Wii U and an Apple TV. I also have a smart HDMI switch that automatically switches to the running device. All of the mentioned devices have either a sleep mode, they can be shutdown or have an auto-shutdown/sleep after a certain period of time. The Roku Express only has a screensaver mode and cannot be shutdown, only restarted. Therefore, if I wanted to play a Wii U game, I had to literally unplug the Express from the TV. In a setup where the Roku Express would be the only smart device, it's not a big problem, but for more and more setup with auto-sensing HDMI port TVs or auto-sensing switches, it's a real pain.
## Conclusion
You may be wondering who this device is targeted to? Well, with its affordable price it's aimed for your second TV, a kid's room, the country house or your non-techy parent that would like to start in this great big world that is streaming content but does not benefit from a 4K TV or does not want to invest 200$ in a device. It will not replace the 250$ Apple TV or come close to the performance of the [Roku Premiere Plus](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1292118-REG) or [Roku Ultra](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1292119-REG), but it's a strong contender nonetheless. If it could only play nice with other devices plugged into your TV, it would be a perfect device for any setup where you are looking to add more streaming to your life.
---
### [Sony Sonnar T* FE 35mm f/2.8 ZA Lens Review](https://hipsterpixel.co/2016/10/29/sony-sonnar-t-fe-35mm-f/2.8-za-lens-review/)
> One of the most sought-after focal lengths, the Sony Alpha series camera has a 35mm f/2.8 lens that strives to offer speed, depth of field and sharpness in a small package.
With a full-frame camera like one of the great Sony Alpha series cameras, you ought to get some pristine glass for it. One of the most sought-after sizes is the 35mm that offers a great focal length for portraits and all around photography. The Sony [Sonnar T\* FE 35mm f/2.8 ZA](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1008123-REG) (SEL35F28Z) is exactly this. A small size lens that can pack a punch!
## Design
The Sony FE 35mm is for full-frame cameras compatible with E-mount lenses or for crop sensors (APS-C) E-mount cameras. You will only have the field of view cropped in the centre, but the lens is compatible and autofocus will work. This is not a pancake lens, but it's quite small with only 37mm in length (that's 1.37" if you were wondering).
The lens design is very simple and the only interactive part is the focus ring. No buttons, no modes, plain and simple sharp focusing ring. The filter size is 49mm if you are planning to add a protection filter like the [Marumi Lens Protect](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/973236-REG).
## Specs
- Prime 35mm focal length
- f/2.8 maximum aperture, f/22 minimum aperture
- 7 diaphragm blades (7 elements in 5 groups)
- Focusing distance: 35cm (13.78")
- 120g, 62mm in diameter, 37mm in length
- Filter thread: 49mm
## Performance
I used this great lens for a few days and I must report that it was hard not to just run to the store and buy one of them. I've used the [Sony FE 55mm f/1.8](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1008124-REG) lens and as much as the image quality was amazing, I could not tolerate the large size of the lens. In my head, and that's probably just me, a prime lens of such a small focal length cannot be that long. The Sony FE 35mm does not have a maximum aperture of 1.8, but it does have f/2.8, enough for a great bokeh and it's fast enough to focus. Although, some would prefer it to be faster, paired with a [Sony A7II camera](https://hipsterpixel.co/r/bh/1102008-REG), it's really fast enough.
I find this lens quite usable indoors and it really shines when you have a little bit more light than not. The focus hunts less and the results can be quite dramatic. Here are a couple of shots I took using the Sony FE 35mm f/2.8.
{{< carousel "https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc01474-imp-hp.jpg, https://img.hipsterpixel.co/dsc01478-imp-hp.jpg" >}}
As you can see from these shots, there are really no major issues. The lens is very sharp and most of all, it's a charm to work with! Some report light vignetting, but unless you are really looking for this and under specific situation, we don't really see it.
## Conclusion
Before testing the 35mm I was recommending the 55mm f/1.8 to everyone, but after playing with this great 35mm, I must say that even if you do not have the same level of bokeh or the as wide aperture, it's a better mix of usability, lightness and sharpness than the 55mm.
---